Glass. Td aili- Book J5\3_JL- N° L3S-i COPYRIGHT DEPOSrT. / AN ELEMENTARY FRENCH GRAMMAR. COLLEGES, HIGH SCHOOLS, AND ACADEMIES. PROF. JEAN GUSTAVE KEETELS, AUTHOR OF " ANALYTICAL AND PRACTICAL FRENCH GRAMMAR," 4i A COLLEGIATE FRENCH COURSE," U AN ANALYTICAL FRENCH READER," U A CHILD'S FIRST BOOK IN FRENCH." NEW EDITION, EDITED BY Prof. HIPPOLYTE United States Naval Academy, NEW YORK : Clark & Maynard, Publishers, 734 Broadway. 1884. TO 111 Prof. Keetels' French Series. 1. A Child's Illustrated First Book in French. 168 pages, 12mo, handsomely bound in cloth. The aim of this book is to make the Study of the French language attractive and interesting to children, who have no knowledge of the English grammar. The object-lesson plan has been adopted. For this purpose the volume is handsomely illustrated by engravings especially prepared for the book. 2. An Elementary French Grammar. For High Schools and Academies. 340 pages, 12mo. This work is designed for students of the academic and collegiate departments. Its purpose is to train them in the principles of French grammar, and to accustom them by oral instruction to the use of the French language. 3. An Analytical and Practical French Grammar. 524 pages, 12mo. This book, containing the advantage of the oral and the analytical method of instruction, comprises all that is necessary to teach the French language sue fully, both theoretically and practically. It is a complete grammar, in which the principles of the language are developed in a logical and efficient manner. 4. A Collegiate Course in the French Language, comprising a complete Grammar, with Rules on Gender : Reading-Lessons and Exercises for Translation ; a Treatise on French Pronunciation ; a Key to the Prin- cipal French Idioms ; the Latin Elements, common to both the French and English ; the whole being a compilation of the principles of the French Language, arranged and prepared for Ihe study of French, in Colleges and Collegiate Institutions. 549 pages, 12mo. Cloth. 5. An Analytical French Reader: with English Exercises for Translation and Oral Exercises for Practice in Speaking ; Questions on Grammar, with References to the Author's several Grammars. Notes and Vocabulary. In Two Parts. Part First : Selections of Fables, Anecdotes, and Short Stories. Part Second : Selections from the best Modern Writers. 320 pages, 12mo. A KEY TO THE ENGLISH EXERCISES IN THE ANALYTICAL AND PRAC- TICAL FRENCH GRAMMAR. (For teachers only.) 12mo. Cloth. 75 cents. A KEY TO THE ENGLISH EXERCI^SS IN THE COLLEGIATE COURSE. (For teachers only.) Price, 75 cents. Entered according to Act of Congress, in the year 1873, by Mason. Rakf.r ,fc Pratt, in the Office of the Librarian of Congress, a1 Washington, Entered according to Act <>f Congress, in Ihe year 1878. by Axbcrt Mason, in the Office of the Librarian of Congress, ai Washington, Copyright, 1881. 1884. Ci.akk & Mavnard. < PREFACE r PHIS Elementary French Grammar is designed for stu- dents, who begin the study of French. Each part of speech is treated separately, and every subject is at once completed as far as the scope of the work permits. The rules and explanations are stated in simple language, which is believed to be within the comprehension of the youthful mind. The exercises are short, lively, and varied. To compose suitable sentences for practice, elements have been introduced which are outside of the order of develop- ment. These are given in the vocabularies, systematically arranged in order to engage the interest of the student, and with an occasional explanation when the subject abso- lutely requires it. The author has been careful, however, not to infringe the regular order of development, and to keep the subject-matter prominently before the mind, so as to leave an indelible impression. Great attention has been bestowed on the treatment of the pronouns and verbs ; the irregular verbs have been given in full, with copious exercises for practice. The rules in Syntax are confined to elementary principles, in accordance with the plan of the work, which is intended as introductory to the author's Analytical and Practical French Grammar or Collegiate French Course. Students who have finished the present course, will be well prepared IV PREFACE. to take up either of the larger works, in which they will go over much of the same ground, but with the additional interest of the Oral Exercises. They will be enabled to ad- vance rapidly, to understand more clearly the facts that come before them ; and, in pursuing the course to its con- clusion, will attain their aim: read, write, and speak the French language. Brooklyn, 1873. PUBLISHEKS' NOTE, The demand for this work has been so great that in the printing of many successive editions the plates had become badly worn. New electrotype plates having become necessary, the pub- lishers have deemed it proper to have the book carefully read, and such improvements made as suggested themselves to the editor. The author of the work having died some years since, his friend Professor H. Dalmon of the United States Naval Academy undertook this work of revision, and has performed it with great care, so that it is believed that it is as nearly free from typographical errors as possible. No radical changes' in the matter or form have been made, and the new edition can be used in the same classes with the old without the slightest difficulty. The numerous teachers who have heretofore used the book with such satisfaction, will, we are confident, be glad to see it in this new and improved type. July, 1S84. CONTENTS Page Preface 3 INTRODUCTION.— Chapter First 7 A lphabet and Orthographic Signs 7 Vowels. Nasal Vowels. Diphthongs 8-10 Consonants. Final Consonants 11-12 Division of Words into Syllables 12 Use of Capitals. Use of Accents 13 Exercises in Pronouncing 14 Chapter Second. Parts of Speech, Definitions 15 Parts of Speech, Properties 17 Sentences 20 Suggestions 22 Lesson I. The Xotrn. The Article 23 IL II. III. IV V. V. VI. vn. VIII. IX. IX. X. XL XII. XIII. XIV. XV. XVI. XVII. XVIII. XIX. XX. XXI. XXII. XXiII. Plural Forms (bis.) Plural Forms, Continued 26 Contraction of Article 28 Nouns. Partitive Sense 30 Present Tense of Avoir 31 QuaU tying Adjecti ve* 32 (ftfo.) * Qualifying Adjectives. Continued 35 Comparison of Ad jectivea 37 Present Tense of Etre . 38 Limiting Adjectives. Possessive 40 Demonstrative 42 Numeral 45 (bis.) Numeral. Continued 49 Days of the Week 51 Months 51 Limiting Adjectives. Indefinite 52 Pronouns. Personal 55 Conjunctive 55 Conjunctive. Continued 58 Collocation H2 Disjunctive 64 Possessive Demonstrative Interrogative Relative Indefinite The Verb. Infinitive Participles Agreement of Past Participle. Auxiliary Verb Avoir. 68 70 74 84 91 Auxiliary Verb Etre 98 VI CONTEXTS. Lesson XXIV. XXV. XXVI. XXVII. XXVIII. XXIX. XXX. XXXI. XXXII. XXXIII. XXXIV. XXXV. XXXVI. XXXVII. XXXVIII. XXXIX. XL. XLI. XLII. XLIII. xliv. XLV. XLVI. XLVII. XLVIII. XLIX. L. LI. XLII. Page Regular Verbs. First Conjugation, Couper 1&3 First Conjugation. Orthographic Irregularities 108 Second Conjugation, Finir HI Third Conjugation, Recevoir 116 Fourth Conjugation, Vendre 121 Interrogative Conjugation 126 Negative Conjugation 12? The Passive Verb 129 The Neuter Verb 134 The Pronominal Verb 139 The Impersonal Verb 145 Irregular Verbs. First Conjugation 149 Irregular Verbs. Second Conjugation 154 Irregular Verbs. Second Conjugation. Continued 159 Irregular Verbs. Third Conjugation 165 Irregular Verbs. Third Conjugation. Continued 170 Irregular Verbs. Fourth Conjugation 174 Irregular Verbs. Fourth Conjugation. Continued 180 Irregular Verbs. Fourth Conjugation. Continued 184 Irregular Verbs. Fourth Conjugation. Continued 189 Irregular Verbs. Fourth Conjugation. Continued 195 The Adverb 200 The Preposition 207 The Conjunction 209 The Interjection 210 Syntax. The Noun 212 Idioms with Avoir 212 Nouns as Adjectives 213 Plural of Compound Nouns , 213 The Article 216 Before Proper Nouns 218 The Adjective 221 Adjectives as Nouns 222 Place of Adjectives 222 Government of Adjectives 223 Numeral Adjectives 223 The Pronoun 225 The Verb 228 Agreement 228 Use of the Tenses 229 Use of the Conditional Mode 231 Use of the Imperative Mode SSI Use of the Subjunctive Mode £39 Use of the Infinitive Mode 23-3 Government of Verbs 883 The Participle 236 The Adverb 236 The Preposition 237 The Conjunction 238 APFEIrSTDIX. Addii ional Vocabularies 241 Conversational Phrases Index tO the Knglish words nsed in the Lessons Conjugal ion of Verbs— Regular ami Irregular Idioms and Proverbs 305 INTRODUCTION. CHAPTER FIRST. 1.— FRENCH ALPHABET. Letters : a b C cl e f g h i Old names: ah bay say day ay eff jay ash ee New names:- * ah be se de e fe gue he ee Letters : J k 1 111 11 O 1> q r Old names: jee kah , el emm eim o pay + err New names:* je ke le me ne pe que re Letters : S t U V X y Z Old names: ess tay t vay ix egrek zed New names:* se te ve kze ee ze The w is not a French letter. It is found in a few foreign words that have been introduced into the French language, and is pro- nounced the same as the v. 2.— ORTHOGRAPHIC SIGNS. The written language has accents, cedilla, diceresis, apostrophe, hyphen, and the ordinary punctuation marks. There are three accents, the acute ( ' ), the grave ( x ), and the cir- cumflex ("). The acute accent is used over the vowel e only. The acute e has the sound of a in fate. The grave accent is used over e, a, u. The grave e has the 'sound * The vowel e, joined to the consonants to give their new names, has nearly the sound of u in burr. t The q and u have no corresponding sound in English. 8 INTRODUCTIOK. of ei in their. The grave accent is used over a and u only as a mark of distinction (p. 13 ; 10, 2). The circumflex accent is used over a long- vowel, after which a letter has been suppressed (p. 13 ; 10, 3). The cedilla (i) is placed under the c (c) before a, o, u, to indicate that it has the sound of s, as : 9a, 90, 9U. The diaeresis ( " ) is placed over a vowel that begins a new syllable after another vowel ; as, mais (ma-is). It is also placed over final e that follows u, when the u is to be pronounced, as : aigue ; the u of the syllable gue is otherwise silent. The apostrophe (') indicates the suppression of a vowel, as : l'ami, for le ami ; l'homme, for le homme. The hyphen (-) indicates the connection between two or more words, or parts of a word, as : ai-je ; arc-en-ciel. 3. _ VOWELS AND VOWEL-SOUNDS. There are six vowels : a, e, i, 0, u, y ; bifl(JEhere are thirteen vowel- sounds ; nine are pure, and four are nasal./ 1.— Pure Vowel-Sounds. The nine pure Vowel -Sounds are : 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 a e 6 £e iy u eu Oil These vowel sounds have nearly all corresponding sounds in Eng- lish. a (short) has the sound of a in hat, as : sa, ma, malle. salle. a {long) has the sound of a in father, as : age, ame, male, sale. e has the sound of u in burr, but faintly, as : de, le, me, se. £ has the sound of a mfate, as: de, legal, metal, pose. c has the sound of ei in their, as : des, frere, mere, pere. e has the sound of ei in their (broad), as : fete, frele, m£me, tete. i or y* has the sound of c in me, as : ami, mari, midi, si. * The letter y, preceded by a vowel, has (he value of double i, as : pays (pay-ee). INTRODUCT ION. 9 O {short) has the sound of o in not, as : dot, mode, mol, notre. O {long) has the sound of o in note, as : dos, mot, roti, notre. U has no equivalent sound in English. eu {short) has nearly the sound of u in burr, as : peu, feu, jeu, bleu. eu {long) has the sound of i in sir, as : fleur, soeur, beurre, heure. OU has the sound of oo in school, as : mou, trou, sou, hibou. oil, before final r, has the sound of oo in boor, as : jour, four, tour, amour. 2. — Remarks on the Unaccented E. The unaccented e, at the end of a word of two or more syllables, is silent, as : abime, trouve. After two consonants, it is slightly pronounced — just enough to give utterance to the preceding conso- nant, as : sable, sabre, cable. This is also the case when it closes a syllable that is followed by a consonant : demande (d'mande), samedi (sam'di). When e stands betweejp two consonants that belong to the same syllable, it is sounded like e in bed, as : bee, bel, mette, serre. Before a final r that is pronouced, e has the sound of e (grave), as : mer, ter, hiver; and before a final r, z, d or /that is silent, e has the sound of e (acute), as : parler, parlez, bled, clef, which are pronounced the same as if they were written parle, ble, cle. 3. — Compound Vowels. A compound vowel is a combination of two or more vowels, having the sound of a single vowel, as : eu, ou. The following compound vowels represent some of the pure vowel-sounds : ai or eai has the sound sometimes of e and sometimes of e. ai has the sound of e when it closes a syllable, as: j'ai, je mangeai; and in je sais, tu sais, il sait. ai has the sound of e generally when it is not final, as : plaie, j'avais, mais. ei has the sound of e, as : peine. ea has the sound of a, as : mangea. 6e has the sound of e, as : fee, epee. ail, eau, have the sound of 6, as : faux, beau. oeu has the sound of eu, ae : bceuf. 10 INTRODUCTION. 4.— Nasal Vowel- Sounds. The four nasal vowel -sounds are : an in on un in, preceded by a vowel, lias the nasal sound of n. e, before m or n, has the nasal sound of an ; but en, preceded by i, (ien) has the nasal sound of in, ni and 11 are not nasal when they are double, or followed by a vowel. The nasal sounds are represented by in an am en em J lm > = an am aim on ) un ) y = in [■ = on om ) um ) The English language has no sounds exactly equivalent to the French nasal sounds. The nearest approach to them is heard in pronouncing, separately from the consonants that follow them, the nasal sounds an, in, on, un, contained in the following English words : an is sounded as an in want, as : ruban, sang,* enfant.* ill is sounded as an in angry, as : fin, faim, pain. Oil is sounded as on in long, as: bon, long,* fac,on. nil is sounded as un in hunger, as: brun, tribun, chacun. 4.— DIPHTHONGS. A diphthong is a combination of two vowel-sounds, which are both heard in pronouncing. Pure diphthongs : ia ie ieu oi oue oui, etc. Nasal diphthongs : ien ion oin uin, etc. 5. — Pronunciation of the Diphthongs. ia in fiacre, pronounced fcc-dh-kr. ie in lier, pronounced lee-a. ieu in lieu, pronounced lee-eu. (See vowel sounds for eu.) * A final consonant after a nasal sound is silent. INTRODUCTION. 11 oi in loi, pronounced lou-ah. oue in ouest, pronounced oo-ayst. ui in fruit, pronounced fru-ee. (See vowel-sounds for u.) ien in bien, pronounced bee-an (angry). ion in lion, pronounced lee-on (long). oin in loin, pronounced lou-an (angry). uin in juin, pronounced ju-in (angry). (See vowel-sounds for u.) 5.— CONSONANTS. Consonants, when combined with vowels, have generally the same value in French as in English. The following are the principal ex- ceptions : C before e, i, y has the hissing sound of s, as : ceci. Befor a, o, u, and before a consonant, it has the sound of k, as : cabas, colon, cure, crin. But q (cedilla) before a, o, a, retains the sound of s, as : facade, facjon, recu. ell has generally the sound of sh, as : charme ; but followed by a consonant, it has the sound of k, as : Christ, ell has the sound of k in words from the Greek and Hebrew, as : echo, Cham. g" before e, i, y has the sound of 6' in pleasure, as : germe, gilet ; before a, o, u it has the sound of the English g in grate, as : gant, gobelet. h is silent when a vowel may be elided before it, as : l'homme for le homme. It is called aspirate, when the vowel is not elided before it, although the h is not heard in pronouncing, as : le heros (le-ay-roh). S has the hissing sound of c at the beginning of a word, as: sa (en :■; between two vowels, it has the sound of z, as : voisin (vouah-zain). SS between two vowels, has the hissing sound of s, as : poisson (pouah-con). sell is sounded like sh, as : schisme. t is sounded like c in a few words ending in tie, as : minutie, and in those ending in atie, as : diplomatie ; also before ial, iel, ion, as : nation ; except when it is preceded by s, as : question. th is sounded like t, as : the. x, initial, is sounded like gz, as : Xavier; also, ex, initial, when followed by a vowel, as : examen, 12 INTRODUCTION. x is sounded like ks in Alexandre, maxime, etc. x is sounded like ss in soixante, six, dix, etc. X is sounded like z in deuxieme, sixieme, etc. 6.— LIQUIDS. g", followed by n, and 1, preceded by i t are generally pronounced so smoothly that their natural sounds are not heard ; they are then called liquids. The liquid sound of gn is heard in the word mignonnette, and that of I in the word brilliant. 7.— FINAL CONSONANTS. A final consonant is generally silent ; but a final consonant, fol- lowed by a word that begins with a vowel or silent h, is pronounced with the next syllable, when no pause takes place between the words, as : mon ami, vous avez, un bel habit, il est (ee-le), elle est (e-le). Final c. before a vowel, is sounded like k : du blanc au noir. Final q% rh % th, ttiK thr, ti\ vr. Observe that they are principally I or r preceded by another consonant, but not by m or n. INTRODUCTION. 13 9.—USE OF CAPITAL LETTERS. The rules for the use of capital letters are the same in French as in English, with some exceptions. Adjectives derived from proper names are not written with a capital initial. The names of the months and «f the days of the week are usually written with a small initial. The personal pronoun of the first person singular, je, 7, is written with a small letter, unless it begins a sentence. 10.— USE OF THE ACCENTS. 1. The acute accent (') is used only over the e, in the following cases : (1.) When it forms a syllable by itself, as : epi, ecu, elu. (2.) When it is followed by a vowel, as : reaction, reel, reelu, epee, fee, reunion. (3.) When at the end of a syllable, or before final s, added by inflec- tion, it has the sound of the English a, as : repete, verite, verites. 2. The grave accent ( N ) is used : (1.) Over e preceding any consonant followed by unaccented e, as : leve, mene, chere ; also before two consonants, when both belong to the unaccented syllable, as : regie. (2.) Over the e of the termination es, when the s is an essential part of the word, as : apres, exces, to distinguish it from the accidental termination es, as : les livres, tu chantes. (3.) To distinguish a, to, at, from a, has ; ou, where, from ou, or ; la, there, from la, the, Tier ; des, from, from des, of the. (4.) Over 9a, dec^a, deja, hola, voila. 3. The circumflex accent ( ~ ) is used over a long vowel, after which a letter has been suppressed, as : age, epitre, tete, formerly written aage, epistre, teste. Rem. — Xo dot is placed over the i that has the circumflex accent, but the diaeresis takes the place of the circumflex accent, in haimes, haites. 14 INTRODUCTION. 11.— EXERCISES IN PRONOUNCING. 1.— Vowel Sounds. [Final consonants are silent, except those marked by an asterisk (*).] a = la 9a cabas bal* sac* a = lame chale base age cage e = le ce je me se table cable cadre nacre sacre e = de j'ai pied parle parler e = frere mer* fer* air* chaise § = fSte meme j'aime chene chalne i(y) = qui ri crie i'y folie o = clot* mode col* .sol* choc = dos mot gros eau chaud u = du lu su bu connu eu = beurre beure jeune neuve sceur efl = bleu deux jeune jeu peu ou = con sou chou mou hibou cour* jour* four* tour* amour* 2. — Nasal Sounds. an = banc enfant empire •lentement in = fin faim impie rien on = mon garcon rond ponton un = bran parfum chacun humble 3. — Diphthongs. ia = fiacre diacre miasme ie = ciel fier pied ieu = Dieu lieu vieux oi = loi roi croire oue = ouest* fouet louais oui = fouine oui u i = fruit lui bruit ien = bien lien rien ion = lion nation fluxion oin = loin foin joint uin = juin 4.— suint Liquids. suinter gn = Allemagne champignon poignard 11 fille oeil soleil b(':tail bonille brilliant cueille sommeil paille fouille coquill" feaille bouteille Versailles mouille INTRODUCTION. 15 CHAPTER SECOND. 1.— PARTS OF SPEECH. There are ten parts of speech ; 1. Noun 6. Participle 2. Article 7. Adverb 3. Adjective 8. Preposition 4. Pronoun 9. Conjunction 5. Verb 10. Interjection Definitions and Subdivisions of the Parts of Speech. 1. a. A noun is the name of a person, place, or thing, as : Washing- ton, Paris, city. b. Nouns sue proper or common ; a proper noun denotes a particular person or object, as : Washington, Paris ; a common noun denotes one of a class, as : city, tree. c. Common nouns include collective and abstract nouns ; a collective noun is the name of several individuals together, as : meeting, com- mittee ; an abstract noun denotes some quality considered apart from its substance, as : goodness, pride, frailty. 2. The article is a word placed before a noun to limit its significa- tion, as : the tree. Rem. — In French there is but one article, the equivalent of the. 3. a. An adjective is a word added to a noun, to describe or limit it, as : the large tree, my tree. b. There are two kinds of adjectives, qualifying and limiting. The qualifying adjective adds a quality to the noun, as : the large tree ; the limiting adjective limits its sense, as : my tree. c. The limiting adjectives are either possessive, denoting possession as : my tree ; demonstrative, pointing out the object, as : that tie i ; numeral, indicating number or order, as : one tree, the first tree ; or indefinite, as : which tree. 16 INTRODUCTION. 4. a. A pronoun is a word that is used in the place of a noun, as : 1 have your book, you have mine. b. There are personal, ])ossessive, demonstrative, interrogative, rela tive, and indefinite pronouns. (1.) A personal pronoun represents a person in grammar, as : I, you, he, it. (2.) A possessive pronoun denotes possession, as : mine, yours, etc. (3.) A demonstrative pronoun points out an object, as : this one, that one. (4.) An interrogative pronoun is used to ask a question, as : who ? what? (5.) A relative pronoun relates to a preceding noun, called the ante- cedent of the relative pronoun, as : the man who speaks ; the tree that falls; the lady whom I admire. (6.) An indefinite pronoun does not represent any particular person or thing, as : every one, some one. 5. a. A verb is a word that expresses action or being, as : to write, to live. b. There are five kinds of verbs : active, passive, neuter, pronominal, impersonal. (1.) The active verb expresses an action performed by the subject and is, or may be, accompanied by a direct object; that is, a person or thing that is directly affected by the action of the verb. An active verb is transitive when it is accompanied by a direct object, as: he is writing a letter ; and intransitive, when it is not, as : he is writing. (2.) The passive verb is the reverse of the active verb ; the person or thing which is the object of the active verb, is the subject of the passive verb, as : the letter is written by him. (3.) The neuter verb expresses a state or action performed by the subject, but cannot have a direct object, as: / am, he works, he sh Rem. — We know that a verb is neuter when we cannot place some- body or something after it ; thus, we cannot say he sleeps somebody, he sleeps something. (4.) The pronominal verb is always accompanied by a pronoun of the same person and number as the subject, as : I flatter myself. INTRODUCTION. 1? (5.) The impersonal verb is used only in the third person singular, as : it rains. 6. A participle is a part of the verb which partakes of the nature of the adjective, as : fields covered with snow, glittering in the sun. 7. An adverb is a word joined to a verb, a participle, an adjective, or to another adverb, and usually expresses time, place, degree, or manner. 8. A preposition is a word used to express some relation of different things or thoughts to each other, as : the book lies before me on the table. 9. A conjunction is a word used to connect words or sentences in construction, as : you and he are happy, because you are good. 10. An interjection is a word that denotes a sudden emotion of the mind, as : Ah ! alas ! 2.— PROPERTIES OF THE PARTS OF SPEECH. 1. A noun has gender to denote the sex, and number to indicate whether it means one, or more than one, person or thing. 2. The French language has only two genders: the masculine and the feminine. 3. The article and adjective agree in gender and number with the noun which they limit or describe ; that is, their form is so varied as to indicate the gender and number of the noun. 4. The pronoun agrees in gender and number with the noun which it represents. 5. A noun or pronoun is of the first person, if it represents the speaker ; of the second, if it represents the person spoken to ; and of the third, if it represents the person or thing spoken of. 1st person, I, me, we, us 2d person, You 3d person, He, him, she, her, it, they, them 6. A noun or pronoun is either the subject of a verb, or the object of a verb, or of a preposition. 18 INTRODUCTION. 7. The subject of the verb is the person or thing of which something is affirmed, as: he writes ; lie is the subject of the verb writes. 8. The object of the verb is the person or thing which is directly affected by the action of the verb, as : lie writes a letter ; letter is the object of the verb writes. The object which is thus directly governed by the verb is called the direct object, or direct regimen. 9. The object of a preposition is called an indirect object, or indirect regimen, as : he writes to me, or he writes me a letter ; me is the indirect object of the verb governed by the preposition to, expressed or under- stood. 10. The preposition and its object, dependent on a verb, noun, or adjective, are called the indirect object of the verb, noun, or adjective. 11. A verb agrees with its subject, in person and number ; that is, the termination of the verb is so varied as to indicate whether its sub- ject is of the first, second, or third person, and whether it is singular or plural. 12. A verb has modes and tenses. 13. Mode is the manner in which the action or being is represanted by the verb. 14. By tense is meant the time to which the verb refers the action, whether past, present, or future. 15. ^Mode and Tense are indicated by modifications in the form of the verb. Modes. 16. A French verb has fire modes : the infinitive, the indicative, the conditional, the imperative, and the subjunctive. 17. The infinitive expresses the action without reference to person or number, as : to write. 18. The indicative expresses the action in an absolute manner, as : / write, I have written, 1 shall write. 19. The conditional expresses the action conditionally, as : I would write, if I had time. 20. The imperative expresses command or exhortation, as : write. 21. The subjunctive expresses the action in a subordinate and de- pendent manner, as: / wish that you /could write. INTRODUCTION. 19 Tenses. 22. Tenses are simple or compound ; simple, when they are expressed by the verb alone, as : I write ; compound, when they are formed with an auxiliary, as : I have written. 23. Each simple tense has its corresponding compound tense, which is formed of the simple tense of the auxiliary verb and the past parti- ciple of the principal verb ; thus, I ham, is the simple tense, and I ham had, the compound tense which corresponds with it. 24. Compound tenses always express completed action. 25. The infinitive mode has two tenses, a simple and a compound. It comprises also the participles, present, past, and compound. 26. The indicative mode has eight tenses. 27. The conditional mode has two tenses. 28. The imperative mode has one tense. 29. The subjunctive mode has four tenses. Infinitive Mode. SIMPLE. COMPOUND. Present, Past. Participles. Present. Compound. Past. Indicative Mode. Present. Past Indefinite. Imperfect. Pluperfect. Past Definite. Past Anterior. Future. Future Anterior. Conditional Mode. Present. Past. Imperative Mode. Present and Future. Subjunctive Mode. Present. Past. Imperfect. Pluperfect. 20 INTRODUCTION. 30. Adverbs, prepositions, conjunctions, and interjections are invari- able words ; that is, their forms are not varied to indicate gender, number, etc. They are sometimes called particles. 3.— SENTENCES. 1. A sentence is an assemblage of words making complete sense. 2. Every sentence consists of two parts : the subject and the predi- cate. 3. The subject is that concerning which something is said. 4. The predicate is that which is said concerning the subject. 5. A sentence is either (1) affirmative, (2) negative, (3) interrogative, or (4) negative and interrogative. SUBJECT. PREDICATE. SUBJECT. PREDICATE. (1) Henry is studious. (3) Is Henry studious? (2) Henry is not studious. (4) Is not Henry studious? 6. The rules which regulate the construction of sentences form that part of grammar which is called Syntax. They are comprised under the heads of Government, Agreement, and Position. 7. Government is the power which one word has over another, in requiring it to assume certain modifications, in order to express the relation in which the dependent word stands to the governing word. 8. Agreement is the correspondence of one word with another, in gender, number, and person. 9. Position, or Collocation, is the placing of the words in a sentence, in the order required by their mutual relations, or by usage. 10. In the sentence. Henry is writing a letter to Ms father (Henry, subject; is writing a letter to his father, predicate), the above three principles of syntax are illustrated in the following manner : a. Government. — The subject Henry governs the verb is writing in the third person singular ; the verb is wnting governs the noun letti r, directly, and the noun father, indirectly. b. Agreement. — The verb is writing is in the third person singular. to agree with its subject, Henry. c. Position. — In a declarative sentence, either affirmative or nega- tive, the subject stands first, then the verb, next the noun which is INTRODUCTION. 21 the direct object, and then the noun which is the indirect object of the verb. Rem. — This is the natural or logical order in which the ideas pre- sent themselves to the mind : first, the thing about which we wish to say something ; then the state or action which we wish to affirm of it; next the object ; and lastly, the remote object of that action. SUGGESTIONS. The French Exercise may be recited in the following manner : — The teacher pronounces a sentence of the exer- cise to his class, and calls upon one of the students to repeat and translate it without looking in the book. When the student has done so, the teacher gives the English, and the student, or better the whole class, gives the French : Teacher. — Le pere et la mere de l'enfant. Scholar. — Le pere et la mere de l'enfant. The father and mother of the child. Teacher. — The father and mother of the child. Class. — Le pere et la mere de l'enfant. The students should be requested to prepare a written translation of the Theme, and to bring it to the class-room.. The teacher should ask them to translate, each in turn, a sentence, and direct them to w r rite their sentences on the blackboard, without looking at their written translations. If there are a sufficient number of blackboards in the class- room, several scholars may be writing their sentences at the same time, and the whole exercise may be corrected in a few minutes. When the teacher goes to the blackboard and corrects the sentences, in the order in which they are in the exercise, he should direct the pupils to correct, at the same time, their own exercises. The copy-books con- taining the corrected exercises should be examined from time to time, in order to ascertain whether they have been carefully and properly corrected. THE NO UK. — THE ARTICLE. 23 FIEST LESSON. The Noun.*— The Article* 1. Ik French there are only two genders, the masculine and the feminine. The article has two distinct forms ; one for the masculine, and one for the feminine. The definite article the is le for the masculine, and la for the feminine. Before a vowel and before a silent h,f it is T. Masculine. Feminine. Le pere, the father. La mere, the mother. Le verre, the glass. La tasse, the cup. L'homme {for le homme), the L'eau {for la eau), the water, man. % 2. The indefinite article a or an is un for the masculine, aud une for the feminine.J Un homme, a man. Une femme, a woman ; a wife. Un verre, a glass. Une tasse, a cup. The article is repeated before each noun, as : Le pere et la mere. The father and mother. Un homme et une femme. A man and woman. Vocabulary 1. Le pere, the father. Un homme, a man. La mere, the mother. Une femme, a woman ; a wife. * Introduction, p. 15, 17. t There are some French words beginning with the letter h, before which the elision of the vowel does not take place ; the h is then called aspirate, although it is not heard in the pronounciation. (See Introd., p. 11, 5.) X Un, une, a or an, means also one, and is called, by most French grammarians, a numeral adjective. (See Less. 9.) 24 ELEMENTARY FRENCH GRAMMAR. Un enfant,* a child. Est, is. Une maison, a house. Ou, where. Une ecole, a school. Ici, here. Un verre, a glass ; a tumbler. La, there. Une tasse, a cup. A, to, at. Le pain, the bread. A la maison, at home ; home. La viande, the meat. A Tecole, at school. Le lait, the milk. De (d' before a vowel), of; /rom. L'eau {fern), the water. Dans, in. Et, and. Pour, for. Exercise 1. * 1. Le pere et la mere de l'enfant. 2. Le pere est ici. 3. La mere est la y ^dans la maison. 4. Ou est l'enfant ? 5. L'enfant est a Pecole. 6. Le pain est pour la femme. 7. La viande est pour Phomme. 8. Un verre d'eau et une tasse de lait. Theme 1. 1. The father of the child is here. 2. The mother is in thfc house. 3. The glass of milk is for the child. 4. The water is for the man. 5. Where is the woman ? 6. The woman is at home. 7. The bread and meat. 8. A glass and cup. SECOND LESSON. Noun and Article.— Plural Forms. 1. General Rule. — The plural of nouns is formed by adding s to the singular, as : verre, glass ; plural, verres, «rlassos. * Enfant, applied to a girl, in feminine ; une enfant, a ch'dd (a IUU< girt). NO UK A^D ARTICLE. — PLURAL FORMS. 25 Exceptions. Exc. 1. Nouns ending in s, x. or z, are the same in the plural as in the singular, as : fils, son ; plural, fils, sons. Exc. 2. Nouns ending in au and eu, add x in the plu- ral, as : gateau, cake ; plural, gateaux, cakes. neveu, nephew ; plural, neveux, nephews. Exc. 3. Nouns ending in al, generally change al into aux, as: cheval, horse ; plural, chevaux, horses. Rem. For other irregularities in the formation of the plural of nouns, see Second Lesson (bis), p. 26. 2. Plural of the Definite Article. The plural of the definite article le, la, or 1', is les, as : lies hommes et les femmes. The men and women. Vocabulary 2. Les parents, the parents. Un bateau, a boat. Un fils, a son. Un gateau, a cake. Une fille, a daughter ; a girl Un livre, a book. Un garcon, a boy. Une table, a table. Une eglise, a church ; a l'eglise, Un jardin, a garden. at church. Un arbre, a tree. Une ecurie, a stable. Charles, Charles. Un cheval, a horse. Marie, Mary. Un chien, a dog. Sur, on, upon. Un chat, a cat. Sous, under. Sont, are. 26 ' ELEMENTARY FRENCH GRAMMAR Exercise 2. 1. Les veiTes et les tasses sont but la table. 2. Les livres do Marie sont a la maison. 3. Les parents de Charles sout ici. 4. Le pere et la mere sont a l'eglise. 5. Les filles sont dans la maison. 6. Les fils sont a Tecole. 7. Le gargon est dans le jardin. 8. Le chat est sous l'arbre. 9. Ou est le cheval? 10. Les chevaux sont dans Fecurie. 11. Le chien est dans le bateau. 12. Les gateaux sont pour les enfants. Theme 2. 1. The books of the child are on the table. 2. The parents are at church. 3. The sons are in the garden. 4. The daughters are in the house. 5. The boy is in the boat. 6. The dogs are in the water. 7. Where are the cats? 8. The cakes are for the girls. 9. The horse is in the stable. 10. The horses are under the trees. 11. Mary is at home, and Charles is at school. SECOND LESSON (Ms). This second lesson (bi?) is inserted, as all the lessons marked {bis) are, to com- plete a subject which is left incomplete in the preceding lesson. It is not intended that the students should study it in going through the course for the first time. They may do so afterwards, when they are reviewing. Plural of Nouns.— Exceptions. (Continued). The exceptional rule 3, contained in the preceding lesson, does not comprise all the nouns that end in al. The follow- ing nouns in al follow the general rule. Aval, surety for payment. Cal, callosity. Bal, ball (dancing purty). Carnaval, carnival. CONTRACTION OF THE ARTICLE. 27 Ohacal, jackal. Nopal, nopal. . Pal, pale (in heraldry). Regal, entertainment. Plural : avals, bals, etc. Exc. 4. Seven nouns ending in ou, take x in the plural. Bijou, jewel. Hibou,* owl. Caillou, flint. Joujou, plaything. Chou, cabbage. Pou, louse. Genou, knee. Plural : bijoux, cailloux, etc. Rem. 1. Other nouns in ou follow the general rule. Exc. 5. A few nouns ending in ail, change ail into aux. Bail, lease. Soupirail, air-hole. Corail, coral. Vantail, door-flap. Email, enamel. Ventail, ventail (of helmets). Plural : baux, coraux, etc. Rem. 2. Other nouns ending in ail, follow the general rule, except ail, betail (Exc. 6), and travail (Exc. 7). Exc. 6. Ail, clove of garlic, has in the plural ails or aulx. B6tail, cattle ; plural, bestiaux. Exc. 7. The following four nouns have two plural forms, each with a different meaning: Aieul, ancestor, plur.: a'ieux; a'ieul, grandfather, phir.: a'ieuls. Ciel, heaven, plur.: cieux; ciel, tester ; roof of a quarry ; sky of a picture; climate; plur.: ciels. CEil, eye, plur.: yeux; oeil in oeil de boeuf, ox-eye, plur.: ceils. Travail, labor, plur: travaux j travail, minister's report ; a brake for refractory horses, plur.: travails. Rem. 3. Nouns of more than one syllable ending in ant or ent, either change the final t into s, or follow the general rule : l'enfant, plur.: les enfans, or enfants, the children. * The h of hibou is aspirated : le hibou, tlie owl. 28 ELEMENTARY FKENCH GRAMMAR, THIRD LESSON. Contraction of the Article.— Ne — Pas, Not. 1. The definite article is subject to contraction. De and le are contracted into du; de and les, into des. A and le are contracted into au ; a and les, into auz. De and la, and de and V; a and la, and k and V, are not contracted. 2. Forms of the Definite Article before Nouns. (a.) Before a Masculine Noun. SINGULAR. PLURAL. Le pere, the Father. Les peres, the fathers. Du pere, of or from the father. Des peres, of or from the fathers. Au pere, to the father. Aux peres, to the fathers. (b.) Before a Feminine Noun. La mere, the mother. Les meres, the mothers. De la mere, of or from the Des meres, of or from the mo- mother, thers. A la mere, to the mother. Aux meres, to the mothers. (c.) Before a Vowel. L'enfant, the child. Les enfants, the children. De l'enfant, of or from the child. Des enfants, of the children. A l'enfant, to the child. Aux enfants, to the children. 3. Ne (n') — pas, Not. Pas, not, or any other negative word accompanying a verb, requires ne (n') before the verb. When the verb is not expressed, ne is not used. Charles n'est pas a l'ecole. Charles is not at school. Les chevaux ne sont pas ici. The horses are not hen'. CONTRACTION OF THE ARTICLE. 29 Vocabulary 3. Un maitre, a master ; a teacher. Je (J'), I. Un professeur, a professor. J'ai, I have. Un general, a general. Ai-je ? have I ? Un soldat, a soldier. Je n'ai pas, I have not. Un mari, a husband. N'ai-je pas ? have I not? Un chapeau, a hat ; a bonnet. Parle, spoken. Une orange, an orange. • Donne, given. Un crayon, a pencil. Prete, lent. Une plume, a pen ; a feather. Attache, attached. Paul, Paul. Eu, had. Louise, Louisa. Vu, seen. Exercise 3. 1. Le fils du maitre est dans l'ecole. 2. Les livres des enfants sont sur la table. 3. Le mari de la femme n'est pas a la maison. 4. Les meres des filles ne sont pas iei. 5. Le cheval du soldat est attache a l'arbre. 6. Les chevaux des generaux sont dans l'ecurie. 7. J'ai la plume du maitre. 8. J'ai pari 6 au professeur. 9. J'ai donne les oranges aux enfants du professeur. 10. J'ai pr£te le bateau aux fils du general. 11. Je n'ai pas eu le crayon de Paul. 12. Je n'ai pas vu le chapeau de Louise. Theme 3. 1. The hat of the soldier is on the table. 2. The father of the girl is not at home. 3. The mother of the child is in the house. 4. The horses of the generals are under the trees. 5. The boat of the man is attached to a tree. 6. The husband and wife are not here. 7. I have the professor's book (the book of the professor). 8. I have not had the teacher's pen (the pen of the teacher). 9. I have spoken 30 ELEMENTARY FRENCH GRAMMAR. to the general. 10. I have given the oranges to the girls. 11. I have lent the pencil to Louisa. 12. I have not seen Paul. FOURTH LESSON. Partitive Sense of the Noun. — Present Tense of Avoir. To Have. 1. A noun is used in a partitive sense when it is, or may be, preceded, in English, by some or any, as : some or any bread, or bread. In French, a noun used in the partitive sense is preceded by de and the definite article ; that is : du, de la, de 1' or des, as: Du pain, Bread, some or any bread. De la viande, Meat, some or any meat. De l'eau, Water, some or any water. Des gateaux, Cakes, some or any cakes. 2. Omission of the Article before a Partitive Noun. The article is omitted, and de alone is used, before a partitive noun, in the following three cases : (1.) After pas, or any other negative word, as: Je n'ai pas de pain, I have no bread (not any bread). (2.) When the noun is preceded by an adjective, as : J'ai de bon pain, I have good bread. (3.) When the noun limits another noun, or an adverb that denotes quantity: Un verre d'eau, A glass of water. Un morceau de gateau, A piece of cake. Une plume d'or, A gold pen (a pen of gold). PARTITIVE SEXSE OF THE NOUX. 31 Un maitre d'ecole, A school-master. Beaucoup de courage, mais Much (of) courage, but little (of) peu de patience, patience. \ 3. Present Tense of Avoir, To Have. J'ai, I have. Ai-je ? have I ? Tu as, thou hast. As-tu? hast thou ? 11 a, he or it* has. A-t-il ? has he or it ?* Ellea, she or it* has. A-t-elle ? has she or it f* Nous avons, we have. Avons-nous ? have we V Vous avez, you have. Avez-vous ? have you ? Us ont, they (m.) have. Ont-ils ? have they (m) ? Elles ont, they (/.) have. Ont-elles ? have they (/.) ? Rem. The letter t in a-t-il? a-t-elle? is inserted for euphony. Vocabulary 4. Du courage,f courage. Beaucoup (de), much ; many. De la patience, patience. Peu (de), little. De l'or (m.), gold. Un peu (de), a little. De l'argent (m.), silver; money. Assez (de), enough. Du beurre, butter. Trop (de), too ; too much. Du cafe, coffee. Trop peu (de), too little. Du the, tea. Achete, bought. Du sucre, sugar. Apporte, brought. Du sel, salt. Mange, eaten. Du papier, paper. Bu, drunk. De l'encre, (/.), ink. Mais, but. Vfn morceau, a piece ; a morsel. Aussi, also ; too, Exercise 4. 1. Tu as du pain et de la viande. 2. As-tu de l'argent ? 3. Je n'ai pas d'argent. 4. Charles a du papier et de * As there is no neuter gender in the French language, it represents a noun which, in French, is either masculine or feminine. If the noun is masculine, it is il ; if the noun is feminine, it is die. t Nouns which are preceded in the vocabularies by du, de la, de l\ or des, in French, and by no determinative word in English, are taken iu the partitive sense. 32 ELEMENTARY FRENCH GRAMMAR. l'encre. 5. A-t-il des plumes ? 6. II a achete une plume d'or. 7. Marie a du beurre et du sucre. 8. A-t-elle aussi du cafe et du the ? 9. Elle a assez de cafe et de the, mais elle n'a pas de sel. 10. Nous avons mange un morceau de pain et un peu de viande. 11. Les enfants ont bu trop d'eau. 12. Us ont eu trop peu de lait. 13. Les filles ont apporte des oranges. 14. Ont-elles aussi apporte des ga- teaux. 15. Elles n'ont pas apporte de gateaux. 16. Vous avez beaucoup de courage, mais vous avez peu de patience. Theme 4. 1. Thou hast courage and patience. 2. Charles has money, but he has no patience. 3. Has he brought paper and pens ? 4. He has brought paper and ink, but he has not brought pens. 5. Mary has bought much coffee and (of) tea. 6. Has she also bought sugar ? 7. She has not bought sugar. 8. We have sugar enough (enough of sugar). 9. Have you any salt ? 10. We have a great deal of (much) salt, but little butter. 11. You have too much courage, but too little patience. 12. They {m.) have eaten a piece of cake. 13. They (/.) have drunk water. 14. I have drnnk a glass of milk. FIFTH LESSON. Qualifying Adjectives.*— Feminine and Plural. 1. There are qualifying and limiting adjectives. Qualifying adjectives add a quality to the noun, as: a good book, bad paper. * Introduction, p. 14. QUALIFYING ADJECTIVES. 33 Limiting adjectives limit the sense of the noun, as: my book, this paper. All adjectives agree, in gender and number, with the noun which they qualify or limit. 2. Formation of the Feminine of Adjectives. General Eule. — The feminine form of the adjective is obtained by adding e to the masculine form, as : petit, fern, petite, small, little. 3. Exceptions. Exc. 1. Adjectives ending for the masculine in e, have but one form for both genders, as : t jeune, masc. and/- lit /«fefc, little Julius. FORMATION OF THE FEMLMXE. 35 Alexis* n'est pas attentif. 13. Le gros Guillaume* n'est pas studieux. 14. La grosse Henriette* est une bonne fille. 15. Elle est attentive et studieuse. 16. Les enfants qui sont studieux, sont aussi attentifs. Theme 5. 1. Little Henry* is a good boy. 2. He -is studious and attentive. 3. Little Henrietta* is a good girl. 4. She is studious and attentive. 5. Good childrenf are studious and attentive. 6. Young Alexis* is not here. 7. He has a sister, who is sick. 8. The brother of Mary is sick too. . 9. The father of Julius has bought a large boat. 10. It J is in the water, attached to a tall tree. 11. The uncle of (the) stout William has brought large (big) oranges, which, are very good. 12. He is rich ; he has a large stable and many (beau con p de) horses. 13. Julia has an aunt, who is very kind, but she is poor. 14. You have brought bad paper and bad pens (Less. 4th — 2). 15. He has brought pencils which are not bad. FIFTH LESSON (bis). Formation of the Feminine of Adjectives.— Exceptions. (Continued.) 1. (Exc. 2, p. 33.) The adjectives which double the final consonant and add e for the feminine, are principally those that end in el, eil, ien, on, and et, as : Tel, /. telle, such. Bon, /. bonne, good ; kind. Pareil, /. pareille, similar. Sujet, /. sujette, subject. Ancien, /. ancienne, ancient. * See foot-note on opposite page. + Good children, les bons enfants. The article is used in French before nouns that represent a class. % Sec foot-note *, p. 31. 36 ELEMENTARY FRENCH GRAMihVR. i And the following: Bas, /. basse, low. Gros, /. grosse, big : stout. Gras, /. grasse, fat. Nul, /. nulle, no. Las, /. lasse, tired. Gentil, /. gentille, pretty. Epais, /. epaisse, thick. Sot, /. sotte, silly. Expres,/. expresse, positive. Vieillot, /. vieillotte, oldish. Profes, /. professe, professed. Rem. A few adjectives in et do not double the t, viz. : Complet,/. complete, complete. Secret, f. secrete, secret. Concret, /. concrete, concrete. Inquiet, /. inquiete, uneasy. Discret, /. discrete, discreet. Replet, /. replete, corpulent. Exc. 5. Five adjectives have three forms, two for the masculine, and one for the feminine : Beau, bel, /. belle, beautiful ; Vieux, vieil, /. vieille, old. handsome ; fine. Fou, fol, /. folle, foolish. Nouveau, nouvel, /. nouvelle, Mou, mol, /. molle, soft. new. Beau, nouveau, vieux, fou, and mou, are used before a consonant ; bel, nouvel, vieil, (or vieux), fol, and mol, before a vowel and before a silent h. Exc. 6. Four adjectives end in che, in the feminine : Blanc, /. blanche, white Sec, /. seche, dry. Franc, /. franche, frank. Frais, /. fraiche, fresh. Exc. 7. The following are peculiarly irregular : Doux, /. douce, sweet. Tiers, /. tierce, third (part.). Faux, /. fausse, false. Long, /. longue, long. Jumeau,/. jumelle, twin. Oblong, /. oblongue, oblong. Prefix, /. prefixe, prefixed. Benin, /. benigne, benign. RouXj /. rousse, reddish. Malin, /. maligne, malicious. COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES. 37 Caduc, /. caduque, decrepit. Grec, f. grecque, Greek. Public, /. publique, public. Coi. /. coite, still ; snug. Turc, /. turque, Turkish. Favori,/. favorite, favorite. Traitre, /. traitresse, treacherous. 2. Plural of Adjectives.— Exceptions. (Continued.) A few adjectives (Less. 5th — 4) do not conform to the rules given for the formation of the plural of nouns in Les- son Second. Bleu, Hue, plural masculine : bleus (not tleux). The following and some other adjectives in al, do not change al into aux, but follow the general rule and take s, as : amical, amicable; fatal, fatal; final, final; initial, initial, etc.; plural masculine: amicals, fatals, finals, etc. The masculine forms (Less. 5th. — Exc. 5) bel, nouvel, vieil, fol, and mol, have in the plural, beaux, nouveaux, vieux, fous, mous. SIXTH LESSON. Comparison of Adjectives. 1. Adjectives are compared by means of the adverbs, plus, more ; moins, less ; aussi, as ; pas si or pas aussi, not so. The two terms of a comparison are connected by que, than, as : Henri est plus grand que Henry is taller than Charles. Charles. Louise est moins avancee Louisa is not so far advanced as que Julie. Julia. Paul est aussi studieux que Paul is as studious as Mary. Marie. II n'est pas si attentif. He is not so attentive. 38 ELEMENTARY FRENCH G R A 31 M A B . 2. The superlative degree is formed by le plus, le moins. lie plus studieux. The most studious. Le moins avance. The least advanced. When the adjective in the superlative degree is placed after the noun,* the article is used twice, once before the noun, and once before the comparative adverb. La fille la plus studieuse. The most studious girl. The noun that limits an adjective in the superlative degree, is preceded by de. L'eleve le plus avance de The most advanced scholar in l'ecole. the school. 3. Some adjectives are irregularly compared, as: bon, good ; meilleur, better ; le meilleur, the best, petit, little ; moindre, less ; le moindre, the least. mauvais, bad ; pire, worse ; le pure, the worst. The regular forms of petit, small ; and mauvais, bad; that is plus petit, le plus petit, and plus mauvais, le plus mauvais, are also used. 4. Present Tense of Etre, To Be. Je suis, I am. Suis-je ? am I? Tu es, thou art. Es-tu ? a it thou ? 11 est, he or it is. Est-il? is he or it ? Elle est, she or it is. Est-elle ? is she or it ? Nous sommes, we are. Sommes-nous ? are we ? Vous etes, you are. Etes-vous ? are you ? lis sont, they {))).) ar<\ Sont-ils ? are they (iw.)j Elles sont, they (/.) are. Sont-elles ? are they (/.)? * In French, the adjective i> generally placed after the noun. COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES, 39 Vocabulary 6. La ville 3 the city ; the town. La classe, the class. Un eleve, a scholar ; a pu- pil (m.). Une eleve, a scholar ; a pu- a pil (/-)• Age, old ; aged. Applique j attentive ; sedu- lous. Avance, advanced. Fatigue, fatigued i^tired. Content, contented ; satisfied. Premier ; premiere, first. Dernier ; derniere, last. Ce matin, this morning. Aujourd'hui, to-day. Souvent, often. Toujours ; always. Encore/* still. Plus (ne),* no longer ; n< Oui, yes. Non, no. Que (qu'), than ; as. Jean, John. Pierre, Peter. Elise, Eliza. Rem. The feminine form of the adjective is given in the vocabularies only when it does not conform to any of the rules contained in Lesson Fifth. Exercise 6. 1. Je suis plus grand que Charles. 2. Oui, Paul, mais tu es aussi plus age que Charles. 3. Guillaume est le plus grand des enfants du maitre. 4. II est le plus avance de l'ecole. 5.' Julie, vous etes moins avancee qu'Elise. 6. Elise est la meilleure eleve de la classe. 7. Les bons eleves sont toujours les premiers a l'ecole. 8. Nous ne sommes pas les premiers ce matin. 9. Non, vous 6tes les derniers aujourd'hui. 10. Nous ne sommes pas souvent les derniers. 11. Pierre est aussi applique qu' Alexis. 12. Hen- riette, vous n'etes pas si attentive que Marie. 13. Etes-vous encore malade ? 14. Non, je ne suis plus malade, mais je * Encore, still, and plus {ne), no longer, are adverbs of time. Plus requires ne before the verb ; it is the responsive negative to enccrre: Est-il encore ici? Is he still here ? II rCest plus ici. He is not (or he is no longer here). 40 ELEMENTARY FRENCH GRAMMAR. suis fatiguee. 15. L'oncle d'Elise est l'homme le plus riche de la ville. 16. Nous ne sommes pas riches, mais nous sommes contents. Theme 6. 1. I am younger than Paul. 2. Yes, Charles, but you are also less far (moms) advanced. 3. Paul is the best scholar in (the) school. 4. Louisa is as tall as Henrietta. 5. She is not so old as Henrietta. 6. Julia, you are not very attentive this morning. 7. You are no longer sick ? 8. No, but I am still tired. 9. Eliza is a good scholar. 10. She is the most advanced scholar (Ghe scholar the most advanced) of the class. 11. Peter is less studious and less attentive than William. 12. We are contented, but we are not so rich as the uncle of Julius. 13. Julia is the first of the class to-day. 14. She is always the first. 15. Yes, Mary, and you are often the last. SEVENTH LESSON. Limiting Adjectives.— Possessive. 1. Limiting adjectives are of four kinds : possessive, de- monstrative, numeral, and indefinite. The possessive adjectives are : Singular. Plural MASCULINE. FEMININE. FOR BOTH GENDERS. Mon ma mes, my. Ton ta tes, thy. Son sa ses, his, her. its Notre notre noSj our. Votre votre vos, your. Leur leur leurs, thoir. LIMITING ADJECTIVES. — POSSESSIVE. 41 These adjectives are repeated before each noun : Mon pere et ma mere. My father and mother. Son frere et sa soeur. His (or her) brother and sister. Mon, ton, son, are used instead of ma, ta, sa, before a feminine word that begins with a vowel or a silent h : Mon orange, son oratage. My orange, his (or her) orange. Vocabulary 7. Un cousin, a cousin (m). Une montre, a watch. Une cousine, a cousin (/.). Un parapluie, an umbrella. Un neveu, a nephew. Une ombrelle, a parasol. Une niece, a niece. Casse, broken. Un ami , (/.) une amie, a friend. Trouve 3 found. Une chambre, a room. Perdu, lost. Une grammaire ; a grammar. Vendu ; sold. Un mouchoir, a handkerchief. Vif (p. 33, Exc. 3), lively. Un gant, a glove. Heureux (p. 33, Exc. 4), happy. Exercise 7. Pierre, tu* es mon cousin. 2. Oui, Jean, et je suis aussi ton ami. 3. Nous sommes heureux et contents; nous avons de bons parents. 4. Julie, vous avez magrammaire. 5. J'ai trouve votre grammaire dans ma chambre. 6. Avez-vous vu mes cousins aujourd'hui ? 7. J'ai vu votre oncle et vos cousins ce matin. 8. Charles est tres-vif; il a casse sa montre d'or. 9. Ma cousine Elise a perdu son mouchoir. 10. Elle a aussi perdu ses gants. 11. Nous n 'avons pas de classe ce matin; notre maitre de frai^aisf est malade. 12. Nous avons vendu nos chevaux. 13. Nos amis ont * The French use frequently thee and thou in conversation with children, t Un. maitre defrancais, a French teacher. 42 ELEMENTARY FRENCH GRAMMAR. vendu leur maison. 14. Mes neveux out perdu leurs para- pluies. 15. Notre tante n'est pas heureuse;" elle est tou- jours malade. 16. Vos nieces sont les meilleures eleves de la classe de frangais.* Theme 7. 1. Your cousin is my friend. 2. My cousin Mary is the friend of your sister. 3. Our uncle has lost his watch. 4. Our aunt has lost her handkerchief and (her) gloves. 5. Charles, I have found thyf umbrella in my room. 6. Louisa, I have broken thy parasol. 7. Thou art too (trop) ' lively, John. 8. Your nephews are my pupils. 9. Your nieces are the friends of my sisters. 10. Henry has found your grammar in his room. 11. Paul and Mary have lost their mother. 12. Our friends have sold their horses. 13. We have sold our boat to your cousins. 14. Your little niece is a lively childj (child lively) ; she is very happy. EIGHTH LESSON. Limiting Adjectives. (Contniued.) — T h e Demonstrative. 1. The demonstrative adjective is : Singular. Plural 4ASCULINE. FEMININE. FOR BOTH GENDERS. Ce> cet, cette, this, that. CeSj these, those. Ce is used before a consonant, cet, before a vowel : Ce soldat. This soldier ; that soldier. Cet arbre. This tree ; that tree. Cet homme. This man ; that man. * La claw drfrancais. the French class. t See p. 41, foot note : X See p. 21, foot-note. LIMITING ADJECTIVES. 43 The demonstrative adjective is repeated before each noun: Cetttwhomme et cette femme. That man and that woman. Ces hommes et ces femmes. Those men and women. To make the distinction which is made in English by this and that, the French use ci (from id, here), and la (there). These words are joined with a hyphen to the noun : Cet homme-ci. This man. Cet homme-la. That man. Ces enfants-ci. These children. Ces enfants-la. Those children. 2. Ce (C), That ; It ; sometimes He ; She ; They. Ce^C') m ust not be confounded with ce, cet : the latter is an adjective, and always precedes a noun ; the former is a pronoun, and is much used before est, is ; and sont, are. (Test Monsieur et Madame D. That is Mr. and Mrs. D. Ce sont nos amis. They are our friends. 3. X'est ce pas? Is it not so? N'est-ce pas? is added to a declarative sentence, to ask a question, when an affirmative answer is expected : Nous sommes amis ; n'est-ce pas ? We are friends ; are we not ? Vocabulary 8. Un monsieur, a gentleman. Un medecin, a physician ; a doctor. Une dame, a lady. Un voisin, a neighbor (m.). Une demoiselle, a youn^r lady. Une voisine, a neighbor (/.). Monsieur Delmar, Mr. Delmar. Le facteur, the postman. Madame Delmar, Mrs. Delmar. Un billet, a note. Mademoiselle D., Miss D. Une lettre, a letter. Un capitaine, a captain. Du fruit, some fruit. 44 ELEMENTARY FRENCH GRAMMAR. Une pomme, an apple. Mur, ripe. Une poire, a pear. Vert, green. Un ananas, a pine-apple. Ce (C), that ; it (2). Rem. Monsieur, alleviated M., is also used for Sir ; Madame, abb. Mme., for Madsrin>; ^Mademoiselle, abb. Mile., for Miss. In the plural: Messieurs-abb. MM., Gentlemen; Mesdames, abb. Mmes., Ladies ; Mesdemoiselles, abb. Miles., Young Ladies. In addressing a person, it is customary to prefix the epithets Mon- sieur, Madame, Mademoiselle, to the names of his or her kindred : Monsieur votre pere, your father; Madame votre mere, your mother ; Mademoiselle votre soeur, your sister. Exercise 8. 1. Ce monsieur est Monsieur Delmar, notre voisin. 2. Cette dame est Madame Delmar, notre voisine. 3. Cette demoiselle est Mademoiselle Delmar, leur fille. 4. Qui est cet homme-la? 5. C'est le facteur, qui a apporte des let- tres de Paris. 6. Ce billet-ci est pour Mile, votre soeur. ' 7. Cette lettre-la est pour Mme. votre mere. 8. Ces lettres- ci sont pour M. votre pere. 9. Qui sont ces messieurs? 10. C'est le capitaine Duval et son frere, le medecin. 11. Ce sont nos amis. 12. Julie, vous etes raon amie ; n'est-ce pas? 13. Oui, je suis votre amie. 14. Charles, vous avez apporte du fruit, qui n'est pas mur. 15. Mais ces pros ananas sont bons ; n'est-ce pas ? 16. Oui, mais les pommes et les poires sont trop vertes. Theme 8. 1. Who is that gentleman ? 2. That is Mr. Delmar. 3. That lady is Mrs. Delmar, his wife. 4. They are our neighbors. 5. That young lady is their daughter, 6. M Delmar is the friend of my sister. 7. The postman lias LIMITING ADJECTIVES. — NUMERALS. 45 brought these letters. 8. This note is for your brother, the captain. 9. That letter is for the doctor. 10. These letters are for the professor. 11. I have bought some good fruity apples, pears, and pine-apples.- 12. These pears are good ; are they not? 13. Yes, but your apples are too green. 14. These pine-apples are ripe. 15. They are not bad. NINTH LESSON. Limiting Adjectives. (Continued.)— Numerals. 1. The numeral adjectives are of two kinds, cardinal and ordinal, they are : Cardinal. 1. Un, fern. une. 2. Deux. 3. Trois. 4. Quatre. 5. Cinq. 6. Six. 7. Sept. 8. Huit. 9. Neuf. 10. Dix. 11. Onze. 12. Douze. 13. Treize. 14. Quatorze. 15. Quinze. 16. Seize. 17. Dix-sept. 18. Dix-huit. 19. Dix-neuf. 20. Vingt. Ordinal. 1st. Premier, fern, premiere. 2d. Deuxieme, or Second-e. 3d. Troisieme. 4th. Quatrieme. 5th. Ginquieme. 6th. Sixieme. 7th. Septieme. 8th. Huitieme. 9 th. Neuvieme. 10th. Dixieme. 11th. Onzieme. 12th. Douzieme. 13th. Treizieme. 14th. Quatorzieme. 15th. Quinzieme. 16th. Seizieme. 17th. Dix-septieme. 18th. Dix-huitieme. 19th. Dix-neuvieme. 20th. Vingtieme. 46 ELEMENTARY 21. Vingt et un. 22. Vingt-deux. 23. Vingt-trois. 24. Vingt-quatre. 25. Vingt-cinq. 26. Vingt-six. 27. Vingt-sept, 28. Vingt-huit. 29. Vingt-neuf. 30. Trente. 31. Trente et un. 32. Trente-deux. 33. Trente-trois. 40. Quarante. 41. Quarante et un. 42. Quarante-deux. 43. Quarante-trois. 50. Cinquante, 51. Cinquante et un. 52. Cinquante-deux. 53. Cinquante-trois. 60. Soixante. 61. Soixante et un. 62. Soixante-deux. 63. Soixante-trois. 70. Soixante-dix. 71. Soixante et onze. 72. Soixante-douze. 73. Soixante-treize. 74. Soixante-quatorze. 75. Soixante-quinze. 76. Soixante-seize. 77. Soixante-dix-sept. 78. Soixante-dix-huit. 79. Soixante-dix-neuf. 80. Quatre-vingts. 81. Quatre- vingt-un. FREN C H GRAMMAR. 21st. Vingt et unieme. 22d. Vingt-deuxieme. 23d. Vingt-troisieme. 24th. Vingt-quatrieme. 25th. Vingt-cinquieme. 26th. Vingt-sixieme. 27th. Vingt-septieme. 28th. Vingt-huitieme. 29th. Vingt-neuvieme. 30th. Trentieme. 31st. Trente et unieme. 32d. Trente-deuxieme. 33d. Trente-troisieme. 40th. Quarantieme. 41st. Quarante et unieme. 42d. Quarante-deuxieme. 43d. Quarante-troisieme. 50th. Cinquantieme. 51st. Cinquante et unieme. 52d. Cinquante-deuxieme. 53d. Oinquante-troisieme. 60th. Soixantieme. 61st. Soixante et unieme. 62d. Soixante-deuxieme. 63d. Soixante-troisieme. 70th. Soixante-dixieme. 71st, Soixante-onzieme. 72d. Soixante-douzieme. 73d. Soixante-treizieme. 74th. Soixante-quatorzieme. 75th. Soixante-quinzieme. 76th. Soixante-seizieme. 77th. Soixante-dix-septieme. 78th. Soixante-dix-huitieme. 79th. Soixante-dix-neuvieme. 80th. Quatre-vingtieme. 81st. Quatre- vingt-unieme. LIMITING ADJECTIVES. — NUMERALS, 47 82. Quatre-vingt-deux. 82d. Quatre- vingt-deuxieme. 83. Quatre-vingt-trois. 83d. Quatre-vingt-troisieme. 84 Quatre-vingt-quatre. 84th. Quatre-vingt-quatrieme. 85. Quatre- vingt-cinq. 85th. Quatr e- vingt- cniquieme. 86. Quatre-vingt-six. 86th. Quatre-vingt-sixieme. 87. Quatre-vingt-sept. 87th. Quatre-vingt-septieme. 88. Quatre-vingt-huit. 88th. Quatre- vingt-huitieme. 89. Quatre-vingt-neuf. 89th. Quatre-vingt-neuvieme. 90. Q uatr e- vingt-dix. 90th. Quatre- vingt-dixieme. 91. Quatre-vingt-onze. 91st. Quatre-vingt-onzieme. 92. Quatre-vingt-douze. 92d. Quatre-vingt-douzieme. 93. Quatre- vingt-treize. 93d. Quatre- vingt-treizieme. 94. Quatre- vingt-quat orze. 94th. Quatre - vingt - quator zieme. 95. Quatre-vingt-quinze. 95th. Quatre- vingt-quinzieme. 96. Quatre- vingt-seize. 96th. Quatre-vingt-seizieme. 97. Quatre-vingt-dix-sept. 97th. Quatre - vingt - dix - sep - tieme. 98. Quatre- vingt-dix-huit. 98th. Quatre - vingt - dix - hui ■ tieme. 99. Quatre- vingt-dix-neuf. 99th. Quatre - vingt - dix -neu • vieme. 100. Cent. 100th. Centieme. 101. Cent-un. 101st. Cent-unieme. 200. Deux cents. 200th. Deux centieme. 210. Deux cent-dix. 210th. Deux cent-dixieme. 1,000. Mille. 1,000th. Millieme. 1,001. Mille-un. 1,001th. Mille-unieme. 2,000. Deux mille. 2,000th. Deux millieme. 2,500. Deux mille-cinq cents. 2,500th. Deux mille - cinq - cen - tieme. 3,000. Trois mille. 3,000th. Trois millieme. 1000,000. Un million. 1,000,000th. Millionieme. 48 ELEMEXTAKV FRENCH G R A If MAR. The Multiplication Tables.* Combien font deux fois deux ? Deux fois deux font quatre. Combien font deux fois trois ? Deux fois trois font six. Etc. How many are (in French, make) twice two? Twice two are {make) four. How many are twice three? Twice three are six. Etc. k dollar. Une annee, a year. Un mois, a month. Une semaine, a week. Un jour, a day. Une heure, an hour. Une minute, a minute. Un dollar, ) Une piastre, ) Un franc, a franc. Un sou, a cent. Un centime, a centime. Une douzaine, a dozen. Une fois, once ; deux fois, twice. Trois fois, three times. La rue, the street. Vocabulary 9. La poste, the post-office. La poche, the pocket. Un mouchoir de poche, a pocket- handkerchief La lecon, the lesson. Combien (de), how much ; how many. Combien de fois, how many times. Ete, been. J'ai ete, I have been. Jamais (ne), never. II y a, there is ; there are. Y a-t-il ? is there ? are there ? Font {Us font), make {they make). Ou, or. Exercise 9. 1. J'ai cent-cinquante francs dans ma poche. 2. CVst trente piastres, ou dollars, de votre argent. 3. Le franc a vingt sous, ou cent centimes. 4. II y a douze mois dans l'annee. 5. Un mois a trente ou trente et un jours. G. Vingt-quatre heures font un jour. 7. Soixante minutes font une heure. 8. II y a une bonne ecole dans la onzieme * The pupils should learn the Multiplication Tables in French. The task is an easy one, when once the formula, and the numbers up to a hundred, are well known. NUMERAL ADJECTIVES. 49 rue. 9. Combien d'eleves y a-t-il dans cette ecole ? 10. II y a treize eleves dans notre classe de frangais. 11. Jean a ete le premier aujourd'hui ; Jules a ete le deuxieme; et le gros Guillaume a ete le dernier de la elasse. 12. Nous avons eu la neuvieme legon. 13. J'ai ete trois fois a la j>oste aujour- d'hui 14. Combien de fois avez-vous ete a Paris ? 15. Je n'ai jamais ete a Paris. 16. Combien font sept fois sept ? 17. Sept fois sept font quarante-neuf. 18. Julie a achete une douzaine de mouchoirs de poclie pour son frere. Theme 9. 1. A year has twelve months. 2. A month has four weeks. 3. A week has seven days. 4. A day has twenty-four hours. 5. An hour has sixty minutes. 6. How many are (make) five times five? 7. Five times five are (make) twenty-five. 8. Five centimes make one cent. 9. Twenty cents make one franc. 10. Five francs make one dollar. 11. There is a large school in this street. 12. In that school there are eighty scholars. 13. The post-office is in (the) Eleventh* street. 14. How much money have you with you (sur vous)? 15. I have ten dollars, or fifty francs, in my pocket. 16. How r many times have you been here? 17. This is (c'est) the first time that (que) I am here. 18. For tvhom (qui) have you bought that dozen of pocket-handkerchiefs ? NINTH LESSON (bis). Remarks on the Numeral Adjectives. 1. The cardinal numeral adjectives are invariable, except un, vingt, and cent. • No elision of the vowel takes place before onze, eleven and onzieme, eleventh. See Less. 9 (bis)— 4. 50 ELEMENTARY FRENCH G R A M MAR. Un, feta. une, used in connection with autre, other, may take the plural ending (p. 81, 3). Vingt and cent, when multiplied and not immediately followed by another number, take the plural ending. Quatre-vingts piastres. Eighty dollars. Trois cents milles.* Three hundred miles. They are invariable when followed by another number. Quatre-vingt-trois piastres. Eighty-three dollars. Trois cent-vingt milles. Three hundred and twenty miles. Rem. Vingt and cent do not take the plural ending when they are used for vingtieme and centieme, as : l'an huit cent, in the year eight hundred. 2. Mille, a thousand, is written mil, in the ordinary com- putation of years, as: Mil huit cent soixante-treize. One thousand eight hundred and seventy- three. 3. Second and deuxieme, second, are not to be used in- discriminately. Second indicates order: deuxieme de- notes one of a series, and is correctly used only when a third, a fourth, etc., are supposed to exist. Au second etage. In the second story (of a house). La deuxieme lee. on. The second lesson. 4. The elision of the vowel of the article and of other monosyllabic words, does not take place before onze, on- zieme, as : De onze a vingt. From eleven to twenty. La onzieme le$on. The eleventh lesson. Dans sa onzieme annee. In his eleventh year. • Un mille, a mile, is a noun ; mille, a thousand, is a numeral adjective, and its invariable ; un milliard, a thousand millions. NUMERAL ADJECTIVES. 51 5. The Names of the Days of the Week. Dimanche, or le dimanche. Sunday. Lundij or le lundi. Monday. Mardi, or le mardi. Tuesday. Mercredi, or le mercredi. Wednesday. Jeudi, or le jeudi. Thursday. Vendredi, or le vendredi. Friday. Samedi, or le samedi. Saturday. The article is used before the days of the week, to indi- cate the periodical return of something on a certain day of the week. Nous avons le francais deux fois We have French twice a week, par semaine, le lundi et le jeudi. Mondays and Thursdays. No preposition is used before the days of the week. II etait ici lundi. He was here on Monday. 6. Janvier, January. Fevrier, February. Mars, March. Avrilj April. Mai, May. Juin, June. The Months. Juillet, July. A out August. Septembre, Septembre. Octobre, October. Novembre, November. Decembre, December. The cardinal numbers are used for the days of the month, except for the first. The preposition de before the names of the months is generally omitted, and no preposition is used before the date. Le premier Janvier. Le trois fevrier. Le quatre mars. C'est aujourd'hui le quinze mai. The first of January. , The third of February. On the fourth of March. It is to-day the fifteenth of May. • / 52 ELEMENTARY FRENCH GRAMMAR. TENTH LESSON. Limiting Adjectives. (Continued.)— Indefinite. 1. The indefinite adjectives are : Aucun, /. aucune, no. Tout, toute, all ; every ; whole. Pas un, /. pas une, not one. Flusieurs, several. Nul, /. nulle, no, not one. Quel, /. quelle, which ; what. Autre, other. Quelque, some. M6me, same. Quelconque, whatever. Chaque, each ; every. Tel, /. telle, such. 2. Remarks and Examples. (1.) Aucun ; Pas un ; Nul (ne). These are negative words ; they require ne before the verb. Aucun eleve n'est absent. No scholar is absent. Nulle excuse n'est admissible. No excuse is admissible. (2.) Autre, Other ; Different. J'ai d' autre papier. I have other paper. C'est une autre chose. That is a different thing. Rem. Another, meaning a second one, one more, is expressed by encore un. Avez-vous encore un crayon ? Have you another pencil ? J'en ai encore un. I have another one (one more). (3.) Chaque, Every; Each (distributive). Chaque piece est d'une qualite Each piece is of a different quality. differente.* Chaque chose est a sa place. Everything is in its place. * See foot-note, p. 38. LIMITING ADJECTIVES. 53 (4.) Tout, pi. tous ; /. toute, pi. toutes, All ; Every ; Whole. The article is placed between tout and the noun. Tout le monde. Everybody. Tous les eleves. All the scholars. Toute une annee. A whole year. (5.) Plusieurs, Several (invariable). J'ai plusieurs grammaires. I have several grammars. (6.) Quel, pi. quels; /. quelle, pi. quelles, Which; What. Quel generally precedes a noun, either in an interrogative or an exclaniatory sentence. Quel jour du mois est-ce aujour- What day of the month is it to- d'hui? day? QueUe lecon avons-nous ? Which lesson have we ? Quelle heure est-il ? What hour (what time) is it ? In an exclamatory sentence, quel is equivalent to what a. Quel homme ! Quelle femme ! What a man ! What a woman ! The noun is sometimes understood after quel. It is then equivalent to qui, who, as: Quel est ce monsieur ? or ) , TT , . , . J" . _ y Who is that gentlemen ? Qui est ce monsieur 7 ) (7.) Quelque, Some; pi. quelques, A few. Quelque chose. Some thing. Quelques piastres. A few dollars, 54 ELEMENTARY FRENCH GRAMMAR. (8.) Tel, / telle, Such. The numeral adjective un precedes tel. Un tel homme ; une telle femme. Such a man ; such a woman. Vocabulary 10. Une place, a place ; a seat. La qualite, the quality. Une chose, a thing. Un metre, a meter. Une faute, a fault ; a mistake. Une caisse, a case ; a box. Un theme, a theme ; an exercise. Tout le monde, al] the world ; Un exercice ; an exercise. every body. Une excuse, an excuse. Absent, absent. Une piece, a piece. Present, present. De la mousseline, muslin. Different, different. Exercise 10. 1. Aucun eleve n'est absent de la classe. 2. Le pro?- fesseur est dans l'autre chambre. 3. Nous avons tons la meme lec^on. 4. II try a pas une faute dans ce theme. 5. Chaque chose est a sa place. 6. Jules a ete absent lundi (on Monday). 7. II n'a apporte aucune excuse. 8. C'est toujours la meme chose. 9. Combien de pieces de mousseline y a-t-il dans cette caisse ? 10. Chaque piece est de trente metres. 11. Toutes les pieces soht de la meme qualite. 12. II y a quelques pieces d'une qualite differente. 13. Tout le monde est dans la rue. 14. Tons les eleves sont presents. 15. II y a plusieurs fautes dans votre theme. 10. Quel jour du mois est-ce aujourd'hui ? 17. Quelle est cette dame ? 18. Quel homme et quelle femme ! \\l Je n'ai jamais vu un tel homme et une telle femme, pronouns. 55 Theme 10. 1. Everybody is here. 2. Each student is in his seat. 3. No scholar has been absent to-day. 4. I have found a few mistakes in this exercise. 5. There are forty pieces of muslin in this case. 6. This piece is not of the same quality as the others. 7. Each piece is of a different* quality. 8. That is another thing. 9. Have you another pencil (2-2 Rem.) ? 10. I have bought a whole piece of this muslin. 11. It is (of) thirty meters. 12. All my books are at home. 13. You have been absent several times. 14. It (Ce) is not my fault. 15. What an excuse ! 16. What day of the week is it ? 17. Which scholars are absent this morning ? 18. Who is that gentleman? 19. I have never seen such a man. ELEVENTH LESSON. - Pronouns, f— Personal. 1. There are six kinds of pronouns: personal, possessive, demonstrative, interrogative, relative, and indefinite. Pronouns agree, in gender and number, with the nouns which they represent. 2. Personal Pronouns.— Conjunctive. Personal pronouns are of two kinds : conjunctive and disjunctive. ( '(injunctive personal pronouns are used only in connection * Place the adjective after the noun. t Introduction, p. 16. 56 ELEMENTARY FRENCH GRAMMAR. with verbs, as subject, direct object, or indirect object,* of the verb. They are : (1.) The Pronouns Used as Subjects and as Objects. Singular. AS SUBJECT. AS DIRECT OBJECT. AS INDIRECT OBJECT. 1st pers. je in i. me (m'), me. me (m'), to me. 2d pers. tu, thou. te (f), thee. te (f), to thee. 3d pers. masc. il, he ; it le (!'), him; it. lui, to him. fern. elle, she; it. la (1'), her; it. lui, to her. Plural. AS SUBJECT. AS DIRECT OBJECT. AS INDIRECT OBJECT. 1st pers. nous, we. nous, us. nous, to us. 2d pers. vous, you. vous j you. vous, to you. 3d pers. masc. ils, they. les, them. leur, to them. fern. elles, they. les, them. leur, to them. (2.) Pronouns Used as Objects only. Se (s'), himself, herself, itself, themselves, one's self (direct or indirect object). En, some or any, of it, of them (indirect object). Y, to it, to them (indirect object). Le (!'), it y so (invariable). 3. Remarks and Examples. The objective pronouns are placed before the verb, except when the verb is in the imperative mode. Je connais. I know or I do know. Je vous connais. I know you. Je ne vous connais pas. I do not know you. Je parle. I speak, I do speak. Je lui parle. I speak to him. Je ne lui parle pas. I do not speak to him. * Bee Introduction, pp. 17, 18. PRONOUNS. 57 When the verb is in the imperative mode, and used affir- matively, the objective pronouns stand after the verb. Parlez-lui. Speak to him. But when the sentence is negative, the pronouns precede the verb. Ne lui parlez pas. Do not speak to him. Vocabulary 11. Je parle, I speak ; I do speak ; I am speaking. II parle, he speaks ; he does speak; he is speaking. Je donne, I give. II donne, he gives. Je pr&te, I lend. II prete, he lends. J'apporte, I bring. II apporte, he brings. J'appeUe, I call. II appelle, he calls. Je connais, I know ; I do know. II connait, he knows. Je vois ; il voitj I see ; he sees. Un camarade, a comrade ; unca- marade de classe, a class-mate. Un dictionnaire, a dictionary. Une fleur, a flower. Une peche, a peach, lies ciseaux, the scissors. A present, at present. Tous les jours, every day. Bien, weU. Exercise 11. (In this Exercise, the pronouns representing the indirect objects are in italic.) 1. Je vous connais. 2. Je vous appelle. 3. Je vous donne ces fleurs. 4. II me connait. 5. II me parle. 6. Je te vois. 7. Je t'appelle. 8. Je te prete ce livre. 9. II nous voit. 10. II nous appelle. 11. II nous apporte des peches. 12. Je vois votre camarade de classe. 13. Je le connais bien. 14. Je lui ai prete un livre. 15. Je connais votre voisine. 1G. Je la vois tous les jours. 17. Je lui ai parle ce matin. 18. Je connais ces hommes. 19. Je les connais bien. 20. Je leur ai vendu un cheval. 21. Avez-vous mon 58 ELEMENTAK Y FREN C H G R A M M A K . diction uaire. 22. Je l'ai eu. 23. Je ne Fai pas a present. 24 Charles Fa. 25. II ne Fa pas. 26. Nous Favons. 27. Ou sont mes ciseaux ; les avez-vous ? 28. Je ne les ai pas. 29. Vos camarades les ont. 30. Nous ne les avons pas. 31. Qui les a ? Theme 11. 1. I know you. 2. I do not speak to you. 3. He sees me. 4. He has given me these peaches. 5. I see thee. 6. I give thee these flowers. 7. He calls us. 8. He speaks to us. 9. I know your class-mate. 10. I often* see him. 11. I have lent him my dictionary. 12. I know your cousin Mary. 13. I see her every day. 14. I often* lend her books. 15. I have had your pencil. 16. I have given it to your brother. 17. He has it. 18. He has it not now. 19. Julia has had your scissors. 20. I have them not now. 21. Louisa lias them. 22. She has them not. 23. Have you them ? 24. We have them not. 25. The children have them. TWELFTH LESSON. Conjunctive Personal Pronouns. (Continued.)— Se; En; Y; Le. 1. Se is the reflective pronouuf of the third person, singu- lar and plural, either as direct, or indirect, object of the verb: himself, herself, itself themselves, one*s self or to him- self etc. The reflective pronouns of the first and second persons * Place the adverb after the verb. t "Reflective pronouns :ire so called because they receive the reflective action of [he verb, as ; I see mij -elf. They are a subdivision of the personal pronouns. CONJUNCTIVE PERSONAL PROXOUXS. 59 are, in form, the same as the objective pronouns given in the preceding lesson. Me, myself, to myself. Nous, ourselves, to ourselves. Te, thyself, to thyself. VouSj to yourself, to yourselves. The reflective pronouns are used in the conjugation of pronominal verbs, as: Se laver. To wash one's self. Je me lave. I wash myself. II se lave. He washes himself. Vous lavez-vous? Do you wash yourself? 2. Ell, Some or Any ; Of it ; Of them (indirect object). The pronoun en expi esses a part or quantity of the sub- stance represented by the noun to which it refers: some or any of it, of them; of it, of them.. It is used : (1.) To represent a noun taken in the partitive or the in- definite sense, as : J'ai du papier ; en avez-vous ? I have paper ; have you some ? J'en ai. I have (some of it). J'en ai encore. I still have some. Je n'en ai plus. I have not any more. J'ai des amis; vous en avez aussi. I have friends ; you have some too. J'ai un livre ; en avez-vous un ? I have a book ; have you one ? Je n'en ai pas. I have not. (2.) To represent a noun taken in a definite sense, as : II parle de cette affaire; il en He speaks of that business; he parle. speaks of it. Rem. In this latter sense, en is seldom used with reference to persons, de lui, d'elle, d'eux, d'elles being used instead. 60 ELEMENTARY FREXCH GRAMMAR. 3. Y, To it ; To them {indirect object). The pronoun y expresses the relation of the preposition a (to) : to it, to them. Pensez-vous a cette affaire ? Do you think of (to) that business? J'y pense. I think of it (in French to it). 4. En and Y as Adverbs. En and y are also used as adverbs, with reference to a place that has been previously mentioned : en, from it, from there ; y, there, to it, at it, in it. Avez-vous ete a la poste? Have you been to the post-office ? J'en viens. I come from it. J'y vais. I am going to it. Mon frere y est. My brother is there. 5. The Invariable Pronoun Le. The invariable pronoun le, equivalent to it or so, is used to represent an adjective or a sentence. , Etes-vous content ? Je le suis. Are you satisfied ? I am (so). II est malade j vous le savez. He is sick ; you know it. Vocabulary 12. Je lave, I wash. Je pense, I think. Vous lavezj you wash. Vous pensez, you think. Je flatte, I natter. Maman, mamma. Vous flattez, you natter. Je vais ; il va, I go ; he goes. Je blame, you blame. Je viens; il vient, I come: he Vous blamezj you blame. comes. Je trompe, I deceive. Je sais ; il sait, I know ; lie knows. Vous trompez, you deceive. J'ai besoin de, T have need of. J'amuse, I amuse. Un couteau, a knife. Vous amusez, you amuse. Une fourchette, a fork. COXJUXCTIVE PEESOXAL PKOXOUXS. 61 Un canifi a penknife. Pourquoi, why. Une affaire, an affair ; a business. Parce que, because. La banque, the bank, Quand, when. Exercise 12. 1. Je me lave. 2. Je ne m'amuse pas. 3. Vous vous trompez. 4. II se blame. 5. Elle se flatte. 6. II a de la patience ; j'en ai aussi. 7. Vous n'en avez pas. 8. lis ont beaucoup d'argent. 9. Nous en avons peu. 10. Vous en avez assez. 11. J'ai un couteau; en avez-vous un? 12. Je n'en ai pas. 13. Charles en a deux. 14. N'avez-vous pas de fourchette ? 15. J'en ai une. 16. Marie n'en a pas. 17. Avez-vous besoin de ce canif ? 18. J'en ai besoin. 19. Ou sont les ciseaux; mam an en a besoin. 20. Pourquoi parlez-vous de cette affaire ? 21. J'en parle, parce qu'il en parle. 22. Quand i] y pense, il en parle. 23. Je n'y pense jamais. 24. Je yais a la banque. 25. J'en viens. 26. Henri y est. 27. Je le sais. 28. Vous etes fatigue^ et je le suis aussi. Theme 12. 1. I blame myself. 2. You deceive yourself. 3. He amuses himself. 4. She flatters herself. 5. You have cour- age, and I have some too. 6. She has money, and you have none. 7. We have friends. 8. They have some too. 9. Have you a fork? 10. I have one. 11. Louis has not. 12. I have no knife. 13. Mary has two. 14. I have your penknife; have you need of it ? 15. I have no need of it. 16. I think of (to) that affair. 17. When you think of it (to it), you speak of it. 18. Why do you speak of it? 19. Because I always think of it. 20. William is at the ill 1 62 EL EM EXT ARY FRENCH GRAMMAR. bank. 21. I know it. 22. I come from there. 23. I go there. 24. He goes there too. 25. You are tired, and we are (so) too. THIKTEEXTH LESSOX. Collocation of Objective Pronouns. 1. When two objective pronouns accompany a verb, the following order is to be observed. The pronouns of the first and second persons precede the pronouns of the third person : Me le, me la, me les. It to me, them to me. Te le, te la, te les. It to thee, them to thee. Nous le, nous la, nous les. It to us, them to us. Vous le, vous la, vous les. It to you, them to you. If both pronouns are of the third person, the direct object, le, la or les, precedes the indirect object, lui or leur ; but the indirect object se precedes the direct object. Le lui, la lui, les lui. It to him or her, them to bim. Le leur, la leur, les leur. It to them, them to them. Se le, se la, se les. It to himself, them to himself, etc. Position of En and Y. En follows the other objective pronouns, and immediately precedes the verb : M'en, nous en, vous en. Some to me, to us, to you. Lui en, leur en. Some to him, to them. L'en, les en. It from there, them from there. The adverb y follows the objective pronouns, except the pronoun en. OBJECTIVE PRONOUNS. 63 M'y, nous y, vous y. Me there, us there, you there. L'y, les y. Him, her or it there ; them there. Y en. Some there. Rem. The negative particle ne immediately follows the subject ; hence it precedes the objective pronouns. Vocabulary 13. Envoye, {past participle), sent. Un dessin, a drawing; a pattern J'envoie, I send. Une gravure, an engraving. II envoie, he sends. Un bouquet, a bouquet. Vous envoyez, you send. Une bague, a ring (finger-ring). Porte, p. p., carried ; taken. Un violon, a violin. Je porte, I take ; I carry. Un concert, concert. II porte, he takes ; he carries. Une histoire, a history ; a story. Mene, p. p., taken ; led. Un oiseau, a bird. Je mene, I take ; I lead. Une cage, a cage. II mene, he takes ; he leads. Beau, bel, /. belle, beautiful, Raconte, p. p., related. (p. 36, Exc. 5) fine ; handsome. Montre, p. p., shown. Joli, /. jolie, pretty. Exercise 13. 1. C'est un beau dessin; me le donnez-vous ? 2. Je vous le don lie. 3. Qui vous a donne ce be] oiseau ? 4. Ma tante me Pa apporte dans' cette jolie cage. 5. Jules sait une belle histoire; il nous l'a racontee.* 6. Ce sont de beaux ana- nas; qui vous les a donnes?* 7. Mon cousin nous les a envoyes.* 8. Charles a un beau violon ; son oncle le lui a envoye de Paris. 9. II nous l'a montre. 10. Julie a un beau bouquet; Henri le lui a donne. 11. Louise a une belle bague; son pere la lui a achetee. 12. Vos neveux out de belles gravures; leur oncle les leur a pretees.* 13. Vous avez de belles fleurs ; m'en donnez-vous ? 14. Je * The past participle agrees with the direct object of the verb, See Less. 21, Sec. 4-3. 64 ELEMENTARY FKENCH GRAMMAR. vous en donne. 15. Je lui en donne. 16. Je leur en donne. 17. J'ai ete au concert ; mon pere m'y a mene. 18. Je vous y ai vu. 19. Jean est a la banque; je Py ai envoy 6. 20. Mes livres sont a l'ecole ; je les y ai portes ce matin. Theme 13. 1. You have a fine violin. 2. My uncle (has) sent it to me from Paris. 3. I have a beautiful pine-apple ; I give it to you. 4. That is a fine ring. 5. My father (has) bought* it for me.f 6. Those (Ce) are fine drawings. 7. My aunt (has) lent* them to us. 8. Charles has fine engravings. 9. He has shown* them to us. 10. That is a beautiful story. 11. I have related* it to him. 12. This fine bouquet is for my cousin Henrietta; I send it to her. 13. Those pretty birds and that pretty cage are for Julius; his aunt sends them to him. 14. Your nephews have apples; I gave (have given) them to them. 15. Mary has bought oranges ; she gave me one. 16. I have peaches; I give you some. 17. I give him some. 18. I give them some. 19. The money is in (a) the bank ; I carried it there. 20. I go to the concert ; my father takes me there. FOURTEENTH LESSON. Disjunctive Personal Pronouns. 1. The disjunctive personal pronouns are: Singular. Plural. Moi, I or me. Nous, we or us. Toi, thou or thee. Vous, you. • Make the past participle agree with the direct object of the verb, the Mme as if it were an adjective. See Less. 21, Sec. 4-3. t For me. ?/<< (indir. oh;.). DISJUNCTIVE PERSONAL PRONOUN. 65 Singular. Plural. Lui, he or him. Eux, they or them (m.). Elle, she or her. Elles, they or them (/.). Soi, himself, herself, itself, themselves, one's self. 2. Remarks on the Disjunctive Personal Pronouns. The disjunctive personal pronouns are used : (1.) When the verb is not expressed, as : Qui m'appelle ? Moi. Who calls me ? I. Qui appelle-t-il ? Moi. Whom does he call ? Me. Vous etes plus grand que moi. You are taller than I. (2.) In apposition with other pronouns, for the sake of emphasis, and also to state separately the persons forming a compound subject or object. . Toi, tu es l'homme. Thou art the man. Lui et moi (nous) sommes amis. He and I are friends. (3.) After the verb etre, when it is preceded by ce. C'est moi. C'est lui. It is I. It is he. (4.) After prepositions. II parle de moi. He speaks of me. 3. Chez, To, At or in the house of. The preposition chez is used in the sense of to or at the house of. Chez Monsieur Delmar. To or at the house of Mr. Del mar. Chez le medecin. To or at the doctor's. Chez is used with the disjunctive personal pronouns for to or at my house, my home. 60 ELEMENTARY FRENCH GRAMMAR. Ohez moi, to or at my house. Chez toi, to or at thy house. Chez lui, to or at his house. Chez elle, to or at her house. Chez nous, to or at our house. Chez vous, to or at your house. Chez eux, / Chez elles, I to or at their house. Compound Personal Pronouns. The compound personal pronouns are formed of the dis- junctive pronouns and the adjective meme, self, connected by a hyphen. Moi-m&me, myself. Nous-m&mes, ourselves. Toi-m&me, thyself. Vous-memes, yourselves. Vons-meme, yourself. Xiui-meme, himself. Elle-m£me, herself. Eux-m&mes, ) Elles-m&mes, S Soi-meme, one's self. - themselves These pronouns are used for the sake of emphasis. Je l'ai vu moi-m6me. I have seen it myself. Elle se blame elle-m&me. She blames herself. Vocabulary 14. Un negociant, a merchant. Un marchand, a storekeeper. Un dentiste, a dentist. Un artiste, an artist. Un domestique, a man-servant. Une domestique, ) t . , __ x r a servant-girl. Une servante, ) Un magasin, a store ; a ware- house. Une boutique, a store ; a shop Un atelier, a workshop. La rue du Temple, Temple street. Un tableau, a painting ; a picture. Un miroir, a looking-glass. Un journal, a newspaper. Que ? (Qu'), what ? Quelque chose,- something ; any- thing. Rien,(ne),* nothing; not anything. Je demeure, I live ; I am living. Laisse, left. Ce soir, this evening. Avec, with. Sans, without. * Quelque chose is not used in a negative sense. Thaw not anything, is / n'u> rien, not Je n'aipas quelque chose, DISJUNCTIVE PERSONAL PRONOUNS. 67 Exercise 14. 9 1. Vous etes plus age que lui. 2. H est moins avance que moi. 3. Vous et moi, nous somraes amis ; n'est-ce pas 4. Est-ce la servante qui est la ? 5. C'est elle. 6. Ma mere a besom (Telle. 7. Je vais chez l'artiste ; j'ai quelque chose pour lui. 8. Qu'est-ce ? 9. C'est un tableau. 10. Qu'avez- vous pour moi? 11. Je n'ai rien pour vous. 12. Moi, je vais chez les negociants ; ils sont a leur bureau. 13. J'ai de 1 ? argent pour eux. 14. Ma sceur va chez le dentiste; il de- meure dans la rue du Temple. 15. J'y vais avec elle. 16. Bile n'y va pas sans moi. 17. Le dentiste n'est pas chez lui. 18. Maman a envoy e le domestique a la bou- tique. 19. Le marchand a laisse les journaux au magasin. 20. Henri vient chez moi ce soir. 21. Qui a casse le miroir ? 22. C'est moi qui l'ai casse. 23. Je me blame moi-meuie. 24. C'est vous-meme qui en avez parle le premier. Theme 14. 1. You are as old as I. 2. I am taller than you. 3. Is that the servant? 4. It is he. 5. My father has need of him. 6. He is in the office. 7. What is that? 8. It is a painting for the artist. 9. I am going to his workshop. 10. I am going there with you. 11. Have you anything for the merchant? 12. I have nothing for him. 13. The storekeeper (has) left his letters and newspapers at our house. 14. I am carrying them to his store. 15. Mamma has sent the servant-girl to the store (shop). 16. My cousin Lizzie is at the dentist's in Temple street. 17. I am com- ing without my sister. 18. She is going this evening to my aunt's. 19. I am now living at my aunt's. 20. My 68 ELEMENTARY FRENCH GRAMMAR. cousins (/.) are not at home. 21. They are at my house. 22. Is it not you who broke (has broken) Mary's looking- glass? 23. It is not I; Mary broke (has broken) it herself. FIFTEENTH LESSON. Possessive Pronouns. 1. The possessive pronouns are : Singular. Plural. masc. PEM. masc. PEM. Le mien. la mienne, les miens. les miennes, mine ; my own Le tien, la tienne, les tiens, les tiennes, thine. Le sien, la sienne, les siens, les siennes, his ; hers. Le notre, la notre, les notres, les notres, ours. Le votre, la votre, les votreSj les votres, yours. Le leur, la leur, les leurs, les leurs, theirs. Possessive pronouns agree, in gender and number, with the nouns which they represent. Mon bien. My property ; my own. Le mien, du mien, au mien. Mine, of mine, to mine. Ma fortune. My fortune. La mienne, de la mienne, a la Mine, of mine, to mine. mienne. Mes camarades. My comrades. Les miens, des miens, aux miens. Mine, of mine, to mine. Mes lemons. My lessons. Les miennes, des miennes, aux Mine, of mine, to mine. miennes. Un habit, a coat. Un manteau, a cloak. Un gilet, a waistcoat. Vocabulary 15. Une robe, a dress ; a robe. Une robe de chambre, a dress- ing gown. POSSESSIVE PRONOTJXS. 69 Une cravate, a cravat. Content (de), satisfied with : Neiif,*/. neuve, new. pleased with. Nouveau, nouvel, /. nouvelle,* Je trouve, I find. new. Je dis, I say ; I tell. Vieux, vieil, /. vieille, old. Vous dites, you say. Facile, easy. Que (qu'), that. Difficile, difficult ; hard. Comme, like ; as. J'aime, I love ; I like. Comment, how. Mieux, better. Comment trouvez-vous ? how J'aime mieux,f I like better. do you like ? (how do you Je prefere, I prefer. find ?) Exercise 15. 1. Le raanteau de Jules est neuf; le mien est vieux. 2. Le votre n'est pas moins beau que le sien. 3. La robe de Julie est neuve ; la mienne est vieille. 4. La votre fest aussi belle que la sienne. 5. J'aime roes parents ; vous aimez les votres ; chaque bon enfant aime les siens. 6. Nous avons un nouveau professeur de franqais, qui nous donne des lecjons difficiles. 7. Les notres ne sont pas plus faciles que les votres. 8. Vous parlez des votres, et je parle des miennes. 0. Vous pensez aux votres ; je pen se aux miennes. 10. Ce nouvel eleve pense aux siennes. 11. Comment trouvez- vous les dessins de nos nouveaux camarades? 12. Je les trouve beaux. 13. Que dites-vous des notres ? 14. Je dis que j'aime mieux les leurs que les votres. 15. Ce nouvel habit est beau. 16. C'est un bel habit; je le prefere au mien. 17. Etes-vous content de votre nouvelle cravate ? 18. J'en suis content; elle est comme la votre. * Neuf, nouveau, new. Neuf^ new— what has not been used or worn ; Nouveau, new to us— what we have not had, or seen, or heard of before. t J'aime mieux. Mieux is not separated from aime, as better is from like in Eng- lish. J'aime mieux mm habit que le voire, I like my coat better than yours. 70 ELEMENTARY FRENCH GRAMMAR. Theme 15. 1. Your waistcoat is new ; mine and his are old. 2. Your dress is new ; mine and hers are old. 3. Your new clothes are handsome ; mine and his are not so handsome as yours. 4. I like mine. 5. You are satisfied with yours. 6. He is satisfied with his. 7. Your lessons and mine are difficult. 8. His are easier than ours. 9. Every scholar thinks of his. 10. Your new coat is like mine. 11. I like the new draw- ings better than the old. 12. I prefer my engravings to yours. 13. I am satisfied with mine. 14. How do you like this new cravat ? 15. It is very pretty ; it is like mine. 16. What do you say of our new teacher ? 17. I say that he gives us very hard lessons. 18. You are never satisfied. 19. Where is my cloak ? 20. You (have) left it in my room. SIXTEENTH LESSON. Demonstrative Pronouns. 1. The demonstrative pronouns are: Ce, that; it; ceci, this; cela, that; and the com- pounds of ce, formed by the addition of the disjunctive pro- nouns lui, elle, eux, elles. Singular, masc. PEM. Plural, masc. PEM. Celui, celle, that, the one. Celui-ci, celle-ci, this (one). Celui-la, celle-la, that (one). Ceux, celleSj those. Ceux-ci, celles-ci, these. Ceux-la, ceUes-la, those. DEMONSTRATIVE PROKOUKS. ?1 2. Ce, That, it ; sometimes he, she, they (p. 43-2). Ce is used before est, is, and sont, are, to point out a person or thing. C'est mon frere. That is my brother. Est-ce de l'or? Is that gold? Ce takes the place of a personal pronoun, he, she, or they, when est or sont is followed by a noun that denotes the same person or thing, to which ce refers. Je connais ce monsieur : c'est I know that gentleman ; he is my mon voisin. neighbor. Voici des livres j sont-ce les Here are books; are they yours? votres ? Ce may represent a preceding sentence or a relative clause. C'est vrai. That is true. Ce qui n'est pas clair, n'est pas What (that which) is not clear, is francais. not French. 3. Ceci, This {this thing)] cela, That (that thing). Ceci, this, is equivalent to this thing ; cela, that, to that thing. Ceci est pour vous. This is for you. Pour qui est cela ? For whom is that ? C'est {for cela est) pour lui. That is for him. Rem. Cela, in conversational language, is often contracted into 9a. <^a ne va pas, that icon't do ; c'est 9a, that's it. 4. Celui,/. celle, That, the one; ceux, / celles, Those. Celui, celle, that, the one, is followed by de and a noun, or by a relative clause. 72 ELEMENTARY FRENCH GRAMMAR. Ce dessin et celui de Jules. This drawing and that of Julius. Cette gravure-ci et celle qui est This engraving and the one that sur la table. lies on the table. Les bas de laine et ceux de co- The woolen stockings and the ton. cotton ones. Les robes de satin et celles de The satin dresses and the velvet velours. ones. 5. Celui-ci, etc., This; celui-l&, etc., That. Celui-ci, this, and celui-la, that, mark distinction and contrast. Ce tableau-ci et celui-la. This picture and that one. Voici deux grammaires ; celle-ci Here are two grammars; this est pour vous, celle-la est pour (one) is for you, that (one) is for moi. me. Vocabulary 16. Un bas, a stocking. Un Soulier, a shoe. Une botte, a boot. Du drap, some cloth (broadcloth). Du co ton, cotton. Du satin, satin. Du velours, velvet. De la soie, silk. De la laine, wool. Voulez-vous? Will you have? Do you wish for ? Je veux, I will have ; I wish for. Voici, here is ; here are (belt old). Voila, there is ; there are. Cher,/, chere, dear. Utile, useful. Agreable, agreeable. Vrai, true. Ni , ni (ne), neither .... nor. Exercise 16. 1. Pour qui est cela? 2. C'est pour vous. 3. Comment trouvez-vous ceci ? 4. C'est tres-joli. 5. «Paime mieux ceci que cela. 6. Ce qui est utile, n'est pas toujour* ar- able. 7. C'est vrai. 8. Voici deux habits neufs, un pour DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUNS. 73 Charles et un pour ruoi. 9. J'aime mieux le votre que celui de Charles. 10. Quelle cravate voulez-vous, celle de soie ou celle de laine? 11. Je prefere celle qui est sur la table. 12. Voila deux belles robes, une de velours et uue de satin. 13. Celle de velours est la plus chere ; elle est pour ma cousine. 14. Celle de satin est pour ma tante. 15. Youlez- vous des bas de coton ou des bas de laine. 16. Ceux de laine sont plus chers que ceux de coton. 17. J'aime encore mieux ceux de coton. 18. Quel drap voulez-vous, celui-ci ou celui-la ? 19. Voici des bottes neuves ; celles-ci sont pour moi, celles-la sont pour vous. 20. Quels souliers voulez- vous, ceux-ci ou ceux-la? 21. Je ne veux ni ceux-ci ni ceux-la. • Theme 16. 1. This is for you ; that is for me. 2. What do you say of that? 3. I do not like that. 4. What is agreeable, is not always useful. 5. Is that not true ? 6. Here are two new cloaks ; the one of velvet is for my cousin, the one of cloth is for my aunt, 7. I like your cousin's (that of your cousin) better than your aunt's (that of your aunt). 8. These two dresses are beautiful ; the silk one (the one of silk) is for Mary, the satin one (the one of satin) is for Henrietta. 9. This one is dearer than that one. 10. Which stockings do you wish, the cotton ones or the woolen ones ? 11. I prefer the cotton ones. 12. There are new shoes; these are for you and those are for me. 13. Which boots do you wish, these or those ? 14. I will have neither these nor those. 15. These are too small, and those are too large. 16. Have you others? 17. Here are some.* * En voici. n ELEMEKTARY FRENCH GRAMMAR. SEVENTEENTH LESSON. Interrogative Pronouns. 1. The interrogative pronouns are Qui? Qu'est-ce qui ? Que? Quoi? And Lequel, /. laquelle? Lesquels, /. lesquelles ? Who ? whom ? (for persons, as subject or object.) What ? (for things, as subject.) What ? (for things, as direct object.) What ? (for things after prepositions.) Which ? which one ? Which ? which ones ? 2. Examples. Qui m'appelle ? Qui appelle-t-il ? Qu'est-ce qui vous amuse ? Que voulez-vous ? De quoi parlez-vous ? Who calls me ? Whom does he call ? What amuses you? What do you wish ? Of what do you speak ? The pronoun lequel is used with reference to persons and things, and agrees, in gender and number, with the noun which it represents. Quel ruban ? Lequel? duquel? auquel? Quelle dentelle ? Laquelle ? de laquelle ? a la- quelle ? Quels dessins? Lesquels ? desquels ? auxquels ? Quelles etoffes ? Lesquelles ? dcsquelles ? aux- quelles ? Which ribbon ? Which one ? of which ? to which ? Which lace ? Which one? of which? to which? Which patterns? Which ones? of which ? to which ? Which goods? Which? of which? to which? INTERROGATIVE PEOKOU^S. 75 Que de Quoi de , Que, quoi and the words quelque chose and rien, re- quire de before the adjective to which they refer, as : Qu'avez-vous de joli ? Quoi de plus beau ! Quelque chose de nouveau ? II n'y a rien de nouveau. What have you that is pretty ? What is more beautiful ! Anything new ? There is nothing new. Vocabulary 17. La porte, the door ; the gate. Le bruit, the noise. Le gout, the taste. La mode, the fashion ; a la mode, fashionable. Le ruban, the ribbon. La denteUe, the lace. De l'etoffe, /., cloth ; stuff. Des etoffes, goods {dress-goods). Un dessin, a pattern. La preference, the preference. Durable, durable. Dit, said ; told. Fait, made ; done. II fait, he or it makes. II plait, he or it pleases. II frappe, he strikes ; he knocks. H etonne, he astonishes. Le plus, most. Le mieux, best. Rouge, red. Bleu, blue. Exercise 17. 1. Qui frappe a la porte ? 2. Qui a fait cela? 3. Qui a dit cela ? 4. Qui blamez-vous ? 5. De qui parlez-vous ? (I A qui donnez-vous ces fleurs ? 7. Qu'est-ce qui vous etonne ? 8. Qu'est-ce qui fait ce bruit ? 9. De quoi parlez- vous? 10. A quoi pensez-vous? 11. Voici deux rubans; lequel vous plait le mieux, le rouge ou le bleu ? 12. Au- quel donnez-vous la preference, au rouge ou au bleu ? 13. Duquel parlez-vous, du rouge ou du bleu? 14. Voici 76 ELEMENTARY FRENCH GRAMMAR. de belles dentelles; laquelle est le plus* a votre gout, celle- ci ou celle-la ? 15. A laquelle doimez-vous la preference ? 16. Quels dessins sont les plus jolis, les petits ou les grands? 17. Lesquels sont le plus* a la mode ? 18. Desquels parlez- vous, de ceux-ci ou de ceux-la ? 19. Quelles etoffes sont les plus durables, celles de soie ou celles de laine ? 20. Aux- quelles donnez-vous la preference ? 21. Qu'y a-t-il de nou- veau ? 22. N'avez-vous rien de nouveau ? 23. Votre tante a quelque chose de joli pour vous. Theme 17. 1. Who lives in that house ? 2. Who makes that noise ? 3. Who strikes on the table? 4. Who has said that? 5. Whom do you call? 6. To whom do you speak ? 7. What astonishes her ? 8. What (has) made that noise ? 9. Of (to) what do you think ? 10. With what has he done that ? 11. These ribbons are pretty; which one do you like best ? 12. The blue one pleases me better than the red one. 13. Which one is most to your taste ? 14. How do you like these patterns ? 15. Which are the most fashionable ? 16. Of which ones do you speak, of the small patterns or of the large? 17. Which goods are most fashionable ? 18. Which are most durable? 19. To which do you give the prefer- ence? 20. What is more beautiful than this pattern? 21. What have you more beautiful than this? * Le before plus is invariable when plus does not modify an adjective. RELATIVE PRONOUNS. 77 EIGHTEENTH LESSON. Relative Pronouns. 1. The relative pronouns are : Qui, who, which, that (as subject for persons and things). Que, whom, which, that (as direct object for persons and tilings). Qui, whom (as indirect object, preceded by a preposition). Lequel, laquelle, pi. lesquels, lesquelles, who, whom, which. Dont, of whom, of which, whose. Quoi, what. Ou, in which ; d 7 ou, from which; par ou, through which. 2. Qui, Who, which, that (subject). Le professeur qui parle. The professor who speaks. Les eleves qui ecoutent. The scholars who listen. Les livres qui sont sur la table. The books which lie on the table- 3. Que, Whom, which, that (direct object). L'artiste que je connais. The artist whom I know.* La le9on que je sais. The lesson which I know. Les livres que j'apporte. The books which I bring. 4. Qui, Whom (indirect object for persons only). L'eleve a qui je parle. The scholar to whom I speak. Les enfants avec qui il joue. The children with whom he plays. Lequel, Who, whom, which, that. 5. Lequel, preceded by a preposition, is used with refer- ence to persons and things. Les eleves auxquels (or a qui) il The scholars to whom he gives a donne une lecon. lesson, * With whom I am acquainted. 78 ELEMENTARY FRENCH GRAMMAR. Les plumes avec lesquelles {not The pens with which I write. avec qui) j'ecris. Rem. Instead of de and lequel (duquel, de laquelle, etc.), dont, is almost always preferable. I>ont, Of whom, of which, whose {indirect object). Dont expresses the same relation as the preposition de. It is used with reference to either persons or things, for both genders and both numbers. L'homme dont je parle. La femme dont l'enfant est ma- lade. Les livres dont j'ai besoin. Le peintre dont je vous ai donne l'adresse. The man of whom I speak. The woman whose child (of whom the child) is sick. The books of which I have need. The painter whose address I gave you (of whom I have, etc.) Un peintre, a painter. Une peinture, a painting ture. Un auteur, an author. Un ouvrage, a work. Un outil, a tool. Un voile, a vail. Un nom, a name. Une adresse, an address. Une raison, a reason. Une pension, a boarding a boarding-school. Admire, admired. Vocabulary 18. J'admire, I admire. ; a pic- Travaille, worked. Je travaille, I work. Joue, played. Je joue, I play. Quitte, left ; quitted. Je quitte, I leave. Donne, given. Lu, read. Ecrit, written, house ; Ce qui, what, that which {subj ). Ce que, what, that which (obj.). Si, so ; si joli, so pretty. Exercise 18. 1. Je vois le peintre qui vous a rendu cette peinture. 3. Je connais la dame qui a perdu ce voile. 3. Qui a apporte RELATIVE PRONOUNS. 79 les fleurs qui sont sur la table ? 4. Avez-vous lu le livre que je vous ai prete ? 5. Est-ce moi que yous blamez ? 6. Voila les dessins que yotre sceur trouve si jolis. 7. Sont-ce les etoffes que vous lui avez mon trees? 8. Lui avez-vous dit le nom du negotiant a qui yous avez ecrit ? 9. Je ne connais pas le gallon avec qui il joue. 10. Je vais chez Tartiste pour qui j'ai une lettre. 11. J'ai vu le tableau auquel il travaille. 12. II a vendu la maison dans laquelle il demeure. 13. Ce n'est pas la raison pour laquelle il a quitte sa pension. 14. Je ne connais pas rhomme dont vous parlez. 15. Avez-vous les outils dont vous avez besoin? 16. C'esfc un ouvrage dont je suis tres-content. 17. Voila Fauteur dont vous admirez les ouvrages. 18. J'ai ete chez le dentiste dont vous m'avez donne l'adresse. 19. Celui qui (he who) travaille est plus content que celui qui ne travaille pas. 20. Ce que je dis est vrai. 21. Ce qui est vrai, est beau. Theme 18. 1. I know the painter who (has) made that painting. 2. I see the lady who was (has been) at our house this morning. 3. This is (Voici) the pattern which pleases (to) your sister. 4. There is the man whom I saw (have seen). 5. I have read the book which you (have) lent me. 6. The merchant (has) sent the vail which your sister (has) bought. 7. I have lost the address which he gave (has given) me. 8. I do not know the name of the physician to whom he has written. 9. I know the man at tvJiose house (chez qui) he lives. 10. I have told you the reason for which I (have) left the board- ing-school. 11. TJiese are (Voici) the tools with which he works. 12. I see the lady of whom you speak. 13. I have the tools of which I have need. 14. There is the painter 80 ELEMENTARY FRENCH GRAMMAR. whose pictures you admire (of whom you admire the pic- tures). 15. I know the author whose address he has given us (of whom he has given us the address). 16. I know what astonishes him. 17. I give you what I have. NINETEENTH LESSON. Indefinite Pronouns. 1. The indefinite pronouns are : Autrui, others. On, one, some one, people, they. Chacun, every one ; each. Personne (ne), nobody. L'un l'autre, each other. Quelqu'un, somebody. L'un et l'autre, both. Quelques-uns, some ; a few. L'un ou l'autre, either. Quiconque, whoever. Ni l'un ni l'autre (ne), neither. Un de, one of. The following indefinite adjectives are also used as pro- nouns : Aucun (ne), \ Plusieurs, several ; many. Nul (ne), v no one; none. Tel, such a one. Pas un (ne),) Tout, all, everything. 2. Remarks and Examples. (1.) Autrui, Others (used with reference to persons onlr/). Autrui is always preceded by a preposition. JLes defauts d'autrui. The faults oi* others. (2.) Chacun, Every one; Each (distributive). Chacun pense a soi. Every one thinks of himself. Chacun de ces messieurs. Each of these gentlemen. Chacune de ces maisons. Each of those hou INDEFINITE PRONOUNS. 81 (3.) L'un F autre, Each other; pi. les uns les autres, One another. lis s'aiment Tun l'autre. They love each other. Us se trompent les uns les autres. They deceive one another. (4.) L'un et l'autre, Both; Fun ou Fautre, Either; ni Fun ni Fautre, Neither. J'achete Tun et l'autre. I buy both. J'achete l'un ou l'autre. I buy either the one or the other. Je ne veux ni l'un ni l'autre. I will have neither. (5.) On, One, some one, people, they. On represents, indefinitely, some person or persons, as subject of the verb. It requires the verb in the third person singular. On n'est pas toujours maitre de One is not always master of him- soi. self. On vous appelle. Some one calls you. Que dit-on de cela ? What do people say of that ? On n'en parle pas. They do not speak of it. After et, si, ou, ou, and some other words, the letter 1' is often used before on (ron), for the sake of euphony. On va et l'on vient. They go and come. (6.) Person ne, Nobody {requires ne before the verb). Je n'ai vu personne. I have seen nobody. Personne n'a parle de cela. No one has spoken of that. (7.) Quelqu'un, Somebody, anybody. Quelqu'un vous demande. Somebody is inquiring for you. Rem. Quelqu'un is not used in a negative sense We should not say : je n'ai pas vu quelqu'un, but je n'ai vu personne, 1 have not seen anybody. 82 ELEMENTARY FRENCH GRAMMAR. (8.) Quelques-uns,/. quelques-unes, Some, a few. Je connais quelques-uns de ces I know some of those gentlemen. messieurs. Je prends quelques-unes de ces I take a few of these engravings. gravures. J'en prends quelques-unes. I take a few of them. (9.) Uu de, /. line de, One of. Un de nos eleves est absent. One of our scholars is absent. Une de ses sceurs est malade. One of his sisters is sick. (10.) Aucun; pas un; nul (ne), None, no one. Aucune de ces dames n'est ici. Not one of those ladies is here. Pas un de ces eleves ne sait la Not one of those scholars knows legon. the lesson. Nul au monde ne le sait. No one in the world knows it. (11.) Plusieurs, Several, many. J'ai vu plusieurs de vos amis. I have seen several of your friends. J'en ai vu plusieurs. I have seen several of them. (12.) Tel, / telle, Such a one, many a one. Tel rit aujourd'hui qui pleurera Many a one laughs to-day who will demain. weep to-morrow. Rem. Tel is also used as a noun : Monsieur un tel, Mr. Such-a-one ; Madame une telle, Mrs. So-and-so. (13.) Tout, All, everything. II a tout ce qu'il veut. He has all (that which) he wishes. II m'a tout dit. He has told me everything. Rem. Tout is also used as a noun. Le tout produit un bel eflfet, the whole produces a fine effect. INDEFINITE PRONOUNS. 83 Vocabulary 19. Le salon, the drawing-room ; the Frappe, knocked ; struck. parlor. Sonne, rung. Un fauteuil, an arm-chair. II sonne, he rings. Une chaise, a chair. On sonne, the bell rings. Un event ail, a fan. Demande, asked for. Un paquet, a packet ; a bundle. II demande, he asks for ; he in- Un defaut, a defect ; a fault. quires for. Une composition, a composition. II vaut, it is worth. Ensemble, together. Parlez, speak. Seul, alone. Prenez, take. Exercise 19. 1. A-t-on sonne ? 2. On a frappe a la porte. 3. On vous demande. 4. On a apporte un paquet pour vons. 5. Ne parlez pas des defauts d'autrui. 6. Chacun a les siens. 7. Chacun est maitre chez soi. 8. Chacune de ces mai- sons vaut dix mille piastres. 9. Ces deux eleves sont toujours ensemble. 10. On ne voit jamais Fun sans Tautre. 11. lis sont Tun et l'autre tres-studieux. 12. Voici deux eventails; prenez Tun ou Pautre. 13. Je ne veux ni Tun ni Pautre. 14. J'en ai deja* plusieurs. 15. Plusieurs de nos eleves sont absents. 16. Y a-t-il quelqu'un avec M. votre pere au salon? 17. II n'y a personne avec lui; il y est seul. 18. On a apporte des fauteuils; en avez- vous achete ? 19. J'en ai achete quelques-uns. 20. Quelques-unes de nos chaises sont cassees. 21. Pas une de ces compositions n'est sans fautes. 22. Nul ne sait cela mieux que lui. 23. II m'a tout dit. 24. J'ai tout vu. * deya, already. 84 ELEMENTARY FKENCIJ GRAMMAR. Theme 19. 1. The bell rings. 2. Some one calls me. 3. There is some one in the parlor who inquires for you. 4. They have brought the arm-chair. 5. Every one has his faults. 6. Every one works for himself (soi). 7. Each one of these paintings is worth five hundred dollars. 8. Those are two good friends; one always* sees them together. 9. The one is never without the other. 10. I am never alone at home ; there is always somebody with me. 11. Take either of these two fans. 12. I don't like either (1 like neither). 13. Have you seen anybody ? 14. I have not seen anybody [see (7.) Kern.]. 15. Nobody has been at the office. 16. Several of your friends have been here. 17. I have seen several of them. 18. Some of them have left the city. 19. I have bought a few of these chairs. 20. One of these composi- tions is without mistakes. 21. Not one of you has done better than Mr. Such-a-one. 22. He knows everything. 23. I have told him all. TWENTIETH LESSON. The Verb. f— Infinitive Mode. 1. There are four different classes or conjugations of verbs, distinguished by the endings of the infinitive mode. The infinitive-endings are: In the 1st conjugation, er, as: couper, to cut. In the 2d conjugation, ir, as : finir, to finish. In the 8d conjugation, °i r > as: recevoir, to receive. In the 4th conjugation, re, as : vendre, to soli. * Put the adverb after the verb. t See Introduction, p. 18, 17. THE VERB. — IXFIKITIYE MODE. 85 A verb consists of two parts, the root and the ending. The root is what remains after striking off the infinitive- ending, as: couper, root coup, ending er. A verb is regular when it is inflected in all its modes and tenses, according to the model verb of the conjugation to which it belongs. A verb is irregular when it deviates, in the formation of any of its modes or tenses, from the model verb of the con- jugation to which it belongs. The above four verbs: 1. Couper, 2. Finir, 3. Rece- voir, 4. Vendre, are given as model verbs of the four con- jugations respectively. Rem. Irregular verbs will be marked, in the vocabularies in this book by an asterisk, thus : *Aller, to go. 2. The Infinitive Mode. When two verbs are joined in construction, the one depen- dent on the other, the first verb governs the second in the infinitive. (1.) Some verbs govern the infinitive directly, as: Je veux couper l'arbre. I will cut the tree. Je vais le couper. I am going to cut it. (2.) Some verbs require the preposition a before the de- pendent infinitive. J'ai beaucoup a faire. I have a great deal to do. J'aime a travailler. I like to work. (3.) Some verbs require the preposition de before the de- pendent infinitive. 86 ELEMENTARY FRENCH GRAMMAR. Je cesse de travailler. I cease working. Je crains de vous offenser. I fear to offend you. Rem. In English, prepositions, except to, are followed by the pres- ent participle ; in French, prepositions govern the verb in the infini- tive mode, except the preposition en, in. 3. The Infinitive after Nouns. A verb limiting the sense of a noun, is put in the infini- tive, and is preceded by the preposition de. Je n'ai pas le temps de sortir. I have no time to go out. 4. Pour before the Infinitive. The preposition pour, to, in order to, is used before the infinitive to express a purpose. Je viens ici pour vous dire. I come here to tell you. II est trop malade pour sortir. He is too sick to go out. Je n'ai pas assez d'argent pour I have not money enough to buy acheter votre bateau. your boat. Vocabulary 20. Trouver, to find. Recevoir, to receive. Copier, to copy. *Voir, to see. Etudier, to study. Vendre, to sell. Travailler, to work/ Attendre, to wait ; to wait for. Offenser, to offend. *Dire (de),f to say ; to tell. Acheter, to buy. *Lire, to read. *Aller, to go. *Ecrire (de),f to write. * Envoy er, to send. *Faire, to do ; to make. Finir, to finish. Je peux ; il peut, I can ; he can * Venir, to come. Je cesse (de)-f, I cease. *Sortir, to go out ; to come out. Je prie (de),f I pray ; I boo ; T n ':. *Partir, to start ; to leave. Je crains (de),f I fear; I am afrai 1 t These verba require the preposition de before the dependent infinitive. THE VERB. — INFINITIVE MODE. 87 Le temps, the time ; the weather. A midi, at noon. L'intention, the intention. Demain, to morrow. Exercise 20. 1. Je veux couper l'arbre. 2. Je vais le couper. 3. Je vais finir mon ouvrage. 4. Je peux le finir ce matin. 5. Je ne peux pas recevoir ce monsieur. 6. Je n'ai pas le temps de le voir. 7. Avez-vous beaucoup a faire ? 8. J'ai deux lettres a ecrire, et trois a copier. 9. J'aime a lire, mais je n'aime pas a etudier. 10. Je cesse de travailler a midi. 11. Je vous prie de venir chez moi. 12. Je n'ai pas le temps d'aller chez vous. 13. Mon frere m'a ecrit de lui envoyer les journaux. 14. J'ai l'intention de partir demain. 15. II n'a pas la patience de nous attendre. 16. Vous n'avez pas le courage de lui dire cela. 17. Je crains de Toffenser. 18. II est ici pour vendre son cheval. 19. Je n'ai pas assez d'argent pour l'acheter. 20. Je viens pour vous dire que le professeur est malade. 21. II est trop malade pour sortir. Theme 20. 1. He will cut the tree. 2. He is going to cut it this morning. 3. I wish to finish my work. 4. I can finish it at noon. 5. He will not receive us. 6. He says that he can- not see us. 7. He has too much to do. 8. I have several letters to copy. 9. I like to study, but I do not like to work. 10. I cease reading now. 11. I have no time to write this exercise. 12. He intends (He has the inten- tion) to come here to-night. 13. I have no time to go to the post-office. 14. I am going to leave to-morrow. 15. I intend to send this letter to my uncle. 16. I beg you to do so. 17. Tell him (Dites-lui) to sell his boat. 18. I am 88 ELEMENTARY FRENCH GRAMMAR. afraid to offend him. 19. Will you buy it ? 20. I have not money enough to buy it. 21. I am too sick to go out to-day. TWENTY-FIRST LESSON. The Participle.* 1. A verb has two participles, the present and the past. The present participle, which ends in English in ing, ends in French in ant. The past participle of regular verbs ends, in the first con- jugation in e, in the second in i, in the third and fourth, in u. Infinitive. Couper, to cut ; Finir, to finish ; Recevoir, to receive ; Vendre, to sell ; Present Participle. coupant, cutting ; finissant, finishing; recevant, receiving ; vendant, selling ; Past Participle. coupe, cut. fini, finished, recu, received, vendu, sold. 2. The Present Participle and Verbal Adjeotive. The present participle is not so much used in French as in English. U is principally used with the preposition en, in, which is the only preposition that may be followed by the present participle : en allant, in going; en venant, in coming; en passant, in passing. J'ai vu votre frere en allant a la I saw your brother when I was poste. going to the post-office. J'y ai pense en venant. I thought of it while I was coming. II m'a dit le bonjour en passant. He said good day when he was passing. * Introduction, p. 17. THE PARTICIPLE. 89 The present participle, qualifying a noun, is called a parti- cipial, or verbal, adjective. Un enfant charmant. A charming child. Une histoire interessante. An interesting story. Rem. The verbal adjective is generally placed after the noun. 3. The Past Participle. The part participle is used in connection with an aux- iliary verb, to form compound tenses (p. 92-2.). J'ai casse le plat. I have broken the dish. The past participle of active verbs is an adjective when it is joined in construction with the verb etre, and also when it is used without a verb. In the latter case, it is placed after the noun. Le plat est casse. The dish is broken. Un plat casse. A broken dish. 4. Agreement of the Past Participle. The past participle agrees with the noun to which it refers, in gender and number, the same as an adjective, in accordance with the following three rules : (1.) The past participle, joined in construction to the tenses of the verb etre, to be, agrees with the subject of the verb. Le plat est casse. The dish is broken. L.es plats sont casses. The dishes are broken. (2.) The past participle used without an auxiliary verb, agrees with the noun to which it refers. Un plat casse. A broken dish. Une assiette cassee. A broken plate. Des assiettes cassees. Broken plates. 90 ELEMENTARY FRENCH GRAMMAR. (3.) The past participle of a transitive verb agrees with the direct object of the verb, when the direct object pre- cedes the participle. J'ai recu la lettre. I have received the letter. Je I'ai recue ce matin. I received it this morning. Voici la lettre que j'ai recue. Here is the letter which I received. The direct object, in the above sentences, is in italic. Vocabulary 21. Abimer, to spoil (a thing). Un bijoutier, a jeweler. Gater, to spoil. Une croix, a cross. Dechirer, to tear. Une chaine, a chain. Mouiller, to wet. Bonjour, good morning; good day; Oter, to take off; to take away. dire le bonjour, to say good day. Passer, to pass. Hier, yesterday. Rencontrer, to meet. Amusant, amusing. Saluer, to bow. Cbarmant, charming. *Rire, riant, ri, to laugh, laughing, Interessant, interesting. laughed. Deja, already. Un horloger, a watchmaker. Pas encore, not yet. Exercise 21. 1. J'ai rencontre votre frere en allant a la poste. 2. J'ai laisse votre croix chez le bijoutier en venant. 3. J'ai dit a Charles, en passant, de venir ici ce matin. 4. Le professeur nous a dit d'etudier la legon en l'attendant. 5. Marie ma sal ue en riant. 6. Je lui ai dit le bonjour en passant, i . Nous avons hi une histoire interessante. 8. (Test un livre amusant. 9. Votre petite niece est charmante. 10. EUe a dechire sa robe. 11. Elle va oter sa robe dechiree. 12. J'ai 6te raon habit mouille. 13. Mes gravures sont abim< 14. Jules les a mouillees, 15. Ce sont des enfant s g&t&s, THE PARTICPLE. 91 16. Ma chaine est cassee. 17. Je Pai cassee hier. 18. Je vais porter cette chaine cassee chez Thorloger. 19. Voici la lettre que j'ai regue. 20. Je ne Pai pas encore lue. 21. Vous ne nous avez pas attendus. 22. A qui a-t-il vendu sa mai- son? 23. II Pa vendue a M. Larue. 24. Vos soeurs sont ici ; je les ai vues. 25, La piece est deja finie. Theme 211 1. I saw (have seen) Charles in coming. 2. He (has) bowed in passing, but he did not speak. 3. In going to the office, I (have) left your broken chain at the jeweler's. 4. Will you read the newspaper while waiting ? 5. I met Julia this morning. 6. She said good-day laughing. 7. This is an interesting story. 8. I have read it twice. 9. That piece is charming. 10. Your drawings are spoiled. 11. That spoiled child tore (has torn) them. 12. That is very amus- ing. 13. My dress is wet. 14. I am going to take it off. 15. We have taken off our wet clothes. 16. My cross is broken. 17. Henry broke (has broken) it yesterday. 18. He is going to take it (carry it) to the watchmaker's. 19. I have received his letter, but I have not yet read it. 20. We have not yet sold our house, but we intend to sell it. 21. The lesson is alreadv finished. TWENTY-SECOND LESSON. Auxiliary Verbs. — Conjugation of-Avoir, To Have. 1. Verbs are subject to four different modifications, to indicate mode, tense, person and number. These several modifications are, in some tenses, expressed 92 ELEMENTARY FRENCH GRAMMAR. by the verb itself, in others, by the help of an auxiliary verb; the former are called simple, the latter compound, tenses. 2. Auxiliary Verbs. There are two auxiliary verbs: avoir, to have, and etre, to be. They are auxiliary verbs, only, when they are used in the formation of compound tenses. a. Avoir is used in the compound tenses of (1.) All active verbs ; (2.) Most neuter verbs; (3.) Those impersonal verbs which are not used as per- sonal verbs, and which may be called essential impersonal verbs. b. Etre is used (1.) In the formation of the compound tenses of certain neuter verbs; those generally whose past tenses express a change in the condition or position of the subject ; (2.) In the formation of the compound tenses of all pro- nominal verbs ; (3.) In the formation of the passive verb. 3. Conjugation. To conjugate a verb is to write or recite it, with all its modifications of mode, tense, person and number. This may be done in four different ways: 1. affirmatively; 2. negatively; 3. interrogatively ; and 4. interrogatively and negatively. In this lesson, we shall study the conjugation of the verb avoir, to have, and in the next, the conjugation of the verb etre, to be ; because these verbs are used as auxiliaries in the conjugation of other verbs. CONJUGATION OF AVOIR. 93 Conjugation of AVOIR, To Have. INFINITIVE MODE Present. Past. Avoir to have Avoir eu to have had PARTICIPLES. Present. Compound. Ayant having Ayant eu having had Past. Eu, m. ; eue, /. had J'ai Tu as II a Nous avons Vous avez lis out INDICATIVE MODE. Present. Past Indefinite. / h ave J 'ai eu I have had thou hast Tu as eu thou hast had he has II a eu he has had we have Nous avons eu tve have had you have Vous avez eu you have had they hare Us out eu they have had Imperfect. Pluperfect. J'avais I had J'avais eu I had had Tu avais thou hadst Tu avais eu thou hadst had II avait he had II avait eu he had had Nous avions we had Nous avions eu we had had Vous aviez you had Vous aviez eu you had had Us avaient they had Us avaient eu they had had Past Definite. J'eus Tu eu8 Ileut None etimes Vous efltes Us eurent Past Anterior. I had J'eus eu I had had thou hadst Tu eus eu thou hadst had he had II eut eu he had had we had Nous e times eu we had had you had Vous eutes eu you had had tkey had Us eurent eu they had had 94 ELEMENTARY FRENCH GRAMMAR. Future. Future Anterior. J'aurai I shall have J'aurai en IshaUhave had Tu auras thou wilt have Tu auras eu thou wilt have had 11 aura he will have U aura eu he. will have had Nous aurons we shall have Nous aurons eu we shall have had Vous aurez you will have Vous aurez eu you will have had Us auront they will have lis auront eu they will have had CONDITIONAL MODE. Present. Past. J'aurais Isliould have J'aurais eu I should have had Tu aurais thou wouldst have Tu aurais eu thou wouldst have had 11 aurait he would have 11 aurait eu he would have had Nous aurions we should have Nous aurions eu we slwuld have had Vous auriez you would have Vous auriez eu you would have had lis auraient they would have Us auraient eu they would have had IMPERATIVE MODE. Aie have (thou) Ayons let us have Ayez have you SUBJUNCTIVE MODE.f Present. Que j 'aie that I may have Que tu aies that tJwu mayst have Qu'il ait that he may have Que nous ayons that we may have Que vous ayez that you may have Qu'ils aient that tJiey may have Imperfect. Que j'eusse that I might have Que tu eusses that thou mightst have Qu'il eut that he might have Que nous eussions that we might have Que vous eussiez that you might have Qn'ils eussent that they might have Past. Que j'aie eu that I may Que tu aies eu that thou mayst Qu'il ait eu that he may Que nous ayons eu that we may Que vous ayez eu that you may Qu'ils aient eu that they may Pluperfect. Que j'eusse eu that I Que tu eusses eu that thou Qu'il eut eu that he Que nous eussions eu thai we Que vous eussiez eu that you Qu'ils eussent eu that they t The subjunctive mode in French is very different from the subjunctive mode in English. The English forms, that I may have, that I might have, do not give an adequate idea of the meaning of the subjunctive in French. The following sen- tence, taken from Exercise 22 : Je ne veuxpas que tu aies mon dictionnaire, if trans- lated into English, according to the above form, would run thus, / do not wish that CONJUGATION OF AVOIR. 95 Rem. 1. The negative conjugation is formed with ne . . . . pas. Ne is placed before the verb, and pas after it (28-3). In compound tenses, ne stands before the auxiliary verb, and pas between the auxiliary and the past participle : Je n'ai pas 5 Je n'ai pas eu. See also Lesson Twenty-ninth. Rem:. 2. A verb is conjugated interrogatively, by placing the pro- noun subject, with a hyphen, after the verb. See, for full treatment Lesson Twenty-ninth. Vocabulary 22. Le bonheur, good luck ; good for- Conge, (m.\ leave; permission; tune. avoir conge, to have leave ; to Le malheur, bad luck ; misfor- have a holiday. tune. Avoir besoin de, to have need of. Le plaisir, the pleasure. Avoir soinf de, to take care of. La bonte, the kindness. Avoir envie de, to have a wish La prudence, the prudence. (for) ; a desire, a mind (to). Beau temps, fine weather. Fermer, to shut. La pluie, the rain. Perdre, to lose. De l'orage («*.), a storm. Diner, to dine. Le prix, the price ; the prize. Dernier, derniere,| last. La promenade, the walk ; walk- Prudent, prudent. ing ; aller a la promenade, to Si (s' before il and ils), if ; whether. go for a walk. Je voudrais, I should like ; 1 wish. thou mayst have my dictionary, whereas the proper English is, / do not wish thee to have my dictionary. And again the following sentence taken from Theme 2*2 : He wishes that I should have pleasure, might lead the learner to suppose that should have is to be translated by the conditional mode, whereas the present of the sub- junctive is required. In translating from French into English, the student should, <\\e9> of the French construction, give the correct English ; and again, in trans- lating from English into French, he should not adhere to the words in the English text, but rather be guided, for the present, by the heading of the section, and con- strue the French sentences accordingly. t We say in French : .fai bien soin, for, I take good care, using an adverb instead of an adjective, because the expression avoir soin is equivalent to a verb. % Dernier, last, meaning the preceding, is placed after the noun ; lundi dernier, last Monday. 96 ELEMENTARY FRENCH GRAMMAR. Exercise 22. Imperfect Tense. 1. J'avais envie ce matin d'aller a la promenade. 2. Tu n'avais pas le temps de sortir. 3. II avait a travailler pour son pere. 4. Nous avions beaucoup a faire. 5. Vous n'aviez pas besoin d'acheter ce livre ; nous l'avions deja. .6. lis n'avait pas envie de venir avec nous. Past Definite Tense. 7. Hier, j'eus le plaisir de rece- voir une lettre de mes parents. 8. Lundi dernier, nous eumes le bonheur d'etre tous ensemble. 9. La semaine der- niere, ces enfants eurent le malheur de perdre leur pere. Future Tense. 10. Aurai-je besoin du parapluie ? 11. Tu en auras besoin. 12. Aura-t-il soin de son petit frere ? 13. II aura bien soin de lui. 14. Aurons-nous beau temps ? 15. Vous aurez de la pluie. 16. lis auront de 1'orage. Conditional Mode. 17. J'aurais du plaisir, si j'avais conge. 18. Tu aurais un prix, si tu avais travaille. 19. II en aurait eu un, s'il avait ete studieux. 20. Nous aurions eu nos themes, si nous n 'avions pas ete malades. 21. Vous auriez de l'argent, si vous aviez travaille. 22. lis n'auraient pas eu besoin de travailler, s'ils avaient ete prudents. Imperative Mode. 23. Aie la patience d'attendre. 24. Ayez la bonte de fermer la porte. 25. Ayons du courage et de la prudence. Subjunctive Mode, Present Tense.j 26. II vent que j'aie soin de ces oiseaux. 27. Je ne veux j)as que tu aies mon dictionnaire. 28. J'aime que vous ayez du plaisir. 29. II ne pense pas que nous ayons du courage. Imperfect Tenser 30. Je voudrais que vous eussiez un peu de patience, qu'il eiit du courage, que nous eussions de t See foot-note, p. &4. CONJUGATION OF AVOIR. 97 Fargent, que vous eussiez de la prudence, et qu'ils eussent la bonte d'etudier leurs le9ons. Theme 22. Imperfect Tense. 1. I had to work. 2. Thou hadst a wish to go for a walk. 3. He had no time to go with thee. 4. We had letters to write. 5. You had not the patience to wait for us. 6. They had nothing to do. Past Definite Tense. 7. Last Monday, I had the good fortune to meet my friend Julius. 8. We had the pleasure of dining together. 9. He had the misfortune to lose his watch-chain. 10. Last week, my cousins had the kindness to send us some beautiful flowers. Future Tense. 11. I shall have a holiday to-morrow. 12. Thou wilt have pleasure. 13. He will have need of an umbrella. 14. We shall not have any rain. 15. You will have a (de F) storm. 16. I think (that) they will have fine weather. * Conditional Mode. 17. I would have courage, if I had money. 18. Thou wouldst have money, if thou hadst worked. 19. He would have had a holiday, if he had had a prize. 20. We should have pleasure, if we had a holiday. 21. You would not take care of your money, if you had any. 22.. They would have had a great deal of pleasure, if they had been with us. Imperative Mode. 23, Have (ring.) the kindness to shut the door. 24. Have (plur.) the patience to wait for us. 25. Let us have prudence. Subjunctive Mode, Present Tense, f 26. He wishes that I should have pleasure, that thou shouldst have t See foot-note, p. 94. 98 ELEMENTARY FRENCH GRAMMAR. patience, that he should have courage, that we should have prudence. Subjunctive Mode, Imperfect Tense.| 27. I wish (Je voudrais) that you had courage, that we had good luck, that he had patience, that they had all their books. TWENTY-THIRD LESSON. Conjugation of ETRE, To Be. INFINITIVE MODE. Present. Past. Atre to be Avoir ete to have been PARTICIPLES. Present. Compound. Etant being Ayant ete having been Past. Ete been INDICATIVE MODE. . Present. Past Indefinite. Je suis lam J'ai ete I have been Tu es thou art Tu as ete thou hast been 11 est he is 11 a ete he has been Nous sommes we are Nous avons ete we have been Vous §tes you are Vous avez 6te you hare been lis sont they are lis out ete they have been Imperfect Pluperfect. J'etais I was J'avais ete I had been Tu etais tJwu wast Tu avais 6te" thou hadst b i n 11 etait he was 11 avait ete he had h, n Nous etions we were Nous avious et6 u\ had teen Vous etiez you were Vous aviez ete you had bun lis etaient they were lis avaieut ete they had been t See foot-note, p. 94. K J tJGATK )N OF ETRE. 99 Past Definite. Past Anterior. Je fus I was J'eus ete I had been Tufus thou wast Tu eas ete thou hadst been 11 fat he was 11 eut ete fie had been Nous fumes we were Nous eumes ete we had been Vous fates you were Vous eiites ete you had been lis furent they were lis eurent ete they had been Future. Future Anterior. Je serai Tu seras II sera Nous serons Vous serez Us seront I shall be thou wilt be hewiUbe we shall be you ivill be they will be J'aurai ete Tu auras ete 11 aura ete Nous aurons ete Vous aurez ete lis auront ete / shall have been thov. wilt have been he will have been we shaU have been you will have been they will have been Present. Je serais Tu serais II sera it Nous serions Vous seriez lis seraient CONDITIONAL MODE. Past. I should be J'aurais ete I should have been thou wouldst be Tu aurais ete thou wouldst have been he would be II aurait ete he would have been we should be Nous aurions ete we should have been you would be Vous auriez ete you would have been they would be lis auraient ete they would have been IMPERATIVE MODE. Sois Soyons Soyez be {thou) let us be be (you) SUBJUNCTIVE MODE. Present. Que je sois Que tu sois Qifil soit Que nous soyons Que vous soyez Qu'ils *oient that T may be that thou mayst be that he may be that we maybe hat you may be that they may be Past. Que j'aie ete that I may Que tu aies et6 that thou mayst Qu'il ait ete that he may Que nous ayons ete that we may Que vous ayez ete that you may Qu'ils aient ete that they may J LOFC 100 ELEMENTARY FRENCH GRAMMAR. Imperfect. Que je fusse Que tu fusses QuUl ffit Que nous fussions Que vous fussiez Qu'ils fussent that I might be that thou mightst be that he might be that we might be that you might be that they might be Pluperfect. Que j'eusse ete Que tu eusses ete Qu'il eut ete Que nous eussions ete Que vous eussiez ete Qu'ils eussent ete that 1 1 | that thou | '|! that he j i J that we i 2 that you o that they J 1 Vocabulary 23. La campagne, the country ; a la campagne, in the country; a la ville, in town. Sage, wise ; good {of children). Econome, economical. De retour, back. Pr&t (a),f ready. Press6 (de),f in a hurry. Oblige (de), obliged. E tonne (de) (que), J astonished. Fache (de) (que), sorry. Bien aise (de) (que), glad, very glad. II est bien (de) (que), it is well. II est temps (de) (que), it is time. Quelle heure est-il ? What o'clock is it? A quelle heure ? At what time ? A six heures, at six o'clock. II est une heure, it is one o'clock. II est deux heures, it is two o'clock. II est trois heures, it is three o'clock. II est quatre heures, it is four o'clock. II est cinq heures, it is five o'clock. II est onze heures, it is eleven o'clock. II est midi, it is twelve o'clock, noon. II est minuit it is twelve o'clock, midnight. t The preposition indicated in the vocabularies, after the adjectives and parti- ciples, is required before the infinitive which may follow, as ; Je sttis pret a part\i\ I am ready to start ; Je sttis presse de partir, 1 am in a hurry to start. % The preposition de is required before the infinitive, and the conjunction que to introduce a subordinate clanse, in which the verb is put in the subjunctive mode. The English construction may be different from the French : It would be well for you to be economical. 11 strait bien que vous /asm- z econome. (It would be well that you were economical.) CONJUGATION OF ETRE. 101 Exercise 23. Imperfect Tense. 1. Quand j'etais pret, il etait temps de partir. 2. II etait dix heures. 3. Tu n'etais pas ici. 4. Nous etions presses. 5. Yous n'etiez pas de retour. 6. Mes parents etaient absents. Past Definite Tense. 7. Le mois passe, je fus oblige d'aller a Boston. 8. J'eus le plaisir d'y rencontrer votre ami. 9. II fnt etonne de mV voir. 10. Nous fumes contents d'etre ensemble. Future Tense. 11. Je serai chez moi a midi. 12. Tu ne seras pas ici demain. 13. Mon oncle sera de retour ce soir. 14. Quand nous serous a la campagne, nous aurons du plaisir. 15. Quand yous serez grands, yous serez obliges de trayailler. 16. Nos amis seront ici dans deux heures. Conditional Mode. 17. Je serais fache de partir. 18. Tu serais bien aise d'etre de retour. 19. II serait ici, s'il n'etait pas malade. 20. Nous serions contents, si vous l'etiez. 21. Vous seriez etonnes de les voir. 22. lis seraient contents d'etre ici. ^ t| ^ Imperative Mode. 23. Sois sage et prudent. 24. Soyez studieux. 25. Soyons economes. Subjunctive Mode, Present Tense. 26. II est bien que je Bois ici. 27. II est temps qu'il soit de retour. 28. Je Buis faclie que yous soyez malade. 29. Je suis bien aise que nous soyons ici. Si BJUHOTIVE Mode, Imperfect Tense. 30. II serait bien que je fosse de retour. 31. Je serais bien aise qu'il fut ici 32. Je voudrais que vous fussiez studieux. 102 ELEMENTARY FRENCH GRAMMAR. Theme 23. / Imperfect Tense. 1. I was here at nine o'clock. 2. Thou wast not ready. 3. He was in a hurry to start. 4. We were obliged to wait. 5. You were not here. 6. They were in the country. Past Definite Tense. 7. Last Thurday, I was aston- ished to see my parents. 8. They were obliged to go to the city. 9. We were glad to see them. Future Tense. 10. I shall be back at seven o'clock. 11. Wilt thou be absent to-morrow ? 12. My aunt will be here in two hours. 13. We shall be glad to see her. 14. You will be astonished. 15. They will be satisfied, if we are (so). Conditional Mode. 16. I should be very glad to be at home. 17. Thou wouldst be sorry to leave the country. 18. He would be sick, if he were in (a la) town. 19. We would be obliged to work. 20. You would not be satisfied, if you had nothing to do. Imperative Mode. 21. Be (sing.) prudent and econo- mical. 22. Be (plur.) satisfied with what you have. 23. Let us be good. Subjunctive Mode, Present Tense. 24. It is time that I were ready. 25. It is well that thou art here. 26. I am sorry that he is sick. 27. I am glad that you arc back. Subjunctive Mode, Imperfect Tense. 28. It would be well that I were ready. 29. I was astonished that he was back. 30, I wish (that) you were more econo- mical, REGULAR CONJUGATIONS. 103 TWENTY-FOUKTH LESSON. Regular Conjugations.— First Conjugation in ER. COUPEK, To Cut.— (Model Verb.) INFINITIVE MODE. Present. Past. Couper to cut Avoir coupe to have cut PARTICIPLES. Present. Compound. Coupant cutting Ayant coupe having cut Past. Coupe cut INDICATIVE MODE. Present. Past Indefin ITE. Je coupe I cut J'ai coupe I have cut Tu coupes thou cuttest Tu as coupe thou hast cut 11 coupe he cuts 11 a coupe he has cut Nous coupons we cut Nous avons coupe we have cut Vous coupez you cut Vous avez coupe you have cut lis coupeut they cut lis ont coupe they have cut Imi 1 ERFECT. Pluperfect. Je con pais / was cutting J'avais coupe I had cut Tu coupais thou wast cutting Tu avais coupe thou hadst cut 11 coupait he was cutting 11 avait coupe he had cut Nous coupions we were cutting Nous avions coupe we had cut Vous coupiez you were cutting Vous aviez coupe you had cut lis coupaient they were cutting Es avaient coupe they had cut Past Definite Past Anterior. Je coupai I cut J'eus coupe I had cut Tu ccrapas 1 'hou cuttedst Tu eus coupe thou hadst cut 11 coupa fie cut 11 eut coupe he had cut Nous coupames we cut Nous eumes coupe we had cut Vous coupates you cut Vous elites coupe you had cut lis couperent they cut lis eurent coupe they had cut 104 ELEMENTARY FRENCH GRAMMAR. Future. Je couperai Tu couperas II coup era Nous couperons Vous couperez lis couperont I shall cut thou wilt cut he will cut we shall cut you will cut they will cut Future Anterior. J'aurai coupe I shall have cut Tu auras coupe II aura coupe Nous au ions coupe Vous aurez coupe lis auront coupe thou wilt have cut he will have cut we shall have cut you will have cut they will have cut CONDITIONAL MODE. Present. Past. Je couperais I should cut J'aurais coupe I should have cut Tu couperais thou wouldst cut Tu aurais coupe thou wouldst have cut II couperait he would cut II aurait coupe he would have cut Nous conperions we should cut Nous aurions coupe we should have cut Vous couperiez you would cut Vous auriez coupe you would have cut lis couperaient they would cut lis auraient coupe they ivould have cut IMPERATIVE MODE. Coupe Coupons Coupez cut (thou) let us cut cut (you) Que je coupe SUBJUNCTIVE MODE. Present. Past. that I may cut Que j'aie coupe that 1 may 1 Que tu coupes that thou mayst cut Que tu aies coupe that thou mayst Qu i'l coupe Que nous coupions Que vous coupiez Qu'ils coupent that he may cut that we may cut that you may cut that they may cut Qu'il ait coupe that he may Que nous ayons coupe that wc may Que vous ayez coupe that yo>/ may Qu'ils aient coupe that they may J Imperfect. Que je cou passe that I Que tu coupasses that thou Qu'il cou pat that he Que nous coupassions that toe Que vous coupassiez that you Qu'ils coupaseenl that t/iey Pluperfect. Que j'eusse coupe that I Q,ue tu eusse> coupe that thou Qu'il eut coupe that he Que nous (Missions coupe* that we Quo vous eussiez coupe that you Qu'ils eussent coupe that t/uy REGULAK CONJUGATIONS. 105 2. Remarks on the French and English Tense-Forms. The several tenses of a French verb have each* but one form ; whereas the corresponding English tenses hare two, three, or even more, forms. Je coupe is equivalent to / cut, I am catting, I do cut, and so forth, throughout the present tense. Je coupais is equivalent to I cut, I teas cutting, I did cut. or I used to cut, etc, Je couperai is equivalent to I shall, or wiU cut. In translating from English into French, the learner will bear in mind that the auxiliary verbs am, do; teas, did, used to; shall, will, are only signs that indicate whether the verb is to be in the present, imperfect, or future tense. The verb tuill is sometimes a sign of the future tense, and sometimes a part of the verb to be willing. When will has the meaning of to be willing, it is to be expressed, in French, by a part of the verb vouloir. Vocabulary 24. Aimer, to love ; to like ; to be Parler, to speak. fond of. Penser (a), to think (of). Arriver, to arrive. Quitter, to leave ; to quit. Casser, to break. Rester, to remain ; to stay. Chanter, to sing. Tranquille, quite ; still. Darsser, to dance. Maintenant, now. Demand er, to ask for. Quelquefois, sometimes. Demeurer, to live, to dwell. Autant que, as much as. Jouer, to play. Le travail, work : working. Oublier, to forget. L'etude,/., study ; studying. 106 ELEMENTARY FRENCH GRAMMAR. Exercise 24. Present Tense. 1. Je travaille maintenant. 2. Tu ne travailles pas beaucoup. 3. II etudie trop peu. 4. Nous etudions autant que vous. 5. Vous n'aimez pas Petude. 6. lis aiment a jouer. Imperfect Tense. 7. J'etudiais quand tu jouais. 8. Ma soeur chantait et nous dansions. 9. Vous ne travailliez pas. 10. lis n'aimaient pas le travail ni l'etude. Past Definite Tense. 11. J'arrivai ici le meme jour que mes parents arriverent a Paris. 12. Nous quit- tames la ville le quinze mai. 13. Quand je reucontrai Henri Pautre jour, il me demanda pourquoi j'avais quitte la classe. Future Tense. 14. Je resterai ici. 15. Tu ne parleras pas de cela. 16. II n'y pensera pas. 17. Nous etudierons demain. 18. Vous Poublierez. 19. Nous quitterons la ville quand mes parents arriveront. Conditional Mode. 20. Je resterais ici, si j'etais a (in) votre place. 21. II ne travaillerait pas, s'il n'y etait pas oblige. 22. Nous oublierions nos le9ons, si nous ne les etu- diions pas bien. 23. Vous casseriez cette montre, si vous Faviez. 24. lis danseraient, si vous chantiez. Imperative Mode. 25. Eeste tranquille. 26. Tra- vaillez. 27. Parlons fran9ais. Subjunctive Mode, Present Tense. 28. Je veux que vous etudiiez vos legons. 29. II veufc que nous parlious frangais. Subjunctive Mode, Imperfect Tense. 30. II serai r bon que j'etudiasse un peu. 31. Je voudrais que vous par- lassiez fran9ais. 32. Je voudrais qu'il quittdt la classe. REGULAR CONJUGATIONS. 107 Theme 24. Present Tense. 1. I am studying. 2. Thou dost not study much. 3. Charles is playing, and Mary is singing. 4. We dance sometimes. 5. You do not work enough. 6. They do not like to work. Imperfect Tense. 7. I was working, and thou wast singing. 8. He was not fond of work or study. (In French: He liked neither work nor study.) 9. We studied as much as you. 10. You played a great deal (beaucoup). 11. They lived in the same street in which we lived. Past Definite Tense. 12. I left Paris on the same day that you arrived there. 13. We met your cousins yester- day. 14. They asked us for your address. Future Tense. 15. I shall speak of that when I (shall) arrive there. 16. Thou wilt not think of it. 17. He will forget it. 18. Will you leave the city to-day ? 19. We will stay here till to-morroiv (jusqu'a demain). 20. They will arrive here this evening. Conditional Mode. 21. I would take off my wet clothes, if I were in (a) your place. 22. Thou wouldst not forget thy lessons, if thou studiedst them well. 23. He would break the violin, if he had it. 24. We would stay, if you stayed. 25. They would not study, if they were not obliged to (y). Imperative Mode. 26. Remain where thou art. 27. Keep (plur.) quiet. 28. Let us study. Su injunctive Mode, Present Tense. 29. He wants as to study our lesson. (In French : He will that we study our lesson.) 30. I want you to speak French. (In French : I will that you speak French.) 31. I am sorry that you leave the school. 108 ELEMENTARY FRENCH GRAMMAR. Subjunctive Mode, Imperfect Tense. 32. It would be well for him to leave the city. (In French: It would be well that he should leave the city.) 33. I wish (that) you would speak to him about it (of it). 34. He was astonished that we spoke of it. TWENTY-FIFTH LESSON. Verbs of the First Conjugation. — Orthographic Irregularities. Some classes of verbs in the first conjugation, though regularly varied throughout, undergo, in certain persons and tenses, slight changes, to make their orthography con- formable to the pronunciation. 1. In verbs ending in ger, as manger, to eat, an e is in- serted after g, before a and o, to make the g retain its soft sound, as : mangeant, nous mangeons. 2. In verbs ending in cer, as commencer, to commence. the letter c, to retain the sound of s, takes the cedilla before a and o, as : commen$ant, nous commen$ons. 3. In verbs ending in yer, as nettoyer, to clean, the y is changed into i before e mute, as : je nettoie, tu nettoies, il nettoie, ils nettoient; but nous nettoyons, vous nettoyez. Rem. Verbs ending in ayer, as payer, to pay, may either retain the y before e mute, or change it into i : je paye, or je paie. 4. In verbs having 6 (acute) or e (mute), before the con- sonant that precedes the ending er, as : esp6rer, to hope, and mener, to lead, the £ or e is changed into e (grave). VERBS OF THE FIRST CONJUGATION. 109 before a mute syllabe, as : j'espere, / hope ; je mene, / lead, etc. Rem. Verbs in eger, as abreger, proteger, retain tbe e in the future and conditional : j'abregerai, il protegera. (See also verbs in eler and eter, No. 5.) 5. Verbs ending in eler, as appeler, to call, double the 1, •and those in eter, as jeter, to throw, double the t, before e mute, as: j'appelle, tu appelles, il appelle, ils ap- pellent; and je jette, tu jettes, il jette, ils jettent. But nous appelons, vous appelez ; nous jetons, vous jetez, etc. Rem. The verbs acheter, to buy ; bourreler, to torment ; deceler, to disclose ; geler, to freeze ; harceler, to harass ; peler, to peel, are exceptions to this last rule. They come under Rule 4. Vocabulary 25. Voyager, to travel. Jeter, to throw ; to throw away. Manger, to eat. Acheter, to buy. Proteger, to protect. Geler, to freeze. Commencer (a) ; to commence ; to Le libraire, the bookseller. begin. Le panier, the basket. Placer, to place. La voiture, the carriage. Menacer, to threaten. La nuit, the night ; la nuit passee, *Envoyer, to send. last night ; cette nuit, to-night. Nettoyer, to clean. Bien des choses, many things. Payer, to pay. Autrefois, formerly. Mener, to lead ; to take. A interet, at interest. Esperer, to hope ; to hope for. A temps, in time. Appeler, to call. Le soir, in the evening. Exercise 25. Verbs in ger. 1. J'aime a voyager. 2. On voit bien des choses en voyageant. 3. Autrefois je voyageais beau- 110 ELEMENTARY FRENCH GRAMMAR. coup. 4. Je n'ai pas mange de viande. 5. Nous mangeons peu de viande le soir. Verbs in cer. 6. Je vais commencer mon travail. 7. Nous commeiiQons a parlor franqais. 8. Je commei^ais a le parler quand je quittai Paris. 9. Nous plains notre argent a interet. 10. lis nous menacjaient. Verbs in yer. 11. J'ai envoye ma lettre a la poste. 12. J'envoie les journaux a mon oncle. 13. II nous envoie un panier de peches. 14. Je nettoierai mon pupitre quand j'aurai fini d'ecrire. 15. Je vous payerai (or paierai) quand j'aurai de l'argent. Verbs that change e or e into e. 16. Nous es- perons vous voir ce soir. 17. J'espere que vous resterez avec nous jusqu'a demain. 18. Ou voulez-vous nous mener ? 19. Je vous menerai aux Champs Elysees. 20. Nous vous protegerons. Verbs in eler and eter. 21. Voulez-vous m'appeler quand tout sera pret. 22. Je vous appellerai quand la yoi- ture arrivera. 23. Vous ne m'avez pas appele a temps. 24. Ou jetterai-je ces papiers? 25. Jetez-les dans le panier. Exceptions. 26. Ou achetez-vous votre papier ? 27. Je Pachete chez le libraire Dumont. 28. Je vous en acheterai, si vous voulez. 29. II va geler. 30. II gele deja. 31. II a gele, et il gelera encore. Theme 25. Verbs in ger. 1. I have traveled much. 2. I have seen many things while traveling. 3. My uncle used to travel a great deal (formerly). 4. Are you still eating ? 5. He was eating when I began (have begun) to write. Verbs in cer. 6. I was beginning to write w T hen some REGULAR COX J UG ATIOXS. Ill one (has) called me. 7. We begin the lesson at nine o'clock. 8. Where will you place your money ? 9. I will place it' in the bank. 10. We do not threaten anybody. Verbs in yer. 11. I have sent a letter to my cousins. 12. They send us the newspaper every week. 13. John is cleaning my clothes. 14. He will clean yours when he has (shall have) cleaned mine. 15. I will pay him when he is through (shall have finished). Verbs that change e or e into e. 16. I have hoped, and I still hope, to see him. 17. Where do you lead us ? 18. I lead you to the Elysian Fields. 19. Our courage will protect us. 20. I hope so. Verbs in eler and eter. 21. Who has called us ? 22. Our friends call us. 23. I will call you in time. 24. What do you throw into the basket? 25. I throw some papers into it. Exceptions. 26. W r hat do you buy? 27. I do not buy anything. 28. I would buy something, if I had money. 29. Did it freeze last night ? 30. i\o, but it will freeze to-night. TWENTY-SIXTH LESSON. Regular Conjugations.— Second Conjugation in IR. FINfR, To Finish.— (Model Verb.) INFINITIVE MODE. Present. Past. Finir to finish Avoir fini to have finished PARTICIPLES. Present. Compound. Finissant finishing Ayant fini having finished Past. Fini finished 112 ELEMENTARY FRENCH GRAMMAR. Present. Je finis Tu finis II finit Nous finissons Vous finissez lis finissent INDICATIVE MODE. IJini8h he finishes we finish you finish they finish Past Indefinite. J'ai fini Tu as fini II a fini Nous avons fini Vous avez fini Us ont fini I have finished thou hast finished he has finished we have finished you have finished Je finissais Tu finissais II finissait Nous finissions Vous finissiez lis finissaient Imperfect. I was finishing thou we were finishing you were finishing they were finishing Pluperfect. J'avais fini Tu avais fini II avait fini Nous avion s fini Vous aviez fini lis avaient fini I had finished thou hadst finished he had finished we had finished you had finished they had finished Past Definite. Je finis I finished Tu finis thou finishedst II finit he finished Nous finimes we finished Vous finites you j lis finirent J'eus fini Tu eus fini II eut fini Nous eumes fini Vous eutes fini Us eurent fini Past Anterior. / had finished thou hadst finished he had finished we had finished you had finished they had finished Future. Future Anterior. Je finirai I shall finish J'aurai fini I shall have finished Tu finiras thou wilt finish Tu auras fini thou wilt have finished II finira he will finish II aura fini he will have finished Nous finirone we shall finish Nous aurons fini we shall have finished Vous finirez you will finish Vous aurez fini you ivill have finished lis finiront they will finish Us auront fini they will have finished CONDITIONAL MODE. Present. Je finirais Tu finirais U finirait Nous finirions Vous finiriez Us finiraient /should finish thou wouldst finish he would finish we should finish, you would finish they would finish Past. J'aurais fini /should have 1 Tu aurais fini thou wouldst hare 11 an rait fini he would ha a Nous aurions fini we should have Voue auriez fini you would have Us auraiont fini they would have REGULAR CONJUGATIONS. 113 IMPERATIVE MODE. Finis Finissons Finissez finish {thou) let us finish finish {you) SUBJUNCTIVE MODE. Present. Que je finisse that I may ] Que tu finisses that thou mayst Qu'il finisse that Tie may Que nous finissions that we may Que vous finissiez that you may Qu'ils finissent that they may J Past. Que j'aie fini that I may Que tu aies fini that thou mayst Qu'il ait fini that he may Que nous ayons fini that we may Que vous ayez fini that you may Qu'ils aient fini thai they may Imperfect. Que je finisse that I might Que tu finisses that thou mightst Qu'il finit that he might Que nous finissions that we might Que vous finissiez that you might Qu'ils finissent that they might Pluperfect. Que j'eusse fini that I } Que tu eusses fini Qu'il eut fini Que nous eussions fini Que vous eussiez fini Qu'ils eussent fini that thou that he that we i that you | that they J Vocabulary 26. Finir, to finish. Choisir, to choose ; to select. Remplir, to fill ; to fulfil. Reussir, to succeed. Batir, to build. Punir, to punish. Obeirf (a), to obey. Avertir, to inform ; to give notice. II faut,;[ it is necessary; must. Un ordre, an order. Le devoir, the duty ; the task (at school). Un encrier, an inkstand. Le moment, the moment. L'arrivee /., the arrival. L'hiver m., winter. Pendant, during. Pendant que, while. Avant, before. Apres, after. t Obe'ir requires the preposition a before the noun, the same as if you said to <>i»y t<> in English. \ n/aui is followed by a verb in the infinitive, or by (pie and a clause in which the verb is in the subjunctive mode. Ilfavt oheir, It is necessary t > obey. Ilfaut qvt fotjeis*e, I must obey. 114 ELEMENTARY FRENCH GRAMMAR. Exercise 26. Present Tense.. 1. Je remplis mes devoirs. 2. Tu remplis les tiens, et il remplit les siens. 3. Nous obeissons a nos parents. 4. Vous obeissez aux votres. 5. lis obeis- sent aux leurs. Imperfect Tense. 6. Je finissais mon theme pendant que tu remplissais les encriers. 7. On batissait cette eglise quand j'etais ici pendant l'hiver. 8. Nous obeissions tou- jours a nos maitres. 9. Vous reussissiez dans vos etudes. 10. Us finissaient ce qu'ils avaient commence. Past Definite Tense. 11. Ce jour-la je finis mon de- voir avant tons les autres. 12. Tu m'avertis de l'arrivee de mon pere. 13. Nous choisimes le bon moment pour reussir, et nous reussimes. 14. Vous finites vos devoirs apres moi. 15. lis n'obeirent pas aux ordres, et ils furent punis. Future Tense. 16. Je finirai mon theme apr£s les classes. 17. Tu choisiras quelque chose de joli quand tu auras fini. 18. On batira une nouvelle ecole avant Thiver. 19. Nous obeirons a vos ordres. 20. Vous nous avertirez quand la voiture arrivera. 21. Ils reussiront s'ils tra- vaillent. Conditional Mode. 22. Je remplirais les encriers, si je n'avais rien autre chose a faire. 23. Tu n'en finirais pas. 24. On vous punirait, si vous ne remplissiez pas vos devoirs. 25. Nous obeirions aux ordres du capitaine, si nous etions soldats. 26. S^ils avaient Tintention de partir, ils nous en avertiraient. Imperative Mode. 27. Obeis, ou tu seras puni. 28. Fi- nissez, je vous en prie. 29. Kemplissons nos devoirs. Subjunctive Mode, Present Tense. 30. II faut (pie REGULAR CONJUGATIONS. 115 j'obeisse. 31. II faut que tu remplisses ton devoir. 32. II faut qu'il finisse ce theme. Subjunctive Mode, Imperfect Tense. 33. Je vou- drais qu'il en finit. 34. II serait bien que vous l'avertissiez de votre intention de partir. Theme 26. Present Tense. 1. I obey (to) my parents. 2. Thou obeyest thine, and he obeys his. 3. We fulfil our duties. 4. You fulfil yours. 5. They fulfil theirs. Imperfect Tense. 6. I was -filling my inkstand, while thou wast finishing thy task. 7. We were building a stable last winter, when you w r ere here. 8. You were finishing it. 9. They always obeyed their teachers. Past Definite Tense. 10. On that day I informed thee of the arrival of thy father. 11. Thou didst finish thy task before all the others. 12. You fulfilled your duty. 13. They chose the right (bon) moment, and they succeeded. Future Tense. 14. I shall choose something pretty for Eliza. 15. You will finish this exercise after school (les classes). 16. He will succeed, if he works. 17. We shall inform you, when the carriage is (will be) here. 18. They will not finish what they have begun. Conditional Mode. 19. I would finish this exercise before twelve o'clock, if I had nothing else (rien autre chose) to do. 20. He would succeed, if he worked. 21. We would obey (to the) orders, if we were in your place. 22. They would punish you, if you did not obey. Imperative Mode. 23. Choose something for thyself. 24. Obey, or you will be punished. 25. Let us choose some- thing pretty. 116 ELEMENTARY FRENCH GR A 31 MAR. Subjunctive Mode, Present Tense. 26. I must ful- fil my duties. 27. He must finish his exercise. 28. We must obey orders. Subjunctive Mode, Imperfect Tense. 29. It would be well for him to obey orders (It would be well that he should obey etc.). 30. I wish that you would finish (with it) (en). TWENTY-SEVENTH LESSON. Regular Conjugations.— Third Conjugation in OIR. RECEVOLR, To Receive.— (Model Verb.) The third conjugation has only seven regular verbs ; they have the letters ev before the infinitive-ending oir. The ev is syncopated in certain parts of the verb. The c of the verbs in cevoir takes the cedilla before o and u. INFINITIVE MODE. Present. Past. Recevoir to receive Avoir tq$vl to have received PARTICIPLES. Present. Compound. Recevant receiving Ayant re^u having received Past. Re$u received INDICATIVE MODE. Present. Past Indefinite. Je re9ois Ireceive J'ai re£u I have ;v Tu re^is thou receivest Tu as resii thou hast i> II re9oit he receives II a rt'911 he has rea ived Nous recevous we receive Nous avons re^u W6 hare r> Yous ri'cevez you receive Vous avez resu you have n lis recoiveut they receive lis out 1V9U tiny have /< EEGtTLAR CONJUGATIONS. 117 Imperfect. Pluperfect. Je recevais Tu recevais II recevait Nous recevions Vous receviez lis recevaieat I was receiving thou wast receiving fie was receiving we were receiving you were receiving they were receiving J'avais recu Tu avais recu H avait recu Nous avions recu Vous aviez recu lis avaient recu I had received thou hadst received he had received we had, received you had received they had received Past Definite. Past Anterior. Je recus Tu recus II recut Nous resumes Vous recutes lis recurent I received thou receivedst he received we received you received they received J'eus recu Tu eus recu II eut reca Nous eumes recu Vous elites recu Es eurent recu I had received thou hadst received he had received we had received you had received they had received Future. Je recevrai Tu recevras II recevra Nous recevrous Vous recevrez lis recevront I shall receive thou wilt receive he will receive we shall receive you will receive they will receive Future Anterior. J'aurai recu / shall have received Tu auras recu thou, wilt have received II aura recu he will have received Nous aurons recu we shall have received Vous aurez recu you will have received lis auront recu they will have received CONDITIONAL MODE. Present. Je recevrai s Tu recevrais II recevrait Nous recevrions Vous recevriez lis recevraient I should receive thou wouldst receive he would receive we should receive you would receive they would receive Past. J'aurais recu I should have Tu aurais recu thou wouldst have 11 aurait recu he would have Nous aurions recu we should have Vous auriez recu you would have lis auraient recu they would have 4 IMPERATIVE MODE. Recois receive {thou) Recevons *let us receive Recevez receive {you) 118 ELEMENTARY FRENCH GRAMMAR. SUBJUNCTIVE MODE. Present. Que je recoive that I may Que tu recoives that thou mayst Qu'il recoive that he may Que nous recevions that we may Que vous receviez that you may Qu'ils recoivent that they may Past. Que j 'a ie recu that I may Que tu aies recu that thou mayst Qu'il ait recu that fie may Que nous ayons recu that we may Que vous ayez recu that you may Qu'ils aient recu that they may . Imperfect. Que je recusse that I might "\ Que tu recusses that thou mightst I Qu'il recti t that he might I ^ Que nous recussions that we might \ %' Que vous recussiez that you might [ Qu'ils recussent that they might J Pluperfect. Que j'eusse recu that I "} Que tu eusses recu that thou \ Qu'il eut recu Que nous eussions recu that we Que vous eussiez recu that you Qu'ils eussent recu that they J that he i |^ > es>. ?»■. Vocabulary 27. Recevoir, to receive. Devoir, \ to owe ; to be obliged ; to be to ; to have to. Une nouvelle, a piece of news ; intelligence, lies nouvelles, the news ; news. Un cadeau, a present. La paye, the pay. La fin, the end. Le depart, the departure. La veille, the day before. Le lendemain, the day after. Une visite, a visit; a call. La marque, the mark ; the token. Le respect, the respect. La bienveillance, the good- will ; the kindness. La felicitation, the congratula tion. Triste, sad. Sincere, sincere. Bientot, soon, very soon. Par, through ; by. Par jour, a day, each day ; par semaine, a week ; par mois, a month. t Devoir, to owe, has the meaning of to be obliged, to have to, to be, when it pre- cedes the infinitive : Je dois sortir, I have to go out. 77 doit venir ici. he is to come here. The conditional mode of devoir is rendered into English by might. The past participle of devoir and rede coir (to owe again), takes a circumflex accent over the u, in the masculine singular only, dii, owed, due ; redih owed again. REGULAR CONJUGATIONS. 119 Exercise 27. Present Tense. 1. Je re9ois des cadeaux; tu en re- gois aussi. 2. Pierre me doit de Pargent. 3. II doit me Papporter ce matin. 4. Nous devons aller chez notre tante. 5. Vous devez venir avec moi. 6. lis doivent partir bientot. Imperfect Tense. 7. Je devais sortir. 8. II devait aller a la poste. 9. Nous recevions toutes les semaines des nou- velles de chez nous. 10. Vous receviez dix dollars par jour. 11. lis recevaient cent dollars par mois. Past Definite Tense. 12. Je re9us votre lettre la veille de mon depart. 13. Nous regumes la visite de votre oncle le lendemain de notre arrivee. 14. lis regurent cette triste nouvelle avant leur depart de Paris. Future Tense. 15. Je recevrai sa lettre demain. 16. Tu recevras une yisite aujourd'hui. 17. II recevra sa paye a la fin du mois. 18. Nous recevrons des nouyelles aujourd'hui. 19. Combien recevront-ils par mois ? Conditional Mode. 20. Je devrais ecrire a mon oncle. 21. Henri deyrait aller yoir sa tante. 22. Nous devrions faire cela. 23. Vous n'auriez pas du parler de cela. Imperative Mode. 24. Re<;ois ce cadeau, comme une marque de ma bienveillance. 25. Receyez mes sinceres feli- citations. 26. Recevons nos amis ayec bienyeillance. SriiJUNCTiVE Mode, Present Tense. 27. II faut que je re'n van/rage. 126 ELEMENTARY FRENCH GRAMMAR. TWENTY-NINTH LESSON. Interrogative Conjugation. 1. The tenses of the indicative and conditional modes only are used interrogatively. The interrogative conjugation is formed by placing the pronoun subject, with a hyphen, after the verb: ai-je? coupez-vous? etc. The final silent e of the verb is changed into e (acute), when the pronoun subject of the first person is placed after the verb, as : coupe-je ? do I cut ? When the verb, in the third person singular ends with a vowel, the letter t, between two hyphens, is placed, for the sake of euphony, before the pronouns il, elle, on, as : a-t-il? coupe-t-elle ? coupera-t-on ? When the subject of an interrogative sentence is a noun, it is placed before the verb, and a personal pronoun of the same person, gender, and number, is placed after the verb, as : Charles a-t-il la lettre ? Has Charles the letter ? Louise est-elle en haut ? Is Louisa up stairs ? Ces hommes coupent-ils nos Do those men cut our trees ? arbres? The noun subject is, however, generally placed after the verb in interrogative sentences that begin with an interro- gative pronoun, or an adverb, such as : que, comment, ou. Que demandent ces hommes? What do those men ask for? Savez-vous ou demeure M. Du- Do you know where Mr. Ducrot crot ? lives ? Comment va cette affaire? How is that business? NEGATIVE CONJUGATION. 127 2. Interrogative Form with Est-ce que. interrogative sentences are also formed by placing est-ce que before the subject of the verb : Est-ce que Charles a le journal ? Has Charles the journal ? Est-ce que Marie est encore en Is Mary still up stairs ? haut? Est-ce que M. Ducrot a vendu Has Mr. Ducrot sold his store ? son magasin ? The interrogative form with est-ce que is always used when the verb, in the first person singular, ends in ge, as : est-ce que je mange ? do I eat ? not mange-je ? The interrogative form with est-ce que is also used for the first person singular when the verb has only one syllable, as: est-ce que je vends ? do I sell? not vends-je? Eight verbs, which have only one syllable in the first person singular of the indicative present, may be used inter- rogatively either way: ai-je? have If suis-je? am I? vais-je? do I go? puis-je? can I? sais-je? dolhiotv? vois-je? do I see? dois-je? doloive? anddis-je? do I say? or est-ce que j'ai? etc. 3. Negative Conjugation. We have seen that the two words (ne .... pas) that ac- company a verb to express negation, are separated by the verb (in compound tenses, by the auxiliary only), as: Je n'ai pas ; je n'ai jamais 6te ; je n'ai rien dit. When the verb is in the infinitive, the two negative words are generally placed before the verb ; they may, or may not, be separated by a personal pronoun. 128 ELEMENTARY FRENCH GRAMMAR. Je vous conseille de ne pas le I advise you not to do it faire, or de ne le pas faire. Je vous prie de n'en pas parler, I beg you not to speak of it, not to de n'en rien dire. to say anything about it. Vocabulary 29. Ohercher, to seek ; to look for. Le poulet, the chicken. Desirer, to desire ; to wish for. Le canard, the duck. Demander, to ask for. Le dindon, the turkey. Ecouter, to listen to. Le jambon, the ham. Regarder, to look at. , Le poisson, the fish. Decouper, to carve. Le potage, ) Conseiller (de), to advise. La soupe, Servir, to serve ; to help to. En haut, upstairs. Savez-vous ? do you know ? En bas, downstairs. r e ) ' ' [ the soup. Exercise 29. 1. Votre soeur est-elle encore en haut ? 2. Marie est-elle en bas ? 3. Nos amis sont-ils a la campagne ? 4. Charles a-t-il perdu sa grammaire ? 5. M. votre pere desire-t-il me parler ? 6. Va-t-on servir la soupe ? 7. Pierre va-t-il de- couper le poulet? 8. Votre oncle achetera-t-il quelques canards? 9. Nos voisins ont-ils plusieurs beaux dindons? 10. Cette dame nous regarde-t-elle ? 11. Ces matelots eeou- tent-ils le capitaine, qui leur donne des ordres ? 1^. Ces hommes nous ont-ils vendu du poisson? 13. Est-ce que Henri a bien etudie sa lecjon? 14. Est-ce qu'il n'a pas eu de fautes dans son theme? 15. Est-ce que le professeur me demande? 16. Est-ce qu'il parle de moi on de vous? 17. Est-ce que je mange votre potage? 18. Est-ce que je ne vous rends pas ce que vous m'avez pr6t6? 19. Est-ce que je dis cela ? 20. Que sais-je? 21. Oil suis-je ? 22. Savez- THE PASSIVE VEEB. 129 vous ou demeure notre professeur de frai^ais ? 23. Je vous conseille de ne pas le lui dire. 24. Je vous prie de rven pas parler. 25. J'ai envie de ne pas y aller. Theme 29. 1. Is mamma up stairs ? 2. Is the professor down stairs ? 3. Are your books at school ? 4. Does your mother wish to see me in the parlor? 5. Is John carving the turkey? G. Does Mary wish for some soup ? 7. Does your aunt ask for some (un peu) of this duck ? 8. Have our neighbors a great many chickens ? 9. Why do those boys look at us? 10. Do the scholars listen to the teacher ? 11. Have I had a good exercise? 12. f Has Louisa seen her aunt? 13. f Did the professor ask for anybody? 14.f What am I eating; is it fish? 15. J What can I help you to? 16. X Can I help you to some soup? 17. f Do I not sell cheap? 18. f Do I do my duty well? 19. § What do those men ask for? 20. Where does Mr. Ducrot live? 21.J How much do I owe you ? 22. I beg you not to say anything about it. 23. I advise you not to go there any more. 24. He has told me not to do it. THIRTIETH LESSON. The Passive Verb. 1. The passive verb is formed by joining the past parti- ciple of the active verb to the various forms of the auxiliary verb etre, to be, as: aimer, to love; etre aime, to be loved. t Follow the construction indicated in Sect. 2 of the Lesson. X See last paragraph of Sect. 2, Exceptions. § Follow the construction indicated in last paragraph of Sect. 1, 130 ELEMENTARY FRENCH GRAMMAR. The past participle agrees, in gender and number, with the subject of the verb. Conjugation of the Passive Verb. ETRE AIME, To Be Loved.— (Model Verb.) INFINITIVE MODE. Etre aime or aimee, aimes or aimees Present. . ' [to be loved ees ) Past. Avoir ete aime or aimee, \ to have been aimes or aimees S loved PARTICIPLES. Etant aime or aimee, aimes or aimees Present. > being loved Compound. Ayant ete aime or aimee, \ having been aimes or aimees f loved Past. Ete aime or aimee, aimes or aimees been loved Present. INDICATIVE MODE. Je suis aime or aimee Tu es aime (ee) II or elle est aime (ee) Nous sommes aimes or aimees Vous etes aimes (ees) lis or elles sont aimes (ees) Past Indefinite. J'ai ete aime or aimee Tu as ete aime (ee) II or elle a ete aime (ee) Nous avons ete aimes or aimees Vous avez ete aimes (ees) lis or elles out ete aimes (ees) 1? Imperfect. J'etais aime (ee) Tu etais aime (ee) II or elle etait aime" (ee) Nous etions aimes (ees) Vous etiez aimes (ees) lis or elles etaient aimes (ees) Pluperfect. J'avais ete aime (ee) Tu avais ete aime (ee) II or elle avait ete aime (ee) Nous avions ete aimtfl iees) Vous aviez 6t0 aimes (ees) lis welles avaient ete aimc> ft kg THE PASSIVE VERB. 131 Past Definite. Je fus aime (ee) Tu fas aime (ee) I] or elle fut aime (ee) Nous fumes airaes (ees) Vous futes amies (ees) lis or elles furent aimes (ees) Past Anterior. J'eus ete aime (ee) Tu eus ete aime (ee) II or elle eut ete aime (ee) Nous etimes ete aimes (ees) Vous eutes ete aimes (ees) lis or elles eureut ete aimes (ees) Future. Future Anterior. Je serai aime (ee) Tu seras aime (ee) II or elle sera aime (ee) Nous serons aimes (ees) Vous serez aimes (ees) Ds or elles seront aimes (ees) is- J'aurai ete aime (ee) Tu auras ete aime (ee) II or elle aura ete aime (ee) Nous aurons ete aimes (ees) Vous aurez ete aimes (ees) lis or elles auront ete aimes (ees) ( CONDITIONAL MODE. Present. Past. Je serais aime (ee) Tu serais aime (ee) II or elle serait aime (ee) Nous serions aimes (ees) Vous seriez aimes (ees) lis or elles seraient aimes (ees) J'aurais ete aime (ee) Tu aurais ete aime (ee) II or elle aurait ete aime (ee) Nous aurions ete aimes (ees) Vous auriez ete aimes (ees) lis or elles auraient ete aimes (ees) . I l* s 2fc Si 2>3 IMPERATIVE MODE. Sois aime (ee) Soyons aimes (ees) Soyez aimes (ees) be (thou) loved let us be loved be (you) loved SUBJUNCTIVE MODE. Present. Que jo sois aime" (ee) Que til sois aime (6e) Qu'il or quY'lle soit aime (ee) Que ihhis soyons aimes (e«'s) Que vous soyez aimes (ees) Qu'ils or elles soient aimes (ees) l - 5 s Past. Que j'aie ete aime (ee) Que tu aies ete aime (ee) Qu'il or quYlle ait ete aime (ee) Que nous ayons ete aimes (ees) Que vous ayez ete aimes (ees) Qu'ils or elles aient etc aimes (ees) 1* 5s 132 ELEMENTARY FRENCH GRAMMAR. Imperfect. Que je fusse aime (ee) Que tu fusses aime (ee) Qu'il or qu'elle flit aime (ee) Que nous fussions aimes (ees) Que vous fussiez amies (ees) Qu'ils or elles fussent aimes (ees) Pluperfect. Que j'eusse ete aime (ee) Que tu eusses ete aime (ee) Qu'il or qu'elle eat ete aime (ee) Que nous eussions ete aimes (ees) Que vous eussiez ete aimes (ees) Qu'ils or elles eussent ete aimes By, after a Passive Verb Expressed by Par or De. The agent of a passive verb is preceded by the preposition par, if the verb expresses action, and by the preposition de, if the yerb expresses a sentiment. II est blame par ses amis. Elle est aimee de ses parents. II est puni de ses fautes. He is blamed by his friends. She is loved by her parents. He is punished for his faults. Eem. The passive form of the verb is less frequently used in French than in English. The French prefer the active form, with the pro- noun on for subject, or the pronominal form of the verb : On vous appelle. On l'a vu. II s'appelle Henri. You are called. He has been seen. He is called Henry. Vocabulary 30. Blamer (de), to blame (for). Louer (de), to praise (for). Recompenser (de), to reward (for). Reprimander (de), to reprove (for). Estimer, to esteem. Respecter, to respect. Mepriser, to despise. Negliger, to neglect, lies bons, the good. Les mechants, the wicked. L'obeissance, /. , obedience. Obeissant, obedient. La desobeissance, disobedience. Desobeissant, disobedient. La diligence, diligence. Diligent, diligent. La negligence carelessness. Negligent, careless ; negligent Partout, everywhere. II est juste, it is just or right. THE PASSIVE VERB. 133 Exercise 30. 1. Je suis aime de mes parents. 2. II est blame par ses amis, parce qu'il a ete negligent. 3. Sa soeur est louee, parce qu'elle a ete diligente. 4. Nous sommes recompenses quand nous sommes diligents. 5. Nous sommes repri- mands quand nous sommes negligents. 6. Les bons sont partout estimes et respectes. 7. Les mechants sont me- prises et punis. 8. Vous avez ete recompense de votre dili- gence. 9. Votre soeur a ete louee de son obeissance. 10. Ces eleves ont 6t6 blames de leur negligence. 11. Jules etait aime de ses maitres, parce qu'il etait obeissant et diligent. 12. Nous etions reprimandes quand nous etions desobeissants. 13. La desobeissance etait reprimandee et punie. ' 14^ Vous serez recompense, si vous etes diligent. 15. Vous serez puni, si vous etes desobeissant. 16. Ceux qui n'obeissent pas au maitre, seront punis. 17. Vous seriez recompense, si vous aviez ete diligent. 18. lis auraient ete punis, s'ils avaient neglige leurs devoirs. 19. Je veux que tu sois puni, si tu negliges tes devoirs. 20. II est juste qu'il soit recompense, s'il est diligent. 21. II serait juste que vous fussiez puni, si vous n'obeissiez pas a vos maitres. 22. II faut etre obeissant et diligent pour etre aime et recompense. Theme 30. 1. You are blamed for your carelessness. 2. They are punished for their disobedience. 3. She is loved and re- spected by everybody. 4. He was rewarded by his teacher because he was diligent and obedient. 5. His obedience has Ih en praised. 6. His diligence has been rewarded. 7. The 134 ELEMENTARY FRENCH GRAMMAR. wicked shall be punished. 8. The good shall be rewarded. 9. He was often reproved for his carelessness. 10. Those who neglect their duties will be despised. 11. You would be rewarded, if you had been diligent. 12. They would be~ punished, if they had been disobedient. 13. It is just that you be (subj.) punished, if you are disobedient. 14. It would be right that he were (subj., imp.) rewarded, if he had been diligent and obedient. 15. In order to be loved and esteemed, one must behave well (se bien comporter). 16. He who behaves well (se comporte bien) is everywhere well received. THIRTY-FIKST LESSON. Neuter Verbs, Conjugated with Etre. 1. Certain neuter verbs, principally those that express a change in the position or condition of the subject, are con- jugated in the compound tenses with the auxiliary verb etre, to be. The past participle agrees with the subject of the verb (p. 88-1). The verb arriver, to arrive, is given as the model verb of the class. INFINITIVE MODE. Present. . Past. Arriver 'to -arrive fetre arrive or arrivee, \ to have arrives or arrivees f arriv ed PARTICIPLES. Present. Compound. Arrivant arrivi-ng fitant arrive or arrivee, \ having arrives or arrivee:? S arrived Past. Arrive or arrivee, arrives ov arrivees OfH NEUTER VERBS. 135 INDICATIVE MODE. Present. Past Indefinite. J'arrive / arrive Je suis arrive or arrivee Tu arrives thou arrivest Til es arrive (ee) II arrive he arrives II or elle est arrive (ee) Nous arrivons we arrive Nous sommes arrives (ees) Vous arrivez you arrive Vous etes arrives (ees) lis arrivent they arrive Us or elles sont arrives (ees) J'arrivais Tu arrivais II arrivait Nous arrivions Vous arriviez lis arrivaient Imperfect. / was arriving thou wast arriving he was arriving we were arriving you were arriving they were arriving Pluperfect. J'etais arrive (ee) Tu etais arrive (ee) II or elie etait arrive (ee) Nous etions arrives (ees) Vous etiez arrives (ees) Us or elles etaient arrives (ees) a,a Past Definite. Past Anterior. J'arrivai I arrived Je fus arrive (ee) Tu arrivas thou arrivedst Tu fus arrive (ee) a 11 arriva he arrived 11 or elle f ut arrive (ee) It Nous arriv&mes we arrived Nous fumes arrives (ees) " a, Vous arrivates you arrived Vous fiites arrives (ees) lis arriverent they aiTived lis or elles furent arrives (ees) Future Future Anterior. J'arriverai I shall arrive Je serai arrive (ee) Tu arriveras thou wilt arrive Tu seras arrive (ee) as 11 arrivera he will arrive 11 or elle sera arrive (ee) Nous arriverons we shall arrive Nous serons arrives (ees) 'a.*"" - > Vou* arriverez you will arrive Vous serez arrives (ees) as S 4 § lis arriveront they will arrive lis or elles seront arrives (ees) t J'jirriverais Tu arrive j , II arrivnaif Nona arrireriona Vous arriveriez [1b arriveraieut CONDITIONAL MODE. Present. Past. Je serais arrive (ee) / should arrive thou wouldst arrive he would arrive we should arrive you would arrive they wo^ld arrive Tu serais arrive (ee) II or elle serait arrive (ee) Nous serious arrives (ees) Vous seriez arrives (ees) lis or elles seraieut arrives (ees) a. a! 136 ELEMENTARY FRENCH GRAMMAR. IMPERATIVE MODE. Arrive arrive (thou) Arrivons let us arrive Arrivez arrive (you) SUBJUNCTIVE MODE. Present. Qt i e j 'arrive that I may Que tu arrives that thou mayst Qu'il arrive that he may Que nous arrivions that we may Que vous arriviez that you may Qu'ils am vent that they may Past. Que je sois arrive (ee) Que tu sois arrive (ee) Qu'il or qu'elle soit arrive (ee) Que nous soyons arrives (ees) Que vous soyez arrives (ees) Qu'ils or elles soient arrives (ees) J P a,a r- a Imperfect Que j'arrivasse that I ' | Que tu arrivasses that thou Qu'il arrivat that he Que nous arrivassions that we 3 Que vous arrivassiez that you e& Qu'ils arrivassent that they . Cfe Pluperfect. Que je fusse arrive (ee) Que tu fusses arrive (ee) Qu'il or qu'elle ftit arrive (ee) Que nous fussions arrives (ees) Que vous fussiez arrives (ees) Qu'ils or elles fussent arrives (ees) is *a 1*1. a,§ 2. List of Neuter Verbs that are Conjugated with Etre, To Be. Arriver, to arrive ; Aller, to go ; Deceder, to decease ; Entrer, to enter ; to go or come in ; Rentrer, to re-enter; to come home; Retourner, to return ; to go back ; Rester, to remain, to stay ; Tomber, to fall ; *Mourir, to die ; *Naitre, to be born ; *Partir, to start ; to leave ; *Sortir, to go out ; to come out; 6tre arrive, to have arrived. etre alle, to have gone. §tre decede, to have deceased. &tre entre, to have entered. §tre rentre, to have come. &tre retourne, to have returned. 6tre reste, to have remained. &tre tombe, to have fallen, etre mort, to have died. &tre ne, to have been born. &tre parti, to have started. etre sorti, to have gone out. NEUTER VERBS. 13? *Venir, to come ; &tre venu, to have come. *Devenir, to become ; etre devenu, to have become. *Parvenir, to reach ; to succeed ; &tre parvenu, to have become. *Revenir, to return ; to come back ; Stre revenu, to have returned. 3. Neuter Verbs that Take sometimes Avoir and sometimes Etre. Some neuter verbs take avoir for their auxiliary when they express action only, and etre when they express rather the state resulting from the action, as : Elle a grandi rapidement. She has grown rapidly. Elle est grandie de deux pouces. She has grown (by) two inches. La procession a passe ici. The procession passed here. La procession est passee. The procession has passed. The following are some of this class : Cesser, to cease. Descendre, to go or come down. *Croitre, to grow. Monter, to go or come up. Grandir, to grow tall. Remonter, to reascend. Vieillir, to grdw old. Passer, to pass. Rem. Several of the above verbs, under 2 and 3, are sometimes used as transitive verbs, in which case they are conjugated with avoir. Vocabulary 31. Le dejeuner, breakfast. Une famille, a family. Le diner, dinner. Hier au matin, yesterday morning Le souper, sapper. Hier au soir, last night. Le bal, the ball. De bonne beure, early. Le notaire, the notary. Tard, late. La procession, the procession. Jusque, till, until. Le train, the train. Jusqu'a samedi, until Saturday. 138 ELEMENTARY FRENCH GRAMMAR. Exercise 31. 1. Je suis arrive ce matin. 2. Ma tante est arrivee hier au soir. 3. Le train etait parti quand nous sommes arrives. 4. Mes cousines sont arrivees de bonne heure. 5. Jules est alle au bureau. 6. Mes soeurs sont allees a Teglise. 7. Le raarchand est entre dans son magasin. 8. Le medecin est rentre tard hier au soir. 9. Nos amis sont retournes chez eux. 10. Mes parents sont restes & la campagne jusqu'a samedi. 11. Ces pommes sont tombees de l'arbre. 12. La femme du notaire est morte hier au matin. 13. Notre voisine est nee a Berlin. 14. Nous sommes partis de bonne heure. 15. lis sont sortis apres le dejeuner. 16. Mes cou- sines sont venues a la ville pour aller au bal. 17. Elles sont arrivees a temps pour le souper. 18. Cette famille est de- venue tres-pauvre. 19. Les fils de notre voisin sont devenus soldats. 20. Votre lettre m'est parvenue trop tard. 21. Mes parents ne sont pas encore revenus. 22. La procession est deja passee ; elle a passe par ici. Theme 31. l.f We arrived in time for the train. 2.f My sister came with me. 3. f My father came alone last evening. 4.f Henry and William came together. 5. Mary went to see her aunt. 6. The children went for a walk. 7. The procession had entered the church when I came by f (passed). 8.f My sisters came in early. 9. My aunt has returned home. lO.f Those are pears that fell from the trees. 11. f We stayed in the country until Saturday. 12. f Our friend, the notary, died last night. 13. I was bora in this city. 14.f They started t Put the verb in the past indefinite tenee. PRONOMINAL VERBS. 139 after breakfast. 15. f We went out after supper. 16. That family has left for Europe (pour l'Europe). 17. Our neigh- bors have become very rich. 18. f Your letter did not reach me in time. 19. Our friends have not yet come back to town. 20.f The soldiers have passed ; they passed by here. THIRTY-SECOND LESSON. Pronominal Verbs. 1. Pronominal verbs are conjugated with two pronouns of the same person; the one is the subject, the other the direct, or indirect, object, of the verb. In the compound tenses of pronominal verbs the auxiliary verb etre is used for the auxiliary verb avoir. The past participle is subject to the same rule of agreement as the past participle of transitive verbs; that is, it agrees with its direct object, when the direct object precedes the participle. Conjugation of the Pronominal Verb. SE COUPER, To Cut One's Self.— (Model Vebb.) INFINITIVE MODE. Present. Past. Sc coupcr to cut one's self S'etre coupe to have cut one's self PARTICIPLES. Present. Compound. iMpant < hi '/? ti g one's self S'etant coupe having cut one's self Past. Coupe cut t Put the verb hi the past indefinite tense. 140 ELEMENTARY FRENCH GRAMMAR. INDICATIVE MODE. Present. Je me coupe / cut myself, etc. Tu te coupes II se coupe Nous nous coupons Vous vous coupez Ds se coupent Imperfect. Je me coupais I was cutting myself, etc. Tu te coupais n se coupait Nous nous coupions Vous vous coupiez lis se coupaient Past Definite. Je me coupai / cut myself, etc. Tu te coupas 11 se coupa Nous nous coupames Vous vous coupates lis se coupdrent Future. Je me couperai / shall cut myself, etc. Tu te couperas II se coupera Nous nous couperons Vous vous couperez lis se couperont Past Indefinite. Je me suis coupe / have cut myself, etc, Tu t'es coupe 11 s'est coupe Nous nous sommes coupes Vous vous etes coupes lis se sont coupes Pluperfect. Je m'etais coupe I had cut myself \ etc. Tu t'etais coupe 11 s'etait coupe Nous nous £tions coup6s Vous vous etiez coupes lis s'etaient coupes Past Anterior. Je me fus coupe I had cut myself, etc. Tu te fus coupe II se fut coupe Nous nous fumes coupes Vous vous futes coupes 116 se furent coupes. Future Anterior. Je me serai coupe / shall have cut my~ Tu te seras coupe [se f f, etc. II se sera coupe Nous nous serous coupes Vous vous serez coupes lis se seront coupes Je me couperais Tu te couperais II so couperait Nous nous couperions Vous vous couperiez lis se couperaient CONDITIONAL MODE. Present. Past. / should cut myself, Je me serais coupe / should ft* [etc. Tu te serais coupe [myself. > te. 11 se serait coupe Nous nous serions coupes Vous vous series coupes Us so Bermlent coupes. PROXOMIXAL VERBS. 141 IMPERATIVE MODE. Coupe-toi cut thyself Coupon s-nous let us cut ourselves Coupez-vous cut yourselves SUBJUNCTIVE MODE. Present. Que je me coupe that I may cut myself, Que tu te coupes [etc. Qu'il se coupe Que nous nous coupions Que vous vous coupiez Qu'ils se coupent Past. Que je me sois coupe that I may have Que tu te sois coupe [cut myself, etc. Qu'il se soit coupe Que nous nous soyons coupes Que vous vous soyez coupes Qu'ils se soient coupes Imperfect. Que je me coupasse, Que tu te coupasses Qu'il se coupat Que nous nous coupassions Que vous vous coupassiez Qu'ils se coupassent that I might cut [myself, etc. Pluperfect. Que je me fusse coupe that I might have Que tu te fusses coupe [cut myself, etc. Qu'ils se lut coupe Que nous nous fussions coupes Que vous vous fussiez coupes Qu'ils se fussent coupes 2. Remarks and Examples. The pronominal form of the verb is often used in French, when, in English, the verb is intransitive or passive, as : Se coucher, Se lever, Se prome'ner, Se tromper, Se porter, S'appeler, Se rappeler, Comment vous portez-vous ? Je me porte bien, Comment s'appelle votre ami ? II s'appelle Jules, Je ne me rappelle pas cela, To lie down. To rise. To walk. To be mistaken ; to deceive one's self. To be ; to do {of one's health). To be called. To recollect (to recall to one's self). How do you do ? I am well. What is your friend's name ? His name is Julius. I do not recollect that. 142 ELEMEKTARY FKEKCH GRAMMAR. Pronominal verbs express either reflective or reciprocal action. Eeflective action is confined to the subject ; reci- procal action requires two or more persons; hence, in the latter case, the verb is always in the plural. S'aimer may mean to love one's self, or to love each other, or one another. To distinguish between reflective and reciprocal action, it is sometimes necessary to make use of an additional pronoun, either a compound pronoun, to express reflective action ;.or an indefinite pronoun, to express reciprocal action. S'aimer soi-m&me. To love one's self. S'aimer l'un l'autre. To love each other. S'aimer les uns les autres. To love one another. Vocabulary 32. Se coucher, to lie down ; to go to Se rappeler, to recollect. bed. lie voyage, the voyage ; the jour- Se lever, to rise. ney. S'habiller, to dress (one's self). Le chemin, the road ; the way. Se deshabiller, to undress one's Le boulevard, the boulevard. self Le nom, the name. Se promener, to walk ; to take a Jacques, James. walk. Le soir, in the evening. Se tromper,f to be mistaken. La-bas, yonder ; there. Se porter, to be ; to do. Lorsque,J when. S'appeler, to be called. Ensuite, then. Avant de,§ before. + Se troniper de, to be mistaken in ; se tramper de chemin, to be mistaken in the road ; to take the wrong road. X Lorsque, quand, when. Lorsqtie is a conjunction ; quand is an adverb of time, often used interrogatively ; it is also used as a conjunctive adverb. § Avant de is used before the infinitive, instead of avant. Jt mi promeiu avant de me cmiche?\ I take a walk before I go to bed. PRONOMINAL VEEBS. 143 Exercise 32. Simple Tenses. 1. Je me couche tard, et je me leve de bonne heure. 2. Je me promene pendant une heure avant de me coucher. 3. Comment yous portez-vous ? 4. Je me porte bien. 5. II ne s'habille jamais atari t midi. 6. Ami, tu te trompes. 7. Comment s'appelle votre ami ? 8. II s'appelle Jacques. 9. Nous nous trompons quelquefois. 10. Les hommes se trompent les uns les autres. 11. C'est une histoire que je ne me rappelle pas. 12. Lorsque j'etais a Paris, je me portais bien. 13. Nous nous promenions tous les jours sur les boulevards. 14. Nous nous couchions tard, et nous nous levions de bonne heure. 15. Ma m£re ne se portait pas bien pendant le voyage. 16. Elle se portera mieux quand elle sera a la campagne. 17. Je me 16verai demain matin a six lieures. 18. Vous ne vous rappellerez pas cela. 19. Vous vous porteriez mieux, si vous vous couchiez de bonne heure. 20. Couche-toi de bonne heure, et ne te leve pas trop tard. 21. Promenez-vous pendant une heure avant de vous coucher. 22. Eappelons-nous ce que nous etions autrefois. 23. Ne nous trompons pas. 24. II faut que je me leve de bonne heure. 25. Je voudrais que vous vous levassiez de bonne heure tous les jours. Compound Tenses. 1. Je me suis leve a six heures ce matin. 2. Je me suis habille, et ensuite je suis alle me promener. 3. Je me suis trompe de rue; en revenant, et je suis rentre tres-tard. 4. Tu t'es couche de bonne heure hier au soir. 5. Vous etiez-vous habilles quand je suis venu ? 6. Nous nous sommes habilles de bonne heure. 7. Jacques s'etait couche sans se deshabiller. 8. Nous nous etions trompes de chemin, et nous arrivions a la maison 144 ELEMENTARY FRENCH GRAMMAR. apres le diner. 9. II se sera couche quand vous arriverez la-bas. 10. Nous nous serions leves a six heures, si nous vous avions attendus avant le dejeuner. 11. lis ne se seraient pas rappele cette histoire, si je ne leur en avais pas parle. 12. II est bien que je me la sois rappelee. 13. Je voudrais que vous ne vous fussiez pas trompe. Theme 32. Simple Tenses. 1. I am mistaken. 2. Thou art often mistaken. 3. In the evening, we walk for an hour before we go to bed. 4. You go to bed too late, and you rise too late. 5. We are in good health, f 6. What is that gentle- man's name ? 7. I do not recollect his name. 8. We were dressing when you came (have come). 9. I was not in good health when I w T as in Paris. 10. I used to walk every day on the boulevards. 11. I shall dress immediately, and then I shall breakfast. 12. We shall go to bed early, and we shall rise early. 13. They will not recollect what they have told you. 14. You would take the wrong road if you were alone. 15. He would be in better health, if he did not work so much. 16. Kise (sing.); it is nine o'clock. 17. Do not go to bed (sing.) too late. 18. Dress (plur.) immediately. 19. Eecollect (plur.) what I have told you. 20. Let us take a walk before going to bed. 21. It is well that you recollect that. 22. It would be well that they should recollect it too. Compound Tenses. 1. wentj to bed early last night: 1 was (imp.) tired. 2. He rose before six o'clock. 3. He dressed himself immediately, and then he w T ent for a walk. 4. We took the wrong street. 5. I had dressed when you + To be in good health, se porter bien ; to be in better health, se porter m'n >/.r. % Past indefinite tense. IMPERSONAL VERBS. 145 came (have come). 6. We had lain down without undress- ing (ourselves). 7. They had taken the wrong road, and •arrived very late. 8. He will not have risen, when we (shall) arrive there. 9. They would not ha^e gone to bed, if they had expected us. 10. You would Tiot have recol- lected that, if I had not spoken of it. 11. I am glad that you recollected that. 12. I wish that we had dressed before breakfast. THIRTY-THIRD LESSON. Impersonal Verbs. 1. An impersonal verb is only used in the third person singular, and is conjugated with the pronoun il, it, for subject. Verbs are essentially impersonal when they cannot be used as personal verbs. Such verbs take, in the compound tenses, the auxiliary verb avoir. Conjugation of the Impersonal Verb. TONNEIi, To Thunder.— (Model Verb.) Infinitive. Present Participle. Past Participle. Tonner to thunder Tonuant thundering Tonne thundered INDICATIVE MODE. Present. Past Indefinite. II tonne it thunders II a tonne it has thundered Imperfect. Pluperfect. II tonnait it was thundering 11 avait tonne" it had thundered 146 ELEMENTARY FRENCH GRAMMAR. Past Definite. Past Anterior. II tonna it thundered H eut tonne it had thundered Future. Future Anterior. II tonnera it will thunder II aura tonne it will have thundered CONDITIONAL MODE. Present. Past. II tonnerait it would thunder II aurait tonne it would have thundered SUBJUNCTIVE MODE. Present. Past. QuMl tonne that it may thunder Qu'il ait tonne that it may have [thundered Imperfect. Pluperfect. Qu'il tonnat that it might thunder Qu'il ent tonne that it might have [thundered Rem. Verbs that express the condition of the atmosphere are im- personal. 2. Faire,| To Do, To Make, and Etre, To Be, as Impersonal Verbs. Faire is used as an impersonal verb, to express the state of the weather. Quel temps fait-il ? How is the weather ? II fait beau temps. It is fine weather. II fait mauvais temps. It is bad weather. II fait chaud j froid. It is warm ; cold. II fait de l'orage. It is stormy. II fait des eclairs. It lightens. Etre is used as an impersonal verb, to express the hour of the day. Quelle heure est-il ? What time is it ? II est trois heures. It is three o'clock. t Faire is conjugated page 185. IMPERSONAL VERBS. 147 Etre is also used as an impersonal verb in connection with the noun temps, time, and with adjectives and adverbs : il est temps, it is time; il est bon, it is good; il est bien, it is well. These and other impersonal phrases, if followed by a verb in the infinitive, require the preposition de before the verb. H est temps de partir. II est bon de savoir cela. II est bien de faire cela. It is time to start. It is good to know that. It is well to do that. 3. Conjugation of the Irregular Impersonal Verbs. Y AVOIR, To Be (in existence). — FALLOIR, To Be Necessary— PLEUVOIR, To Rain. (We give only the simple tenses, and omit the English, which the student can easily supply.) Infinitive. Y avoir Falloir Pleuvoir Pres. Part. Y ay ant (wanting) Pleuvant Past. Part. Eii Fallu Plu Ind. Pres. 11 y a (there is, there are) 11 faut H pleut Ind. Imp. H y avait 11 fallait 11 pleuvait Ind. Past Dep. 11 y eut 11 fallut 11 plut. Ind. Future. 11 y aura 11 faudra 11 pleuvra Cond. Pres. 11 y aurait 11 faudrait 11 pleuvrait Subj. Pres. Qu'il y ait Qu'il faille Qu'il pleuve Subj. Imp. Qu'il y eut Qu'il fallut Qu'il plut 4. Falloir, To Be Necessary, Must. Falloir is either followed by a verb in the infinitive, or by que and a verb in the subjunctive mode. When falloir (mast) in construed with the infinitive, the subject of the English verb must, is, in French, the indirect object of the verb falloir. 148 ELEMENTARY FRENCH GRAMMAR. Que me faut-il faire ? II vous faut rester tranquille. What must I do ? You must keep quiet. The subject is omitted when it is of a general character ; and generally, also, when the meaning is sufficiently obvious without it. II faut travailler pour reussir. Faut-il aller a la banque ? II faut y aller. It is necessary to work in order to to succeed. Must I go to the bank ? You must go there. Falloir is also used in the sense of to want. Que lui faut-il ? What does he want ? II lui faut de l'argent. Tonner, to thunder. Neiger, to snow. Greler, to hail. Geler, to freeze. Degeler, to thaw. *Pleuvoir, to rain. *Savoir, to know. *Y avoir, to be. *Falloir, to be necessary. Comme il faut, as it should be. Se comporter, to behave. He wants money. Vocabulary 33. La pluie, the rain. II fait de la pluie , it rains. La neige, the snow. Un eclair, a flash of lightning ; il fait des eclairs, it lightens. La langue, the language. Du monde, company ; people. Ohaud, warm. Froid, cold. Tranquille, quiet ; still. Exercise 33. 1. Quel temps fait-il ? 2. II fait beau temps ; il fait chaud. 3. II fait mauvais temps; il pleut. 4. II a neige pendant la nuit; il fait froid. 5. II gr£le a present. 6. II gelera cette nuit. 7. Demain il degelera. 8. II tonne et il fait des eclairs. 9. II va pleuvoir. 10. II pleuvra beaucoup. 11. II a plu toute la nuit. 12. II est temps de se lever. IRREGULAR VERBS. 149 13. II est bon de savoir cela. 14. II est utile de savoir plusieurs langues. 15. II y avait beaucoup de monde a Feglise. 16. II y aura peu de fruit cette annee. 17. II y aurait beaucoup de rnonde ici, s'il ne pleuvait pas. 18. Que me faut-il faire ? 19. II vous faut etudier. 20. II faut rester trauquille. 21. II faut se bien comporter pour etre respecte. 22. Que faut-il a votrefrere? 23. II lui faut de Pargent. 24. J'ai tout ce qu'il me faut. 25. C'est comme il faut. Theme 33. 1. Is it raining ? 2. No, sir, it is fine weather. 3. It is warm. 4. It was (has been) cold during the night. 5. I£ froze (has frozen). 6. It snows now. 7. I like (the) snow better than (the) rain. 8. It hails. 9. It is going to thaw. 10. Is that thunder ? 11. Yes, it thunders and lightens. 12. It will rain soon. 13. It is time to go to bed. 14. It is well to know several languages. 15. In order to know them, it is necessary to study them. 16. There was com- pany in the jwlor, when I came in. 17. There will be many peaches this year. 18. There would not be anybody here, if it rained as it did (has done) yesterday. 19. James did not behave (has not behaved) well. 20. You must tell it to his father. 21. What do you want ? 22. I want some gloves. THIRTY-FOURTH LESSON. Irregular Verbs. 1. There are, besides the auxiliary verbs avoir and etre, forty-four irregular forms of conjugation, and about two hundred and eighty irregular verbs, which are conjugated 150 ELEMENTARY FRENCH GRAMMAR. according to some one of the irregular forms or model yerbs. We give the irregular model verbs of the first (two), second (ten), third (eleven), and fourth (ttventy-three) conjugations successively and in alphabetical order, and below each model, the verbs that follow its conjugation. Irregular Model Verbs. — First Conjugation. 2. *ALLER, To Go. — (First Model.) Aller Allant Alle Etre allet to have gone Present. Je vais tu vas il va Nous allons vous allez ils vont Imperf. J'allais tu allais il allait Nous anions vous alliez ils allaient Past Def. J'allai tu alias il alia Nous aMmes vous allates ils allerent Future. tTirai tu iras il ira Nous irons vous irez ils iront Cond. Pr. J'irais tu irais il irait Nous irions vous iriez ils iraient Imper. Va Allons allez Subj. Fr. Que j'aille que tu ailles qu'il aille Que nous allions que vous alliez qiuils aillent Imperf. Que y alias se que tu all asses quMl allat Que nous allassions que vous allassiez qu'ils allassent 2. S'EN *ALL,ER, To Go Away. S'en aller, to go atuay, follows the model verb aller; but its conjugation presents some additional difficulties, and is therefore given in full. t Only the simple tenses of the verbs are given here; the auxiliary verb, which is to be used in the formation of the compound tenses, is indicated. The student can form the compound tenses himself, and also supply the English, which he will now have no difficulty in doing. IRREGULAR VERBS. 151 .S'en aller S'en allant Alle S'en etre alle* Present. Je m'en vais Nous nous en allons Imperf. Je m'en allais Nous nous en allions Past Def. Je m'en allai Nous nous en allames Future. Je m'en irai Nous nous en irons Cond. Pr. Je m'en irais Nous nous en irions Imper. Allons-nous-en Subj. Pr. Que je m'en aille Que nous nous en al- lions Imperf. Que je m'en allasse Que nous nous en al- lassions to have gone away tu t'en vas vous vous en allez tu t'en allais vous vous en alliez tu t'en alias vous vous en allates tu t'en iras vous vous en irez tu Veil irais vous vous en iriez Va-t'en allez-vous-en que tu t'en ailles que vous vous en al liez que tu t'en allasses que vous vous en al- lassiez il s'en va ils s'en vont il s'en allait ils s'en allaient il s'en alia ils s'en allerent il s'en ira ils s'en iront il s'en irait ils s'en iraient qu'il s'en aille qu'ils s'en aillent qu'il s'en allat qu'il s'en allassent *S'EN ALLER. (Negatively.) Ne pas s'en aller Ne s'en allant pas Ne s'en etre pas alle Present. Je ne m'en vais pas tu ne t'en vas pas il ne s'en va pas Nous ne nous en allons vous ne vous en allez ils ne s'en vont pas pas pas Past Ind. Je ne m'en suis pas alle tu ne t'en es pas alle il ne s'en est pas alle Nous ne nous en vous ne vous en etes ils ne s'en sont pas sommes pas alles pas alles alles Rem. The student will have no difficulty in forming the remaining tenses himself. *S'EX ALLER. (Interrogatively.) Pre.-ent. M'en vais-je ? Nous en allons nous ? Past Ind. M'en suis-je alle ? Nous en sommes-nous alles ? T'en vas-tu ? Vous en allez-vous? T'en es-tu alle ? Vous en etes -vous alles ? S'en va-t-il ? S'en vont-ils ? S'en est-il alle ? S'en sont-ils alles ? 152 ELEMENTARY FRENCH GRAMMAR. *S'EN ALLER. (Interrogatively and Negatively.) Present. Ne m'en vais-je pas ? Past Ind. Ne m'en suis-je pas alle ? Ne nous en allons-nous pas? Ne nous en somnies-uou.; pas alles ? *ENVOYEIi, To Send.— (Second Model.) Envoyer Envoy ant Envoye Avoir envoye to have sent Present. J' envoie tu envoies il envoie Nous envoyons vous euvoyez ils envoient Imperf. J'envoyais tu envoyais il envoyait Nous envoyions vous envoyiez ils envoy aient Past Def. J 1 euvoyai tu envoyas il envoya Nous envoyames vous envoyates ils envoyerent Future. J'enverrai tu enverras il enverra Nous enverrons vous euverrez ils enverront Cond. Pr. J 1 en vermis tu en vermis il envemait Nous enverrions vous enverriez ils enverraient Imper. Envoie Envoyons envoyez Subj. Pr. Que j'envoie que tu envoies qu 7 il euvoie Que nous envoyions que vous envoyiez qu'ils envoient Imperf. Que j'envoyasse que tu envoyassee qu'il envoy at Que nous envoyassious que vous envoyassiez qu'ils envoyassent Conjugate in the same manner: *Renvoyer, to send back ; to send away. *Aller, to go. *Aller chercher, to go for. *S'en aller, to go away. -Envoyer, to send. -Envoyer chercher, to send for. -Renvoyer, to send back ; to send away. Rappeler, to call back. Vocabulary 34. Dejeuner, to breakfast. Le cocher, the coachman. Quelque part, somewhere. Nulle part (ne), nowhere. Vite, quick ; quickly ; fast ; vite, very quickly. Lentement, slowly. Dr la, from there. bien IKREGULAE VERBS » 153 Exercise 34. 1. Je vais au bureau. 2. Je m'en vais a present. 3. Alexis va chercher de l'argent a la banque. 4. Nous nous en allons ensemble. 5. Vous en allez-vous deja? 6. lis vont partir. 7. J'allais partir quand on m'a rappele. 8. Je m'en allais quand mon oncle est entre. 9. A quelle heure vous en etes-vous alle ? 10. Je m'en suis alle a dix heures. 11. Nous nous en sommes alles ensemble. 12. J'irai cher- cher les lettres quand j'aurai fini d'ecrire. 13. Je m'en irai bien vite. 14. Irez-vous quelque part ce soir ? 15. Je n'irai nulle part; je resterai chez moi. 16. J'irais au spec- tacle, s'il ne pleuvait pas. 17. Je m'en irais, si mon frere etait de retour. 18. Va maintenant. 19. Va-t'en bien vite. 20. Allons-nous-en lentement. 21. II faut que j'aille a la banque. 22. II faut que je m'en aille tout a rheure.f 23. J'enverrai chercher mes livres tan tot. 24. Vous nous ren- verrez la voiture quand vous serez arrive. 25. II renverra son cocher a la fin du mois. Theme 34. 1. Are you going to your uncle's ? 2. I am going there by and by.f 3. I am going away now. 4. We are going for our books. 5. They are going away. 6. Louis is going away with them. 7. He was going to leave when I called him back (past indef.). 8. They w r ere going away when I came (past indef.). 9. Where were you going w T hen I met (])ast indef.) you a little while ago ?f 10. I was going to the post-office. 11. From there I went (past indef.) to the bank. 12. The children have gone to school. 13. They t See Vocabulary 28, p. 123. 154 ELEMENTARY FRENCH GRAMMAR. went away (past ijidef.) just now.f 14. I will go to the store when I have breakfasted. 15. I am not going any- where this morning. 16. I would go somewhere, if it did not rain. 17. Go (plur.) quickly to the post-office. 18. Let us go slowly ; it is so warm. 19. We must go to our aunt's; she is going to leave. 20. I will send you that book this afternoon. 21. You will send it back to me when you (shall) have read it. 22. We shall send our coachman away at the end of the month ; he has become so lazy (si pares- seux). 23. I will send for some paper presently. THIKTY-FIFTH LESSON. Irregular Verbs (Continued). — Second Conjugation. 1. *ACQUjt5k1K, To Acquire. —(First Model.) Acquerir Acquerant Acquis Avoir acquis to have acquired Present. J'acquiers tu acquiers il acquiert Nous acquerons vous acquerez ils acquierent Imperf. J'acquerais tu acquerais il acqucrait Nous acquerions vous acqueriez ils acqueraient Past Def. J'acquis tu acquis il acquit Nous acquimes vous acquires ils acquineut Future. J'acquerrai tu acquerras il acquerra Nous acquerrons vous acquerrez ils acquerront Cond. Pr. J'acquerrais tu acquerrais il acquerrait Nous acquerrions vous acquerriez ils acquerraient Imper. Acquiers Acquerons acquerez Subj. Pr. Que j'acquiere que tu acquieres qu'il acquiere Que nous acquerions que vous acqueriez qu'ila acquierent Imperf. Que j'acquisse que tu acquisses qu'il acquit Que nous acquissions que vous aequissiez qu'ils acquisscnt t See Vocabulary 28, p. 123. IRREGULAR VERBS. 155 Conjugate in the same manner as *acquerir: *Conquerir, to conquer. *Reconquerir, to reconquer. *S'enquerir, to inquire. Present. Imperf. Past Def. Future. Cond. PR. Imper. Subj. Pr. Imperf. *BOUIULIR, To Boil.— (Second Model.) Bouillir Bouillant Bouilli Avoir bouilli to have boiled Je bous Nous bouillons Je bouillais Nous bouillions Je bouillis Nous bouillimes Je bouillirai Nous bouillirons Je bouillirais Nous bouillirions Bouillons Que je bouille Que nous bouillions Que je bouillisse Que nous bouillissions tu bous vous bouillez tu bouillais vous bouilli ez tu bouillis vous bouillites tu bouilliras vous bouilli rez tu bouillirais vous bouilliriez Bous bouillez que tu bouilles que vous bouilliez que tu bouillisses que vous bouillissiez il bout ils bouillenfe il bouillait ils bouillaient il bouillit ils bouilli rent il bouillira ils bouilliront il bouillirait ils bouilliraient qu'il bouille qu'ils bouillent qu'il bouillit qu'ils bouillissent Present. Lmperf. Past Def. Future. Cond. Pr. Imper. *COURIK, To Run.— (Third Model.) Courir Co u rant Couru Avoir couru to have run Je cours Nous courons Je courais Nous courions Je courus Nous courumes Je courrai Nous eonrrona Je courrais Nous eootrions Courons tu cours vous courez tu courais vous couriez tu courus nous courtites tu courras vous courrcz tu courrais vous courriez Cours courez il court ils courent il courait ils couraient il courut ils coururent il courra ils courront il courrai t ils courraient 156 ELEMENTARY FRENCH GRAMMAR. Subj. Pr. Que je coure que tu coures qu'il coure Que nous courione, que vous couriez qu'ils courent Imperf. Que je courusse que tu courusses qu'il courut Que nous courussions que vous courussiez qu'ils courussent Conjugate in the same manner as *courir : *Accourir, to run up. *Concourir, to concur. " ;: 'Discourir, to discourse. *Parcourir, to go over ; to look over. *Secourir, to succor. *CUELLLIR, To Gather.— (Fourth Model.) Cueillir Cueillant Cueilli Avoir cueilli to have gathered Present. Je cueille tu cueilles il cueille Nous cueillons vous cueillez ils cueillent Imperf. Je cueillais tu cueillais il cueillait Nous cueillions vous cueilliez ils cueillaient Past Def. Je cueillis tu cueillis il cueillit Nous cueillimes vous cueillites ils cueillirent Future. Je cueillerai tu cueilleras il cueillera Nous cueillerons vous cueillerez ils cueilleront Cond. Pr. Je cueillerais tu cueillerais il cueillerait Nous cueillerions vous cueilleriez ils cueilleraient Imper. Cueille Cueillons cueillez Subj. Pr. Que je cueille que tu cueilles qiril cueille Que nous cueillions que vous cueilliez qu'ils cueillent Imperf. Que je cueillisse que tu cueillisses qu'il cueillit Que nous cueillissions que vous cueillissiez qu'ils cuefllissent Conjugate in the same manner as *cueillir *Accueillir, to receive. -Recueillir, to collect. *Assaillir, to assail. *Tressaillir, to start, REM. Assaillir and tressaillir have in the future tense j'assaillirai je tressaillirai, etc . and in the conditional mode, j'assaillirais, je tres saillirais, etc., instead of j'assaillerai, je tressaillerai, etc. IKREGULAR VERBS. 157 *FUIR, To Flee.— (Fifth Model.) Fuir Avoir Fuyant fui to have fled Fui Present. Jefuis tu fuis il fait Nous fuyons vous fuj-ez ils fuient Imperf. Je fnyais tu fuyais il fuyait Nous fuyions vous f uyiez ils fuyaient Past Dee. Je fuis tu fuis ilfuit Nous fuimes vous fuites ils fuirent Future. Je fuirai tu fuiras il f uira Nous f uirons vous fuirez ils fuiront Cond. PR. Je fuirais tu fuirais il fuirait Nous f uirions vous fuiriez ils fuiraient Imper. Fuyons Fuis fuyez Subj. PR. Que je fuie que tu fuies qu'il fuie Que nous fuyions que vous fuyiez qu'ils fuient Imperf. Que je fuisse que tu fuisses qu'il fuit Que nous fuissions que vous fuissiez qu'ils fuissent Conjugate in the same manner as *fuir : *S'enfuir (etre) to run away. Vocabulary 35. *Acquerir, to acquire. *Conquerir, to conquer ; to obtain. *Bouillir, to boil. *Courir, to run. -Parcourir, to go over ; to .look over. *Cueillir, to gather. *Recueillir, to reap ; to collect. *Assaillir, to assail. *Fuir, to flee ; to shun. ^S'enfuir, to run away. Le bien, the property. Le commerce, commerce. La reputation, the reputation. La connaissance, the knowledge. Des connaissanceSj knowledge ; learning. La liberte liberty. La bravoure ; bravery. La perseverance, perseverance. L'industrie,/., industry. Le vice, vice. La societe, society. Un creancier, a creditor. De quoi, wherewith. Honn&te, honest. Car, for (a conj.). Les Etats-TJnis, the United States. 158 ELEMENTARY FRENCH GRAMMAR. Exercise 35. Model Acquerir. 1. J'acquiers des con naissances utiles par l'etude. 2. Nous acquerons da bien par le travail. 3. Nos voisius out acquis une grande fortune par le commerce. 4. Nous acquerrons la reputation d'honnete homme, si nous nous comportons bien. 5. Les Etats-Unis conqmrent leur liberte par la bravoure et par la perseverance. Model Bouillir. 6. Avez-vous de l'eau bouillie ? 7. L'eau ne bout pas, mais elle bonillira en pen de temps. 8. Elle a bouilli. 9. Pour faire de bon cafe, il faut de l'eau bouillante. 10. J'attendrai qn'elle bouille. Model Courir. 11. Je cours et ils courent aussi, car nous sommes presses. 12. Je courrai aussi, si vous courez. 13. Si vous couriez, vous arriveriez a temps. 14. Vous courriez, si vous etiez presse comme moi. 15. J'ai par- couru ce livre; il est interessant. Model Cueillir. 16. Je cueille des fleurs, et fen fais des bouquets. 17. J'en cueillerai avec vous, si vous voulez. 18. Cueillons-en ensemble ; ce sera amusant. 19. II n'a point recueilli le fruit de ses travaux. 20. Ses creanciers l'assaillirent, parce qu'il n'avait j>as de quoi les payer. Model Fuir. 21. Je fuis la societe des me chants. 22. II me fuit, et je ne sais pas pourquoi. 23. Nous fuyons le vice, et nous Tavons toujours fui. 24. II s'est enfui quand il m'a vu. 25. Si tu n'etais pas a bldmer, tu ne t'enfuirais pas. Theme 35. Model Acquerir. 1. Thou acquirest useful knowledge ;it Bchool. 2. Tbey acquire property by their industry. 3. Ymi will acquire the reputation of an honest man, if you pay IRREGULAR VERBS. 159 what you owe. 4. They have acquired a great fortune. 5. We obtained our liberty by our bravery and (by) our perseverance. Model Bouillir. 6. Is there any boiling water ? 7. The water will boil in a few minutes. 8. It has boiled, but it is not boiling now. 9. Wait until (qu ? ) it boils (sabj.). 10. I wish (that) it would boil {sabj. imp.); I am in a hurry. Model Courir. 11. If you run, I shall run. 12. I would not run, if you did not run. 13. They were running, and I do not know why. 14. I will look over this book when I have time (for it, en). 15. We have run very fast. Model Cueillir. 16. For whom are you gathering those flowers? 17. I am gathering them for my mother. 18. Have you not gathered enough? 19. I will gather a few more. 20. Pay your creditors, and they will not assail you. Model Fuir. 21. I shun that man, because I do not like him. 22. We shun the society of those whom we do not like. 23. Flee from vice and the company of the wicked. 24. They were running away ; I do not know why. 25. You would not have run away, if you were not to (a) blame. THIRTY-SIXTH LESSON. Irregular Verbs (Continued). —Second Conjugation. 3IOURIR, To Die.— Sixth Model. Mourir Mourant Mort Etre mort to have died Present. Je menrs tu meurs il meurt Nous mourons vous mourez ils men rent Imperf. Je mourais tu mourais il mourait Nous m our ions vous monriez ils mouraient 160 ELEMENTARY FRENCH GRAMMAR. Past Def. Future. Cond. Pr. Imper. Subj. Pr. Imperf. Je mourus Nous mourumes Je mourrai Nous inourrons Je mourrais Nous mourrions Mourons Que je meure Que nous mourions Que je mourusse Que nous mourussions tu niourus vous mourutes tu mourras vous mourrez tu mourrais vous mourriez Meurs mourez que tu meures que vous mouriez que tu mourusses que vous mourussiez il mourut ils moururent il mourra ils mourront il mourrait ils mourraient qu'il meure qu'ils meurent qu'il mourut qu'ils mourussent *OUVRIR, To Open.— (Seventh Model.) Ouvrir Ouvrant Ouvert Avoir ouvert Present. J'ouvre Nous ouvrons Imperf. J'onvrais Nous ouvrions Past Def. J'ouvris Nous ouvrimes Future. J'ouvrirai Nous ouvrirons Cond. Pr. J'ouvrirais Nous ouvririons Imper. Ouvrons Subj. Pr. Que j'ouvre Que nous ouvrions Imperf. Que j'ouvrisse Que nous ouvrissions to have opened tu ouvres vous ouvrez tu ouvrais vous ouvriez tu ouvris vous ouvrites tu ouvriras vous ouvrirez tu ouvrirais vous ouvririez Ouvre ouvrez que tu ouvres que vous ouvriez que tu ouvrisses que vous ouvrissiez il ouvre ils ouvrent il ouvrait ils ouvraient il ouvrit ils ouvrireut il ouvrira ils ouvriront il ouvrira it ils ouvriraient qu'il ouvre qu'ils ouvrent quMl ouvrit qu'ils ouvrissent Conjugate in the same manner as *ouvrir : *Couvrir, to cover. *Offrir, to offer. *Souffrir, to suffer. And fche derivatives of *ouvrir, *couvrir, and *offrir. IRREGULAR VERBS. 161 *SENTIR, To Feel.— (Eighth Model.) Sentir Sentant Senti Present. Imperf. Past Def. Future. C'ON'D. Pr. Lmter. Subj. Pr. Imperf. Avoir seuti to have felt Je sens Nous sentons Je sentais Nous sentions Je sentis Nous seDtimes Je sentirai Nous sentirons Je sentirais Nous sentirions Sentons Que je sente Que nous sentions Que je sentisse Que nous sentissions tu sens vous sentez tu sentais vous sentiez tu sentis vous sentites tu sentiras vous sentirez tu sentirais vous sentiriez Sens sentez que tu sentes que vous sentiez que tu senti sses que vous sentissiez il sent ils sen tent il sentait ils sentaient il sentit ils sentirent il sentira ils sentiront il sentirait ils sentirrient qu'il sente qu'ils sentent quMl sentit qu'ils sentissent Conjugate in the same manner as *sentir: *Fartir (etre), to start, *Mentir, to lie. *Sortir (etre), to go out. *Dormir, to sleep. *Se repentir, to repent. *Servir, to serve. And the derivatives of these verbs. Rem. 1. The final radical letter of dormir (m) and of servir (v) dis- appears and reappears in the inflections of the verb, the same as the final radical t of the models partir and sentir. Je dors, nous dor- mons ; Je sers, nous servons, etc. Present. *TENIR, To Hold.— (Ninth Model.) Tenir Tenant Tenu Avoir tenu to hate held Je tienfi Nous tenons tu tiens vow tenez il tient ils tiennent 162 ] ELEMENTARY FRENCH GR A M M A B . Imperf. Je tenais tu tenais il tenait Nous tenions vous teniez ils tenaient Past Def. Je tins tu tins il tint Nous tinmes vous tintes ils tin rent Future. Je tiendrai tu tiendras il tiendra Nous tiendrons vous tiendrez ils tiendront Cond. Pr. Je tiendrais tu tiendrais il tiendrait Nous tiendrions vous tiendriez ils tiendraient Imper. Tiens Tenons tenez Subj. Pr. Que je tienne que tu tiennes qu'il tienne Que nous tenions que vous teniez quMls tiennent Imperf. Que je tinsse que tu tinsses qu'il tint Que nous tinssions que vous tinssiez qu'ils tinssent Conjugate in the same manner as *tenir : *Venir (&tre), to come. And the compounds of *venir and *tenir. Rem. 2. The derivatives of venir, generally take the auxiliary verb 6tre; the derivatives of tenir, the auxiliary avoir, except the pro- nominal verbs. *VETLR, To Clothe.— (Tenth Model.) VStir Vetant VStu Avoir vetu to have clad Present. Imperf. Past Def. Future. Cond. Pr. Imper. Je vets Nous vetons Je vetais Nous vetions Je v§tis Nous vetimes Je vetirai Nous vdtirons Je vdtirais Nous vetirions Vetons tu v§ts vous vetez tu vetais vous vetiez tu vStis vous v^tttes tu v§tiras vous vetirez tu vetirais vous vetiriez Vets vdtez il vet ils vetent il vetait ils vetaient il vgtit ils vetirent il v§tira ils vetirout il vetirait ils vetiraient IRREGULAR VERBS. 163 Subj. Pr. Que je vete Que nou6 vetions Imperf. Que je vetisse Que nous vetissions que tu vetes que vous vetiez que tu vetisses que vous vetissiez qu'il v§te qu'ils vetent qu'il v§tit qu'ils vetissent Conjugate in the same manner as *vetir: Rev&tir, to clothe ; to invest. Vocabulary 36. *Mourir (de), to die (with). *Ouvrir, to open. *Couvrir, to cover. *Decouvrir, to discover. *Offrir, to offer. *Souffrir (de), to suffer. *Sentir, to feel ; to smell. *Partir (Stre), to start ; to depart. *Sortir (&tre), to go out. *Dormir, to sleep. *Servir, to serve. *Tenir, to hold ; to keep. *Retenir, to retain. *Venir (&tre), to come. *Revenir (etre), to come back, to return. *Devenir (etre), to become. *Parvenir (§tre), to succeed; to attain. *Vetir, to clothe. *Revetir, to clothe ; to invest. Dieu, God. La priere, the prayer. La promesse, the promise. Le mot, the word. Le plancher, the floor. Le tapis, the carpet. La fen&tre, the window. Le grand-pere ; the grandfather. La maladie, the sickness. L'Amerique, America. Le froid, the cold. La saison, the season. Un an, a year; en Pan, in the year. Le pouvoir, the power. Supreme, supreme. Chaudement, warmly. Exercise 36. Model Mourir. 1. Nous mourons de froid ici. 2. J'es- pere que nous ne mourrons pas encore. 3. On souffre et Ton meurt partout. 4. Le grand-pere de Jacques est mort pendant la nuit. 5. Le General Washington mourut a Mont Vernon en Tan mil sept cent quatre-vingt-dix-neuf. 164 ELEMENTARY FRENCH GRAMMAR. Model Ouvrir. 6. J'ouvre la fenetre pour regarder dans la rue. 7. II souffrait beaucoup pendant sa maladie. 8. On a convert le plancher d'un tapis. 9. Lui offrirai-je quelque chose? 10. Christophe Colomb decouvrit l'Ame- rique en mil quatre cent quatre-vingt-douze. Model Sentir. 11. Je pars maintenant ; mes freres sont deja partis. 12. Jules et son frere ne sortiront pas ce soir. 13. Je ne sentais pas le froid pendant le voyage. 14. Vous- dormiez tout le temps. 15. Que vous servirai-je ? Model Tentr. 16. Je tiendrai ma promesse, si vous tenez la votre. 17. Nous viendrons vous voir ce soir. 18. Vous retiendriez ces mots, si vous les copiiez deux ou trois fois. 19. II faut que je revienne ici demain. 20. Vous etes devenu grand. 21. Vous parviendrez, si vous vous com- portez bien. Model Vetir. 22. II faut vous vetir chaudement dans cette saison-ci. 23. Ces hommes etaient bien vetus. 24. Le President est revetu du pouvoir supreme. Exercise 36. Model Mourir. 1. I am dying with impatience. 2. We shall all die : the one to-day, the other to-morrow. 3. I would die, if I lost my friend. 4. My grandfather died last week (past indef.) 5. Napoleon died (past def.) in (en) eighteen hundred and twenty-one. Model Ouvrir. 6. Open the door, if you please. 7. He has opened the windows of his room. 8. I will cover the floor of your room with a carpet. 9. I suffer to see him suffer. 10. Let us offer our prayers to God for those who suffer. Model Skxtir. 11. I feel the cold here. 12. When will IRREGULAR VERBS. 165 you start ? 13. We would go out, if it did not rain. 14. He sleeps, and it is well that he sleeps (subj.pres.) 15. They have always served us well. Model Tentk. 16. If I keep my promise, will you keep yours? 17. I shall retain these words; I have copied them. 18. He has succeeded by his industry. 19. Those children have grown up (have become tall). 20. My father would, come back to town, if my mother were not sick. 21. They would have returned last night. Model Vetir. 22. You are not clad warmly enough for this season. 23. Would you be happy, if you were invested with the supreme power of the state (etat) ? THIETY-SEVENTH LESSON. Irregular Verbs (Continued).— Third Conjugation. The third conjugation has nine irregular forms or models. They are *S'ASSEOIR, To Sit Down. — (First Model.) S'asseoir S'asseyant Assis S'etre assis to have sat down Present. Je m'assieds tu t'assieds il s'assied Nous nous asseyons vous vous asseyez ils s'asseyent Imperp. Je nvasseyais tu t'asseyais il s'asseyait Nous nous asseyions vous vous asseyiez ils s'asseyaient Past Def. Je m'assis tu t'assis il s'assit Nous nous assfmes vous vous assites ils s'assirent Future. Je m'assierai tu t'assieras il s'assiera Nous nous assierons vous vous assierez ils s'assieront Cond. Pr. Je m'as8ie>ai8 tu t'assierais il s'assierait Nous nous assierions vous vous assieriez ils s'assieraient Imper. Assieds-toi Asseyons-nous asseyez-vous 166 ELEMENTARY FRENCH GRAMMAR. Subj. Pr. Que je m'asseye Que nous nous assey- ions Imperp. Que je m'assise Que nous nous assis- sions que tu t'as.seyes que vous vous assey- iez que tu t'assisses que vous vous assis- siez qu'il s'asseye qu'ils sasseyent qu'il s'assit qu'ils s'assissent The verb *s'asseoir is also conjugated in the following manner: S'asseoir S'assoyant Assis S'etre assis to have sat down Present. Imperp. Past Def. Future. Cond. Pr. Imper. Subj. Pr. Imperp. Je m'assois Nous nous assoyons Je nVassoyais Nous nous assoyions Je m'assis Nous nous assimes Je m'assoirai Nous nous assoirons Je m'assoirais Nous nous assoirions Assoyons-nous Que je m'assoie Que nous nous assoy- ions Que je m'assisse Que nous nous assis- sions tu t'assois vous vous assoyez tu t'assoyais vous vous assoyiez tu t'assis vous vous assites tu t'assoiras vous vous assoirez tu t'assoirais vous vous assoiriez Assois-toi assoyez- vous que tu t'assoies que vous vous assoy- iez que tu t'assisses que vous vous assis- siez il s'assoit ils s'assoient il s'assoyait ils s'assoyaient il s'assit ils s'assirent il s'assoira ils s'assoiront il s'assoirait ils s'assoiraient qu'il s'assoie qu'ils s'assoient qu'il s'assit quTis s'assissent *FALL«OIR, To Be Necessary.— (Second Model.) See Lesson Thirty-third. *MOU\ OIR, To Move.— (Third Model.) Mouvoir Mouvant Mu Avoir mu to hare moved Present. Je mens Nous mouvons tu meus vous mouvez il mcut ils meuvent IRREGULAR VERBS. Imperf. Je mouvais tu mouvais il mouvait Nous mouvions vous mouviez ils mouvaient Past Def. Je mus tumus il mut Nous mumes vous mutes ils murent Future. Je mouvrai tu mouvras il mouvra Nous mouvrons vous mouvrez ils mouvront Cond Pr. Je mouvrais tu mouvrais il mouvrait Nous mouvrions vous mouvriez ils mouvraient Imper. Meus Mouvons mouvez Subj. Pr. Que je meuve que tu meuves qu'il meuve Que nous mouvions que vous mouviez qu'ils meuvent Imperf. Que je musse que tu musses qu'il mut Que nous mussions que vous mussiez qu'ils mussent 167 Conjugate in the same manner as *mouvoir : *Emouvoir, to move ; to affect. *PL.EUVOIR, To Rain. — (Fourth Model.) See Lesson Thirty-third. *POUVOIR, To Be Able.— (Fifth Model.) Pouvoir Pouvant Pu Present. Imperp. Past Dep. Future. Cond. Pr. Imper. Subj. Pr. Imperp. Avoir pu Je puis, or je peux Nous pouvons Je pouvais Nous pouvions Je pus Nous pumes Je pourrai Nous p on irons Je pourrais Nous pourrions Que je puisse Que nous puissions Que je pusse Que nous pussions to have been able tu peux vous pouvez tu pouvais vous pouviez tupus vous putes tu pourras vous pourrez tu pourrais vous pourriez {None) que tu puisses que vous puissiez que tu pusses que vous pasatez il peut ils peuvent il pouvait ils pouvaient il put ils purent il pourra ils pourront il pourrait ils pourraient qn'il puisse qu'ils puissent qu'i] put quHls pussent 168 ELEMENTARY FRENCH GRAMMAR. Vocabulary 37. *S'asseoir, to sit down. Un hotel, an hotel. *Etre assis, to be sitting. Le banqnier, the banker. x Mouvoir, to move. Le recit, the recital. *Emouvoir, to move ; to affect. A cote de, by the side of. *Fouvoir, to be able. Pres de, near. Bouger, to stir. Autour de, around. *Se servir, to use ; to make use of. Longtemps, a long time. * Aller trouver, to go to (find a II y a longtemps, long ago. person). Exercise 37. Model S'asseoir. 1. Je vais m'asseoir. 2. Jem'assieds parce que je suis fatigue. 3. Je m'assierai a cote de vous. 4. Elle s'est assise a cote de sa mere. 5. Asseyez-yous. 6. Ne vous asseyez pas pres de la fenetre ouverte. 7. lis etaient assis autour de la table quand je suis entre. Model Palloir. 8. II faut partir. 9. II fallait quitter Thotel; nous ne pouvions plus y rester. 10. II faudra aller trouver le banquier pour avoir de Targent. 11. II aurait fall u ecrire chez nous il y a longtemps. Model Mouvoir. 12. Je ne peux pas mouvoir cette table. 13. Eien ne se meut; rien ne bouge ici. 14. Le recit de cette histoire nous a emus. Model Pleuyoir. 15. II a plu, mais il ne pleut plus. 16. II pleuvait quand je suis venu. 17. II pleuvra encore. 18. Qu'il pleuve; nous avons besoin de pluie. 19. II fau- drait qu'il plut. Model Pouvoir. 20. Je ne peux pas sortir dans ce mo- ment. 21. Puis-je me servir de voire dictionnaire. 22. J'ai pu y aller hier. 23. II ne pouvait pas venir; il ne pouvail IRREGULAR VERBS. 169 pas quitter ses affaires. 24. Je pourrai vous dormer cet argent deniain. 25. Vous pourriez Tavoir aujourd'hui, si vous alliez trouver mon pere. Theme 37. Model S'asseoir. 1. I have no time to sit down. 2. She is sitting down by the side of her mother. 3. We will sit down near the door, 4. You were sitting around the table. 5. Let us sit down somewhere. Model Falloir. 6. It is necessary to go to the banker. 7. We shall want money to-morrow. 8. It was necessary to speak of that. 9. It would be necessary to start, if they came. 10. It was necessary to wait for a long time. Model Mouvoir. . 11. You cannot move that box. 12. Nothing was moving {pronominal verb) when we came (past indef.). 13. She was moved by the recital of that story. Model Pleuvoir. 14. If it rains, I shall not come. 15. If it did not rain, he would be here. 16. You will need your umbrella ; it will rain. 17. It would be well that it should rain (subj. imp,). Model Pouvoir. 18. I cannot leave my work. 19. Mayf I ask you something? 20. You mayf use my dic- tionary, if you need it. 21. We have not been able to come. 22. He could not go out ; he was sick. 23. I shall be able to tell you to-morrow. 24. You might]; go and see him at the hotel. 25. I might have done that long since. t Translate may by the present tense of the verb pmtroir. % Translate might by the conditional mode of the verb pouvoir, and might have by the past tense of the conditional, and translate done by /aire. no E L EMENTA R Y F R E K C II G R A M M A B. THIRTY-EIGHTH LESSON. Irregular Verbs (Continued).— Third Conjugation. "SAVOIR, To Know, To Know How. —(Sixth Model.) Present. Imperf. Past Def. Future. Cond. Pr. Imper. Subj. Pr. Imperf. Savoir Sachant Avoir su to have known Je sais Nous savoBs Je savais Nous savious Je sus Nous stimes Je saurai Nous saurons Je saurais Nous saurious Sqcuobs Que je sache Que bous sachious Que je susse Que bous sussious tu sais vous savez tu savais vous saviez tu sus vous slites tu sauras vous saurez tu saurais • vous sauriez Sache sachez que tu saches que vous sachiez que tu susses que vous sussiez Su il sait ils saveut il savait ils savaieBt il sut ils sureut il saura ils saurout il saurait ils sauraieut qu'il sache qu'ils sacheut quMl sul quMls sussent *VAJX>IK, To Be Worth.— (Sixth Model.) Valoir Valant Valu Avoir valu to hare been worth Present. Je vaux tu vaux il vaut Nous valous vous valcz ils valent I.M1KUF. Je valais tu valais il valait Nous valious vous valiez ils valaient Past Duf. Je valus tu valus il valut Nous valumee vous valutrs ils valmvnt Future. Je vaudrai tu vaudras il vaudra Nona vaudrons vous vandrez ils vaudront Cond. Pi:. Je vaudrais tu vaudrais il vaudrait Nous vaudrions vous vaudriez ils vaudiaient Imper. Yalone Vaux valez IRREGULAR VERBS. 171 Subj. PR. Imperf. Que je vaille Que nous valions Que je valusse Que nous valussions que tu vailles que vous valiez que tu valusses que vous valussiez qu'il vaille quMls vaillent qu'il valut qu'ils valussent Conjugate in the same manner as *valoir : *Equivaloir, to be equivalent. *VOIR, To See.— (Eighth Model.) Voir Voyant Vu Avoir vu to hate seen Present. Je vois tu vois il voit Nous voyons vous voyez ils voient Imperf. Je voyais tu voyais il voyait Nous voyions vous voyiez ils voyaient Past Def. Je vis tu vis ilvit Nous vimes vous vites ils virent Future. Je verrai tu verras il verra Nous verrons vous verrez ils verront Cond. Pr. Je verrais tu verrais il verrai t Nous verrions vous veniez ils verraient Imper. Vois Voyons voyez Subj. Pr. Que je voie que tu voies qu'il voie Que uous voyions que vous voyiez qu'ils voient Imperf. Que je visse que tu visses qu'il vit Que nous vissions que vous vissiez quMls vissent Conjugate in the same manner as *voir: *Revoir, to see again. *Prevoir, to foresee. *Entrevoir, to see imperfectly. -Pourvoir, to provide. Rem. *Prevoir and -pourvoir do not, in all respects, follow the model voir. Prevoir lias, in the future, je prevoirai, etc., and, in tlie condi, tional, je prevoirais, etc. Pourvoir has, in the past definite, je pourvus, etc.; in the future, je pourvoirai, etc.; in the conditional, je pourvoirais. etc., and in the subjunctive imperfect, que je pourvusse, etc. 172 ELEMENTARY FRENCH GRAMMAR. *VOUJLOIR, To Be Willing.— (Ninth Model. Vouloir Voulant Voulu Avoir voulu to have been willing Present. Je veux tu veux il vent Nous voulons vous voulez ils veulent Imperp. Je voulais tu voulais il voulait Nous voulions vous vouliez ils voulaient Past Def. Je voulus tu voulus il voulu t Nous voulumes vous vouhltes ils voulurent Future. Je voudrai tu voudras il voudra Nous voudrons vous voudrcz ils voudront Cond. Pr. Je voudrais tu voudrais il voudra it Nous voudrions vous voudriez ils voudraient Imper. Veux Voulons voulez or veuillez Subj. Pr. Que je veuille que tu veuilles qu'il veuille Que nous voulions que vous vouliez qu'ils veuillen Imperf. Que je voulu sse que tu voulusses qu'il voulut Que nous voulussions que vous voulussiez qu'ils vouluss Vocabulary 38. *Savoir, to know ; to know how ; ne savoir que, not to know what. *Valoir, to be worth ; valoir mieux, to be better ; il vaut mieux, it is better. *Voir, to see. *Revoir, to see again ; au re voir, good-by. * Vouloir, to be willing. Je veux bien, I am willing. * Vouloir *dire, to mean. Le ciel, heaven ; the sky. La mer, the sea. La terre, the land. La montagne, the mountain Notre patrie, /., our native land. Le milieu, the middle ; an milieu de, in the midst of. Ces gens, those people. Enfin, at last ; finally. A la fin, in the end. Ne que, only, but ; nothing but . Theme 38. Model Savoir. 1. Vous savez ce que je veux dire. 2. II n'a pas su me repondre. 3. II ne savait que dire. IKKEGULAK VERBS. 173 4. Nous ne savions que faire. 5. Je saurai demain, s'il viendra ou non. 6. II faut que je le sache aujourd'hui. 7. Je voudrais que nous le sussions. 8. Sachez ce que yous avez a faire. Model Valoir. 9. Cela ne vaut rien, et n'a jamais rien valu. 10. II vaudra mieux rester ici que de sortir. 11. Ces gens-la ne valent pas mieux que nous. Model Voir. 12. Yous voyez enfin ce que c'est. 13. II voyait a la fin qu'on Pavait trompe. 14. Nous verrons ce que nous pourrons faire. 15. Quand vous reverrai-je ? 16. Hier je vis votre oncle ; il vint nous voir. Model Vouloir. 17. Nous voulons partir. 18. Que veulent ces hommes ? 19. II n'a pas voulu me recevoir. 20. Henri ne voulait pas venir. 21. II viendra quand il voudra. 22. Je voudrais bien le voir. 23. Je ne pense pas qu'il veuille partir. 24. Si je pensais qu'il voulut partir, j'irais le trouver. Theme 38. Model Sayoir. 1. He does not know what I mean. 2. We do not know what to say. 3. I have not known that. 4. They knew (i?nperf.) that we were here. 5. Everybody will know it to-morrow. 6. I am willing that people should know it (subj. pres.). 7. I wish that they knew it (subj. iynperf.). Model Valoir. 8. Those pictures are each worth one hundred dollars. 9. He gave them a house which was worth ten thousand dollars. 10. It is better not to say anything about it. 11. That would be better. Model Voir. 12. We see, at last, what it is. 13. You will see in the end that they will deceive you. 14. We were 174 ELEMENTARY FRENCH GRAMMAR. in the midst of the sea, we saw {imperf.) nothing but the sky and the water. 15. I thought that I never should see land again. 16. We saw {past def.), at last, the mountains of our native country. Model Vouloir. 17. What does he want? 18. What do you mean ? 19. He was not willing [past indef) to wait, 20. He wanted {imperf.) to start the next day. 21. He may start (fut.) when he wishes (fut.). 22. You would not wish to see him leave. THIRTY-NINTH LESSON. Irregular Verbs (Continued). — Fourth Conjugation. The Fourth Conjugation has twenty-three irregular forms or models. *BATTRE, To Beat.— (First Model.) Battre Battant Battu Avoir battu to have beaten Present. Je bats tu bats ilbat Nous battons vous battez ils battent Imperf. Je battais tu battais il battait Nous battions vous battiez ils battaient Past Def. Je battis tu battis ilbattit Nous battlmes vous battites ils bat ti rent Future. Je battrai tu battras il battra Nous battrons vous battrez ils battront Cond. Pr. Je battrais tu battrais il bat trait Nous battrions vous battriez ils battniient Imfkr. Bats Battons battez Sur.t. Pr. Que je batte que tu battes qiril batte Que nous battions que vous battiez qu'ils battent iMfERF. Que je battisse que tu battisscs qn'il battit Que nous battissions que vous battissiez qu'ils battissent REGULAR VERBS. 175 Conjugate in the same manner as *battre, the derivatives of battre : - Abattre, to beat down, etc. *Combattre, to fight, etc. *BOIRE, To Drink.— (Second Model.) Boire Buvant Bu Present. Imperf. Past Def. FUTURE. COND. PR. Imper. Subj. Pr. blPERF. Avoir bu Je hois Nous buvons Je buvais Nous buvious Je bus Nous bumes Je boirai Nous boirons Je boirais Nous boirions Buvous Que je boive Que nous buvions Que je busse Que nous bnssious to have drunk tu bois vous buvez tu buvais vous buviez tubus vous butes tu boiras vous boirez tu boirais vous boiriez Bois buvez que tu boives que vous buviez que tu busses que vous bussiez il boit ils boivent il buvait ils buvaient ilbut ils burent il boira ils boiront il boirait ils boiraient qu'il boive qu'ils boivent quMl but qu'ils bussent *COXCLUKE, To Conclude.— (Third Model.) Conclure Concluant Conclu Presknt. Imperf. Past Def. Future. Cond. Pr. Avoir conclu Je concilia Nous concluons Je concilia is Nous conclulons Je cone lus None conclumes Je conclurai Nous conclurona Je conclurai- Nou 3 conclurions to have concluded tu conclus vous conclucz tu concluais vous conclulez tu conclus vous conclutcs tu conclu ras vous conclurez tu conclu rais vous concluriez il conclut ils concluent il concluait ils concluaient il conclut ils conclurent il conclura ils concluront il conclurait ils concluraient 176 ELEMENTARY FRENCH GRAMMAR. Imper. Concluons Subj. Pr. Que je conclue Que nous conclulons Imperf. Que je conclusse Conclns concluez que tu conclues que vous conclulez qu'il conclue qu'ils concluent que tu conclusses qu'il conclut Que nous conclussions que vous conclussiez qu'ils conclu*sent CONDUIRE, To Conduct.— (Fourth Model.) Conduire Conduisant Conduit Avoir conduit Present. Je conduis Nous conduisons Impekf. Je conduisais Nous conduisions Past Def. Je conduisis Nous conduisimes Future. Je conduirai Nous conduirons Cond. Pr. Je conduirais Nous conduirions Imper. Conduisons Subj. Pr. Que je conduise Que nous conduisions Imperf. Que je conduisisse Que nous conduisis- sions to have conducted tu conduis vous conduisez tu conduisais vous conduisiez tu conduisis vous conduisites tu conduiras vous conduirez tu conduirais vous conduiriez Conduis conduisez que tu conduises que vous conduisiez que tu conduisisses que vous conduisis- siez il conduit ils conduisent il conduisait ils conduisaient il conduisit ils conduisirent il conduira ils conduiront il conduirait ils conduiraient qu 1 il conduise qu'il conduisent qu'il conduisit qu'ils conduisissent Conjugate in the same manner as *conduire : *Tnstruire, to instruct. *Traduire ; to translate. And all the verbs that end in uire. Rem. *Nuire, to injure; *luire, to shine, and *reluire, to shine. deviate from the model verb conduire in the past participle, which ends in i, as : nuij lui, relui. IRREGULAR VERBS. 177 *CONNAITRE, To Be Acquainted With, To Know.— (Fifth Model.) Connaitre Connaissant Conuu Avoir connu to have been acquainted with Present. Je connais tu connais il connait Nous connaissons vous connaissez ils connaissent Imperf. Je connaissais tu connaissais il connaissait Nous commissions vous connaissiez ils connaissaient Past Def. Je connus tu connus il connut Nous connumes vous connutes ils connurent Future. Je connaitrai tu connaitras il connaitra Nous conuaitrons vous connaitrez ils connaitront Cond. Pr. Je connaitrai s tu connaitrais il connaitrait Nous connaitrions vous connaitriez ils conuaitraient Imper. Connais Connaissons connaissez Subj. Pr. Que je connaisse que tu connaisses qu'il connaisse Que nous connaissions que vous connaissiez qu'ils connaissent Imperf. Que je connu sse que tu connusses qu'il connut Que nous connussions que vous connussiez qu'ils connussent Conjugate in the same manner as *connaitre : *Faraitre, to appear. *Croitre, to grow. And all the verbs that end in aitre and oitre, except *naitre, to be born, and *renaitre, to be born again. Rem. 1. The, i of the verbs in aitre and oitre, when it is imme- diately followed by t, has the circumflex accent. Rem. 2. Croitre and its derivatives have the circumflex accent over the u of the past participle and in all the persons of the past definite tense. *Battre, to beat. *Se battre, to fight. *Boire, to drink. Vocabulary 39. *Conclure, to conclude. *Conduire, to conduct. *Se conduire, to conduct one's self. 178 ELEMENTARY FRENCH GRAMMAR. -Traduire, to translate. Depuis, since. ^Connaiitre, to be acquainted with. L'anglais, English. *Reconnaitre, to recognize. De l'anglais en fran^ais, from *Paraitre, to appear ; to seem. English into French. Bien des fois, many times. Un inconnu, an unknown ; a La soif, thirst ; avoir soif,f to be stranger. thirsty. Un etranger, a stranger ; a for- Le vin, the wine. eigner. Le marche, the bargain. Etrange, strange. Une phrase, a sentence. Seulement, only. Exercise 39. Model Battre. 1. Si tu bats les autres, on te battra aussi. 2. On se battait dans les rues de Paris. 3. On s'y est battu bien des fois, et Fon s'y battra encore. 4. Je ne yeux me battre avec personne. 5. Je fuis ceux qui se battent. Model Boire. 6. Je bois seulement quand j'ai soif. 7. lis boivent de l'eau. 8. Nous ne buvons jamais de vin. 9. Si vous buviez du vin, vous seriez malade. 10. Si j'avais du lait, j'en boirais un verre. Model Conclure. 11. Nous concluons le marche main- tenant. 12. Nous avons conclu cette affaire. 13. Enfin, c'est une affaire conclue. Model Conduire. 14. Nous vous conduisons chez vous. 15. II nra conduit jusqu'au depot du chemin de fer. 16. lis se conduisaient bien. 17. lis se sont toujours bien con- duits. 18. Nous traduirons cette histoire en anglais. 19. Traduisez cette phrase en fran9ais pour moi. t Avoir ,sy>.'/, literally to have thirst ; in English, to b< thirsty. See Lesson Forty- Beventh, IRREGULAR VERBS. 179 Model Coxxaitre. 20. C'est un etranger que nous ne connaissons pas. 21. Je ne vous ai pas reconnu. 22. Cela parait etrange. 23. Cet inconnu paraissait nous regarder, comme s'il nous connaissait. 24. II vous reconuaitrait, si vous parliez. Theme 39. Model Battre. 1. I beat nobody. 2. I have never beaten anybody; and I will not beat anybody. 3. I do not like those who fight. 4. I would not fight for any one. 5. I do not like to fight. Model Boire. 6. I do not drink any wine. 7. I do not wish to drink, for I am not thirsty. 8. I will drink a glass of water. 9. I have not drunk anything since this morning. 10. Do not drink if you are not thirsty. Model Coxclure. 11. Let us conclude that affair. 12. We cannot conclude it. 13. The bargain is concluded. Model Coxduire. 14. He conducts himself well. 15. I will conduct you to the depot. 16. If you conduct your- self well, you will succeed. IT. We have translated this history from French into English. 18. They were trans- lating from English into French. 19. How will you trans- late this sentence ? Model Coxxaitre. 20. I do not know that gentle- man; he is a stranger to me.f 21. That stranger seems to know us. 22. Do you not recognize him ? 23. He did not recognize me. 21. It would appear strange, if he did not recognize us. t He i> a stranger to me, H trCetA inconnu. 180 ELEMENTARY FRENCH GRAMMAR. FOETIETH LESSON. Irregular Verbs (Continued). — Fourth Conjugation. *COUDRE, To Sew.— (Sixth Model.) Coudre Cousant Avoir cousu Present. Imperf. Past Def. Future. Cond. Pr. Imper. Subj. Pr. Imperf. Je couds Nous cousons Je cousais Nous cousions Je cousis Nous cousimes Je coudrai Nous coudrons Je coudrai s Nous coudrious Cousons Que je couse Que nous cousions Que je cousisee Que nous cousissions to ham sewed tu couds vous cousez tu cousais vous cousiez tu cousis vous cousites tu coudras vous coudrez tu coudrais vous coudriez Couds cousez que tu couses que vous cousiez que tu coussisses que vous cousissiez Cousu il coud ils cousent il cousait ils cousaient il cousit ils cousirent il coudra ils coudront il coudrait ils coudiaient qu'il couse qu'ils cousent qu'il cousit qu'ils cousissent Conjugate in the same manner as *coudre : *Decoudre, to unsew. *Recoudre, to sew again. *CRAINDRE, To Fear.— (Seventh Model.) CraiDdre Craignant Craint Avoir craint to have feared Present. Imperf. Past Def. Je crains Nous craignons Je craignais Nous craignions Je craignis Nous craignlmes tu crains vous craignez tu craignais vous craigniez tu craignis vous craiguitee il craint ils craignent il craignait ils craignaient il craignit ils craignireut IRREGULAR VERBS. 181 Future. Cond. Pr. Imper. Subj. Pr. iMrERF. Je craindrai Nous craindrons Je craindrais Nous craindrions Craignons Que je craigue Que nous craignions Que je craignisse Que nous craignissions tu craindras vous craindrez tu craindrais vous craindriez Crains craignez que tu craignes que vous craigniez que tu craignisses que vous craignissiez il craindra ils craindront il craindrait ils craindraient qu'il craigne qu'ils craignent qu'il craigntt qu'ils craignissent Conjugate in the same manner as *craindre, all the verbs that end in indre : *Flaindre, to pity. *Peindre, to paint. And many others. *Teindre, to dye. *Joindre, to join. *CROIRE, To Believe.— (Eighth Model.) Croire Croyant Cm Avoir cru to have believed Present. Je crois tu crois il croit Nous croyons vous croyez ils croient Imperf. Je croyais tu croyais il croyait Nous croyions vous croyiez ils croyaient Past Def. Je crus tu crus il crut Nous crumes vous crutes ils crureut Future. Je croirai tu croiras il croira Nous croirons vous croirez ils croiront Cond. Pr. Je croirais tu croirais il croirait Nous croirions vous croiriez ils croiraient Imper. Crois Croyons croyez Subj. Pr. Que je crole que tu croies quMl croie Que nous croyions que vous croyiez quMls croient Imperf. Que je crusse que tu crusses quMl crtit Que nous crussions que vous crussiez qu'ils crussent 182 ELEMENTARY FRENCH GRAMMAR. *DIRE, To Say, To Tell.— (Ninth Model.) Dire Disant Dit Avoir dit to have said Present. Je dis tu dis ildit Nous disons vous dites ils disent Impeef. Je disais tu disais il disait Nous disions vous dis>iez ils disaient Past Dee. Je dis tu dis ildit Nous dimes vous dites ils dirent Future. Je dirai tu diras il dira Nous dirons vous direz ils diront Cond. Pr. Je dirais tu dirais il dirait Nous di rions vous diriez ils diraient Imper Disons Dis dites Subj. Pr. Que je dise que tu dises qu'il dise Que nous disions que vous disiez quMls disent Imperf. Que je disse que tu disses qu'il dit Que nous dissions que vous dissiez qu'ils dissent Conjugate in the same manner as *dire: *Redire / to say again. The other derivatives of dire : *dedire, to unsay; *inter- dire, to forbid; *medire, to slander ; *predire, to foretell ; have, in the second person plural of the present tense of the indicative, and in the second person plural of the imperative, dedisez, interdisez, etc., instead of dedites, interdites, etc. *Maudire, to curse, has, in the present participle, maudissant, doubling the s. The double s is retained in all the parts derived from the present participle. Vocabulary 40. *Coudre, to sew. -Craindre, to fear. *Plaindre, to pity. *Se plaindre, to complain. IRREGULAR VEEBS. 183 *Croire, to believe. La co.duite, the conduct. *Dire, to say ; to tell ; dire la La loi, the law. verite, to speak the truth. Mai, badly. Avoir raison,f to be right. Necessaire, necessary. Avoir tort,t to be wrong. Fou, fol, /. folle, mad. Exercise 40. Model Coudre. 1. Cousez ceci pour moi, s'il yous plait. 2. Je le coudrai tantot. 3. Qui a cousu cela? 4. Si vous cousiez tous les jours, yous coudriez mieux. 5. II n'est pas necessaire que je couse tous les jours. Model Cralndre. 6. Je crams les mechants, et je les plains. 7. Nous ne plaignons pas ceux que nous craignons. 8. Elle s'est plainte de votre conduite. 9. On le craignait, mais on ne l'aimait pas. 10. Je me plaindrai de yous, si yous vous comportez mal. 11. On ne se plaindrait pas de yous, si yous vous comportiez bien. Model Croire. 12. Je crois que vous avez raison. 13. Personne n'a cm cette nouvelle. 14. Vous ici ! Je yous croyais a Boston depuis hier. 15. On ne croira pas cela. 1G. Vous le croiriez, si vous le voyiez. 17. Nous ne croyons pas pouvoir faire cela. Model Dire. 18. Je crois ce que vous dites. 19. Nous di- sons que vous avez raison. 20. lis disent que nous avons tort. 21. Qu'en dit-on ? 22. On en dira ce que Ton voudra. 23. Je dirai la verite. 24. Si nous disions cela, on dirait que nous sommes fous. Theme 40. Model Coudre. 1. I sew and Mary sews. 2. We sew together. 3. I was sewing when you came in. 4. I have t Avoir raison ; avoir tort, literally, to have right; to ka/ve wrong ; in English, to be right ; to be zvrong. See Lesson Forty seventh. 184 ELEMENTARY FRENCH GRAMMAR. sewn this. 5. I will sew that by and by. 6. I wish you would sew (suij. imperf.) it now. Model Craindre. 7. I fear him and I pity him. 8. The wicked fear the law, which protects the good. 9. He feared everybody, and pitied nobody. 10. You are always com- plaining. 11. They have complained of your conduct. 12. If you behave badly, people will complain of you. Model Croire. 13. You believe what I say ; do you not? 14. We believe that you are right. 15. They believe that we are wrong. 16. They did not believe what we said {past indef.). 17. I would believe it, if I saw it. Model Dire. 18. What you say is true. 19. We say the same thing, and they say so too. 20. Do you know what he has told me? 21. What wall people say of it? 22. We will speak the truth. 23. You would not say that, if you knew what I know. FORTY-FIRST LESSON. Irregular Verbs (Continued).— Fourth Conjugation. *ECRIRE, To Write.— (Tenth Model.) Ecrire Ecrivant Ecrit Avoir ecrit to have written Present. J'ecris tu ecris il ecrit Nous ecrivons vous ecrivez ils ecrivent Imperf. J'ecrivais tu ecrivais il ecrivnit Nous ecrivions vous ecriviez ils ecrivaient Past Def. J'ecrivis tu ecrivis il ecrivit Nous ecrivimes vous ecrivttes ils ecrivirent Future. J'ecrirai to ecriras il e*crirt Nous ecrirons vous ecrircz ils gcriront Cond Pr. JYrrirais tu ocrirais il ecrirait Nous ecririous vous Gcririei ils ocriraient IRREGULAR VERBS. 185 Imper. Ecris Ecrivons ecrivez Sub j. Pr. Que j'ecrive que tu ecrives qu'il ecrive Que nous ecrivions que vous ecriviez qu'ils ecrivent Imperf. Que j'ecrivisse que tu ecrivisses qu"il ecrivit Que nous ecrivissions ^ue vous ecrivissiez qu'ils ecrivissent Conjugate in the same manner as *ecrire: *Decrire, to describe. *Inscrire, to inscribe. *Prescrire, to prescribe. *Transcrire, to transcribe. And other derivatives of *ecrire. *FAIRE, To Do, To Make. — (Eleventh Model.) Faire Faisant Fait Avoir fait to have made Present. Je fais tu fais ilfait Nous faisons vous faites ils font Imperf. Je faisais tu faisais il faisait Nous faisions vous faisiez ils faisaient Past Def. Jefis tu fis il fit Nous fimes vous fites ils firent Future. Je ferai tu feras il fera Nous ferons vous ferez ils feront Cond. Pr. Je ferais tu ferais il f arait Nous ferions vous feriez ils feraient Imper. Fais Faisons faites Subj. Pr. Que je fasse que tu fasses qu'il fasse Que nous fassions que vous fassiez qu'ils fassent Imperf. Que je fisse que tu fisses qu'il fit Que nous fissions que vous fissiez qu'ils fissent Conjugate in the same manner as *faire : 'Contrefaire, to counterfeit. *Surfaire, to overcharge. *Defaire, to undo. *Satisfaire, to satisfy. *Refaire, to do again. 186 ELEMENTARY F K E N C H GRAMMAR. *LIRE, To Read.— (Twelfth Model.) Lire Lisaut Lu Avoir lu to have read Present. Je lis • tu lis il lit Nous lisons vous lisez ils liscnt Imperf. Je lisais tu lisais il lisait Nous lisions vous lisiez ils lisaient Past Def. Je lus tu lus il lut Nous lumes vous lutes ils lurent Future. Je lirai tu liras il lira Nous lirons vous lirez ils liront COND. PR. Je lirais tu lirais il lirait Nous lirions vous liriez ils liraient Imper. Lis Lisons lisez Subj. PR. Que je lise que tu Uses qu'il lise Que nous lisions que vous lisiez qu'ils lisent Imperf. Que je lusse que tu lusses qu'il lut Que nous lussious que vous lussiez qu'ils lussent Conjugate in the same manner as *lire : *Elire, to elect. *Relire, to read again. *Reelire, to re-elect. *METTRE, To Put, To Put On.— (Thirteenth Model.) Mettre Pkesent. Je mets Imperf. Past Def. Future. Oond. Pr. Mettant Avoir mis to have put Nous mettons Je metiais Nous mettions Je mis Nous mimes Je mettrai Nous mettrons Je mettraie Nous uicttrions tu mets vous mcttez tumettais vous mettiez tu mis vous mites tu mettras vous mettrez tu mettrais vous uiettrioz Mis il met ils mettent il mettait ils mettaient il mit ils miront il mettrn ils mot trout il mettrail ils uuMtraicut IRREGULAR VERBS. 187 Lmper. SUBJ. Pit. Imperf. Mettons Que je mette Que nous mettions Que je misse Que nous missions Mets mettez que tu mettes que vous raettiez que tu misses . que vous missiez qu'il mette qu'ils mettent qu'il mit qu'ils missent Conjugate in the same manner as *mettre : *Admettre, to admit. *Permettre, to permit. *Commettre, to commit. *Promettre, to promise. And all the derivatives of *mettre. Vocabulary 41. *Ecrire, to write. *Faire, to make ; to do ; -faire attention, to pay attention ; *faire une question^ to ask a question ; *faire un plaisir, to do a favor; *faire *faire,j to have or get made ; *faire *ve- nir, to send for. *Lire, to read. -Mettre, to put ; to put on ; met- tre en ordre, to put in order. *Se mettre, to sit down. *Remettre, to put back; to de- liver, to hand ; to put off. Raccommoder, to mend. Remarquer, to observe, to re- mark. Le pupitre, the desk. Le banc, the bench. La boite, the box ; la boite aux lettres, the letter box. Un cahier, a copy-book. La musique, the music. Un cahier de musique, a music- book. Quinze jours, a fortnight. Prochain, next. Ancien, /. ancienne, ancient; former. Au lieu de, instead of. Exercise 41. Model Ecrire. 1. J'ecris mon theme, et il ecrit le sien. 2. Nous ecrivons tous le jours. 3. II ecrivait a son p&re t Faire /aire, to have or get made. Fdire is used before the infinitive of almost any verb, in the sense of to have or to get. Faire and the infinitive are equivalent to a transitive verb. 188 ELEMENTARY FRENCH GRAMMAR. pendant que j'ecrivais mon theme. 4. J'ecrivis chez moi le lendemain de mon arrivee a Paris. 5. Je n'ai pas ecrit chez moi depuis lundi. 6. Vous m'ecrirez aussitot que vous serez arrive. Model Faire. 7. Je fais ce que vous m'avez dit de faire. 8. Vous faites bien. 9. Nous faisons la meme chose. 10. lis font venir le medecin. 11. II me faisait mille questions auxquelles je ne pouvais repondre. 12. Nous lui fimes re- marquer cela. 13. Faites raccommoder ce fauteuil. 14. Je ferai faire des pupitres comme ceux-la. f5. II faut que je fasse nettoyer cet habit. Model Lire. 16. Lisez ceci. 17. Je Tai lu. 18. II lisait le journal au lieu d'etudier. 19. Je lus hier que notre ancien professeur est mort. 20. Je lirai ce livre quand vous l'aurez lu. Model Mettre. 21. Je mets votre dictionnaire dans votre pupitre. 22. Mettez votre manteau, si vous allez sortir. 23. Nous avons mis votre lettre dans la.boite. 24. Elle se mettait toujours a cote de lui. 25. Eemettons chaque chose a sa place. 26. Je remettrai votre lettre a mon pere. 27. Nous remettrons la lecjon a demain. Theme 41. . Model Ecrire. 1. Are you writing your exercise ? 2. I have written it. 3. I was writing a letter to my father. 4. He wishes (desires) me to write to him every week (that I write) (subj. pres.). 5. He wrote to me (past flef.) last week that he would be here in a fortnight. 6. I will write to you as soon as I reach (shall arrive) home. Model Faire. 7. What are you doing? 8. T aim not doing anything. 0. Will you do me a favor? 10. T will do IKREGULAK VERBS. 189 it as soon as I can (shall be able). 11. He asked (past indef.) me a question (to) which I did not wish (past i?idef.) to answer. 12. You were not paying attention to what I was saying. 13. We shall have those old benches mended. 14. I must send for the notary, he said (dit-il). 15. I made (past def.) him observe that the notary was present. Model Lire. 16. I am reading a very interesting book. 17. Have you read it? 18. I will read it when you have (shall have) read it. 19. They were reading instead of writing. 20. We read (past def.) that news when we were in the country. Model Mettre. 21. I put everything in order before I go out. 22. Where did you put (past indef.) my music book ? 23. I will put your letter in the box. 24. She was putting on her gloves to (in order to) go out. 25. I have handed your letter to my father. 26. We will put every- thing back in its place. 27. I will put off that journey till next week. 28. Let us sit down on this bench. FORTY-SECOND LESSON. Irregular Verbs (Continued). — Fourth Conjugation. *MOUDRE, To Grind.— (Fourteenth Model.) Moudre Moulant Moulu Avoir moulu l to have ground Present. Je mouds tu mouds il moud Nous moulons vous moulez ils moulent Imperf. Je moulais tu moulais il moulait Nous moulions vous mouliez ils moulaient Past Def. Je moulus tu moulus il moulut Nous uioulumes vous moulutes ils moulurent 190 ELEMENTARY FRENCH GRAMMAR. Future. Cond. Pr. Imper. Subj. Pr. Imperf. Je moudiai Nous inoudrons Je moudrais Nous moudrions Moulons Que je moule Que nous moulions Que je moulusse Que nous moulussions tu moudras vous moudrez tu moudrais vous moudriez Mouds moulez que tu moules que vous mouliez que tu moulusses que vous moulussiez il moudra ils moudront il moudrait ils moudraient qu'il moule qu'ils moulent qu'il moulut qu'ils mouiussent Conjugate in the same manner as *moudre : *Emoudre, to grind. *Remondre. to grind again. *NAITRE, To Be Born.— (Fifteenth Model.) Naitre Naissant Ne Etre ne to have been born Present. Imperf. Past Def. Future. Cond. Pr. Imper. Subj. Pr. Imperf. Je nais Nous naissons Je naissais Nous naissions Je naquis Nous naquimes Je naitrai Nous naitrons Je naitrais Nous naitrions Naissons • Q,ue je naisse Que nous naissions Que je naquisse Que nous naquissiona tu nais vous naissez tu naissais vous naissiez tu naquis vous naquites tu naitras vous naitrez tu naitrais vous naitriez Nais naissez que tu naisses que vous naissiez que tu naquisses que vous naquissiez il nait ils naissent il naissait ils naissaient il naquit ils naquirent il naitra ils nail rout il naitrait ils naitraient qu'il naisse qu'ils naissent qu'il naquit qu'ils naquissont Conjugate in the same manner as *naitre: *Renaitre, to be born again. IRREGULAR VERBS. 191 *PLAIRE, To Please.— (Sixteenth Model.) Plaire Plaisant Plu Avoir ph 1 to have leased Present. Je plais tu plais il plait Nous plaisons vous plaisez ils plaiseut Imperf. Je plaisais tu plairais il plaisait Nous plaisious vous plaisiez ils plaisaient Past Def. Je plus tu plus il plut Nous plumes vous plutes ils plu rent Future. Je plairai tu plairas il plaira Nous plairons vous plairez ils plairont COND. PR. Je plairais tu plairais il plairait Nous plairioBS vous plairiez ils plairaient Imper. Plais Plaisons plaisez Subj. Pr. Que je plaise que tu plaises qiril plaise Que nous plaisions que vous plaisiez qu'ils plaisent Imperf. Que je plusse que tu plusses qiril plut Que nous plussions que vous plussiez qu'ils plussent Conjugate in the same maimer as *plaire : *Se plaire (etre), to be pleased. *Complaire, to humor. *Taire, not to say. *Se taire, to be silent. ^PRENDRE, To Take. —(Seventeenth Model.) Prendre Prenant Pris Present. Imperf. Past Def. Future. Cond. Pr. Avoir pris Je prends Nous prenons Je prenais Nous prenions Je pris Nous primes Je prendrai Nous prcndrons Je prendrais Nous prendrions to have taken tu prends vous prenez tu prenais vous preniez tu pris vous pitted tu prendraa vous pr cDdrez tu prendralfl vous preudriez il prend ils prennent il prenait ils pivnaient il prit ils prirent il prendre ils prendroot il prendrait ils prendreient 192 ELEMENTARY FRENCH GRAMMAR. Imper. Subj. Pr. Imperf. Prenons Que je prenne Que nous prenions Que je prisse Que nous prissions Prends prenez que tu prennes que vous preniez que tu prisses que vous prissiez qu'il prenne qu'ils prennent qu'il prit qu'ils prissent Conjugate in the same manner as ^prendre : *Apprendre, to learn ; to hear. *Reprendre, to take back ; to re- *Comprendre, to comprehend. sume. *Entreprendre, to undertake. And the other derivatives of *prendre. *RESOUDRE, To Resolve.— (Eighteenth Model.) Resoudre Resolvant Resolu or Resous Avoir resolu to have resolved Present. Je resous tu resous il resout Nous resolvons vous resolvez ils resolvent Imperf. Je resolvais tu resolvais il resolvait Nous resolvions vous resolviez ils resolvaient Past Def. Je resolus tu resolus il resolut Nous resolumes vous resolutes ils resolurent Future. Je resoudrai tu resoudras il resoudra Nous resoudrons vous resoudrez ils resoudront Cond. Pr. Je resoudrais tu resoudrais il resoudiait Nous resoudrions vous resoudriez ils resoudraieut Imper. Resous Resolvons resolvez Subj. Pr. Que je resolve que tu resolves qu'il resolve Que nous resolvions que vous resolviez qu'ils resolvent Imperf. Que je resolusse que tu rtieolnBsee qu'il resolut Que nous resolussions que vous resolussiez qu'ils resoluso much ; too many. REM. 1. Bie.i requires de and the article before the noun; that is : du, de la de 1', or des. Rem. 2. Davantage Is never followed by de and a noun ; it is used preferably to plus at the end of a sentence. 202 ELEMENTARY FRENCH GRAMMAR. II travaille autant que vous. He works as mucli as you do. J'ai autant de livres que vous. I have as many books as you. Vous en avez plus que moi. You have more than I. II y a beaucoup de fautes (or bien There are many mistakes in this des fautes) dans ce theme. exercise. When two nouns are compared in regard to quantity, the preposition de is repeated before the second noun. Vous avez plus de courage que You have more courage than pa- de patience. tience. 3. Formation of Adverbs in ment. Many adverbs are formed from adjectives by the addition of the syllable ment. When the adjective ends with a vowel, ment is added to the masculine form; when it ends with a consonant, to the feminine form, as : Poli, polite, adv. poliment, politely. Ordinaire, usual, adv. ordinairement, usually. Seul,/. seule, alone, adv. seulement, only. Heureux, /. heureuse, happy, adv. heureusement, happily ; luckily. Doux,/. douce, soft, adv. doucement, softly ; gently. Rem. Beau, beautiful; nouveau, new; fou, foolish; mou, soft; though ending in a vowel, add ment, to the feminie forms ; belle- men t, finely; nouvellement, newly; follement, foolishly ; mollement, softly. Adjectives ending in nt, change nt into mment, as : Prudent, prudent, adv. prudemment / prudently. Except : Lent, slow, adv. lentement, slowly. Present, present, adr. presentement, presently. THE ADVERB. 203 4. Adjectives used as Adverbs. A few adjectives are also used as adverbs. Adjective. Adverb. Adjective. Adverb. Cher, dear, dear. Bas, low, in a low voice. Faux, false, out of tune. Juste, just, correctly. Haut, high, loud. Fort, strong, very; very much. II vend cher. He sells dear. Elle chante faux. She sings out of tune. Nous parlons trop haut. We speak too loud. Elle joue juste. She plays correctly. II gele fort. It freezes hard. 5. Comparison of Adverbs. Adverbs are compared in the same manner as adjectives. Tard, late; plus tard, later; le plus tard, latest. The following are irregularly compared. Bien, well ; mieux, better ; le mieux, best. Beaucoup, much ; plus, more ; le plus, most. Mai, badly ; pis, worse ; le pis, worst. Peu, little ; moius, less ; le moins, least. 6. Adverbs Modifying Adverbs and Adjectives. Certain adverbs when used to modify adjectives or other adverbs, assume in this connection a different meaning. Bien fort or tres-fort, very strong ; Fort bien or tres-bien, very well. Assez bien, pretty well ; Assez joli, rather pretty. Un peu tard, rather late ; Trop tard, too late. Rem. Tres, bien, and fort may be used to strengthen the sense of adjectives and adverbs. Before nouns bien is used, and before parti ciples, either bien or fort. 204 ELEMENTARY FRENCH GRAMMAR. 7. The Adverb Tout. Tout is used as an adverb in the sense of quite. Tout doucement. Quite gently. Tout before an adjective that is feminine, takes the same gender and number as the adjective when the adjective begins with a consonant, but not when the adjective begins with a vowel. Elle est toute surprise. She is quite surprised. Elle etait tout etonnee. She was quite astonished. 8. Adverbs of Negation. The adverbs of negation are : Ne, not. Aucunement (ne), by no means. Pas (ne), not. Nullement (ne), by no means. Point (ne), not (with emphasis). Que (ne), only, but ; nothing but. Plus (ne), no longer. Guere (ne), but little ; but few. Jamais (ne), never. Non, no. - Hjujvi. 1. Adverbs of negation accompanying a verb, require ne before the verb. Rem. 2. The negative pas is generally omitted in the negative con- jugation of the verbs cesser, to cease ; oser, to dare ; pouvoir, to be able ; savoir, to know. Elle ne cesse de pleurer. She does not cease weeping. Je n'ose parler de cela. I dare not speak of that. Je ne puis le faire. I cannot do it Je ne le puis. I cannot. Je ne sais ou il est. I don't know where he is. The adverbial phrase du tout, at all, is often added to negative adverbs, to strengthen their sense, as: pas du tout, point du tout. Du tout is also used alone with the force of a negative. THE ADVERB. 205 Vocabulary 44. Avancer, to advance ; to bring Un chale, a shawl. forward. Confiant, confiding ; confident. Oser, to dare. Fidele (a), faithful ; true to. Marcher, to walk ; to march. Extremement, extremely. Agir, to act. Vraiment, truly ; indeed. L'age, m., the age. Autrement, otherwise. Exercise 44. Adverbs. (See List 1.) 1. Autrefois je travaillais peu ; j'etais malade alors. 2. Maintenant je travaille davantage, et je me porte bien. 3. Dorenavant je serai ruoins confiant. 4. Je veux bien que vous jouiez, mais faites votre devoir auparavant. 5. Mes freres sont dehors ; ils vont rentrer bientot. 6. Voici la lettre; Pargent est dedans. 7. Avancez la table, et mettez votre cahier dessus. 8. Voila votre cbale ; vos gants sont dessous. Adverbs of Quantity. 9. Vous n'etudiez pas autant que votre frere. 10. II a plus de patience que vous. 11. Je n'ai pas moins de courage que lui. 12. Si vous aviez autant de patience que de courage, vous reussiriez mieux. Adverbs in mext. 13. II arrive ordinairement apres Theure. 14. J'ai voulu seulement vous faire remarquer cela. 15. Parlez doucement, s'il vous plait. 16. II m'a dit poli- ment que j'avais agi follement. Adjectives as Adverbs. 17. Vous avez paye cela trop cher. 18. Elle joue faux. 19. Xe parlez pas si haut. 20. Parlons bas; il y a quelqu'un dans l'autre chambre. Modification of Adverbs and Adjectives. 21. Elle est tres-forte pour son dge. et fort avancee dans ses etudes. 22. Elle est tres-aimable et assez jolie. 23. Elle joue assez 206 ELEMENTARY FRENCH GRAMMAR. bien. 24. Sa sceur est bien malade. 25. Elle etait tout etonnee de nous voir. Adverbs of Negation. 26. Je n'ose aller la voir. 27. Elle ne cesse de pleurer. 28. Je ne sais que faire. 29. Je n'ai qu'un frere, et je ne sais oii il est. 30. Je le cberche partout, et je ne puis le trouver. 31. Yous n'avez guere de patience. 32. Je crois vraiment que je n'en ai point du tout. Theme 44. Adverbs. (See List 1.) 1. Formerly I studied little; now I study more, and I am more contented. 2. You were sick then, now you are in good health, and you are strong. 3. Henceforth I will be true to my duties. 4. I am first going to the post-office, and then to the bank. 5. I have the box; there is nothing in it. 6. He was in the house, and I was outside. 7. Here is a bench; let us sit down upon it. 8. Put your books under it. 9. Wait for me ; I have almost finished. Adverbs of Quantity. 10. I work more than you. 11.. You have more patience than I. 12. He has as much courage as patience. 13. You have less prudence than courage. Adverbs in ment. 14. We usually dine at five o'clock. 15. Walk slowly; we cannot follow you. 16. Tell him politely that he has not acted prudently in that affair. 17. I say that only because he -thinks otherwise. Adjectives as Adverbs. 18. He sells too dear. 19. You sing out of tune. 20. You speak too loud. 21. She speaks so low that I cannot understand her. 22. She does not play correctly. Modification of Adverbs and Adjectives. 23. She THE PREPOSITION. 2or is very tall. 24. He is extremely polite. 25. They were very much astonished to see us. 26. It was very warm. 27. I was very thirsty. 28. She is rather pretty and quite young. Adverbs of Negation. 29. He dares not say it. 30. You do not cease speaking. 31. I cannot answer all your questions. 32. I do not know what to say. 33. It shall be so (thus) ; you have but to say so (it). 34. I have but one sister, and she is not well at all. FOKTY-FIFTH LESSON. The Preposition * List of Prepositions that are frequently used. Avant, before {time or order). A cause de, on account of. A cote de, by the side of, by. A l'egard de, with regard to. Au lieu de, instead of. Aupres de, near, close by ; with. Autour de, around. Contre, against. Depuis, since. Des, from. Derriere, behind. Devant, before {position). Durant, during. Entre, between. Envers, towards {morally). Environ, about. Excepte, except. Faute de, for want of. Hors, out. Jusque, till, until ; as far as. Malgre, in spite of. Parmi, among. Pendant, during. Pres de, near by. Quant a, as to. Selon, Suivant, Sur, upon. Vers, towards (physically). Vis-a-vis, opposite according to. * Introduction, p. 17. 8. 208 ELEMENTARY FRENCH GRAMMAR. Vocabulary 45. JL'examen, ra., the examination. L'hotel de ville, the city-hall. Les vacances,/., the vacation. L'ouest, m., the west. L'ete, m., summer. Etre fache contre, to be angry Un parent, m. f a relative. with. Une parente, /., a relative. Etre fache de, to be sorry for. Une personne, a person. Tourner, to turn. Une circonstance, a circumstance. Aine, oldest. Mon avis, m., my advice; my En verite, indeed, opinion. Eh bien ! well ! Exercise 45. 1. Jules se plaint de moi, parce que je n'ai pas voulu sortir avec lui. 2. Depuis ce jour, il croit que je suis fache contre lui. 3. A cause de cela, il ne vient plus me voir. 4. Entre nous, je n'en suis pas fache. 5. II s'est toujours bien comporte en vers moi. 6. II est venu passer quelques jours avec moi pendant les vacances. 7. Durant l'ete nous etions presque toujours hors de la ville. 8. Autrefois mon cousin demeurait aupres de la banque. 9. Je Tai rencontre ce matin pres d'ici. 10. Son frere demeure vis-a-vis de l'hotel de ville. 11. Nous demeurons a cote de Feglise. 12. Ne sortez pas sans parapluie. 13. Le vent a tourne vers Touest; il va pleuvoir. 14. Suivant votre avis je ne devrais pas y aller. 15. Quant a cela je n'ai rien a vous dire. 16. X l'egard de cette affaire, il feat agir selon les circonstances. Theme 45. 1. I started from home after (the) breakfast, and (1) arrived here before (the) dinner. 2. My father came with me, but my mother staid at home on account of the cold. 3. I do not know what to do with regard to that business. 4. As to THE PREPOSITION. 209 that, I cannot tell you anything. 5. You must act accord- ing to the advice of your father. 6. I will act according to circumstances. 7. I have not seen Louis since last Monday. 8. I believe that he is angry with me. 9. I should be sorry for it, for he has always acted well towards me. 10. I shall return here towards evening (le soir). 11. There were about two hundred persons at the examination. 12. All my rela- tives were there except my eldest f brother, who was out of town. 13. Your cousin was sitting by me. 14. Julia was behind me, and my mother was sitting before me. 15. Henry was sitting near the window, between his two sisters. 16. I did not recognize you among so many strangers. FORTY-SIXTH LESSON. The Conjunction.^:— The Interjection.§ 1. List of conjunctions that are frequently used: Afin que,|| in order that. Des que, as soon as. Ainsi, thus. Done, then ; therefore. Ainsi que. ) Et, and. A ■ 1_ • C aS We H aS ' T ■< II x-l Aussi bien que, ) Jusqu'a ce que,|| until. A moins que,|| unless. Lorsque, when. Aussitot que, as soon as. Mais, but. Avant que,J before. Neanmoins, nevertheless. Bien quej although. Ni, neither ; nor. Car, for. Ou, or. Cependant, however. Parce que, because. Depuis que, since (temporal). Pendant que, while. + Place the adjective after the noun. % Introduction, p. 17, 9. § Introduction, p. 17. 10. || These conjunctions require as beaucoup en £te. 27. Nous reviendrous a la ville en automne. 28. II fait bien froid ici en hiver. SYNTAX OF THE ADJECTIVE. 221 Theme 48. The Article before Common Nouns, I and 2. 1. We shall go to the country next month. 2. Last week I received a letter from my brother. 3. Spring is a beautiful season. 4. I like autumn better. 5. Prudence is as necessary to a (the) general* as courage. 6. Have you green velvet like this ? 7. We have no velvet of that quality. 8. We have beautiful velvet, green, black and blue. 9. Many young people spend their time in (a) loitering in the streets. 10. Most men are dissatisfied with their lot. 11. This white cloth (etoffe) costs fifty cents a meter. 12. We pay for (le)* coffee forty cents a pound. 13. He has lost one-half of his books. 14. Give me your hand, and let us be friends. 15. My cousin Alice has blue eyes and brown hair. 16. You have hurt my foot ? 17. I have a pain in my arm. The Article before Proper Names, 3. 18. I do not like the climate of England. 19. Germany is now united and very powerful. 20. The emperor of Germany is the oldest monarch of Europe. 21. I was in Germany when the war began between Germany and France. 22. Do you speak French ?f 23. I will study it next winter. 24. I will begin in autumn. 25. We intend to go to Europe in the spring. FORTY-NINTH LESSON. The Adjective. — Agreement. 1. An adjective qualifying two nouns in the singular, is put in the plural ; if the nouns are of different genders the adjective is put in the masculine plural. L'homme et la femme s.ont ages. The man and the woman are old. An adjective following two nouns connected by ou, agrees with the last. Un homme ou une femme agee. An old man or an old woman. * General sense. t Parlez xmsfrancauf After the verb porter the article is usually omitted before francais, French, anglais, English, and other national names denoting languages. 222 ELEMENTARY FRENCH GRAMMAR. The adjectives demi, half, and nu, bare, are invariable when they pre- cede the noun, and agree with the noun when they follow it ; demi in gender only ; une demi-heure, half an hour; deux heures et demie, two hours and a half; nu-pieds, or les pieds nus, barefooted. The adjective feu, late, deceased, placed immediately before the noun, agrees with it ; when separated from it by the article or a possessive adjective, it is invariable ; la feue reine, the late queen; feu la reine. the deceased queen. 2. Adjectives used as Nouns. An adjective may be used as a noun to designate an individual, a class, or an abstract quality. Le Fran9ais ; la Francaise. The Frenchman ; the French woman. Le francos. The French language. Le (or la) malade va bien. The patient is doing well. L'ambitieux n'est jamais content. The ambitious man is never satis- fied. Je prefere l'utile a l'agreable. I prefer the useful to the agreeable. 8. Place of the Adjective. Adjectives, as a rule, are placed after the noun, but the following generally precede it : Beau, beautiful. Jeune, young. Moindre, least. Bon, good. J°li> pretty. Nouveau, new. Grand, great ; large. Mauvais, bad. Petit, small. Gros, large. Meilleur, better. Vieux, old. Adjectives derived from proper names, those that denote color, form or shape, those that express physical or mental qualities, and past participles used as adjectives, always follow the noun. La langue francaise. The French language. Une table ronde. A round table. Du drap noir. Black cloth. Un homme aveugle. A blind man. Des plats c asses. Broken dishes. SYNTAX OF THE ADJECTIVE. 223 Some adjectives have a different meaning, according as they precede or follow the noun. The following' are a few of them : Un brave homme, a worthy man. Un homme brave, a brave man. Mon cher ami, my dear friend. Une robe chere, a costly dress. Un grand homme, a great man. Un homme grand, a tall man. La derniere annee, the last year L'annee derniere, last year (the {of a series). preceding year). 4. Government. Adjectives may be followed by a preposition and a noun, or a verb in the infinitive. Adjectives that express our feelings, and those generally that are followed in English by of from, with, require the preposition de before the noun or infinitive. Je suis content de ce travail. I am satisfied with this work. Je suis heureux de vous voir. I am happy to see you. Adjectives that express advantage, likeness, fitness, or the opposite qualities, require the preposition a. C'est utile a savoir. That is useful to know. C'est une chose difficile a faire. That is a difficult thing to do. Adjectives joined in construction with the impersonal verb il est, require, however, de before the infinitive. II est utile de savoir cela. It is useful to know that. 5. Numeral Adjectives. The numeral adjective un is used for the English indefinite article a or an ; but the indefinite article is used, in English, in cases in which its equivalent is not used in French. The numeral un is not used before nouns placed in apposition with, or explanatory of, preceding nouns. ♦ Athalie, tragedie de Racine. Athaly, a tragedy of Racine. II est francais. He is a Frenchman. Son pere etait notaire. His father was a notary. 224 ELEMENTARY FRENCH GRAMMAR. Rem. The numeral un is, however, used before the explanatory noun, when it is qualified or restricted by other words, as : Son pere etait un riche negociant. His father was a rich merchant. The cardinal numbers are used for the ordinal after the names of sovereigns, and also to state the day of the month, and the chapter or page of a book, except for the first. Henri quatre. Henry the Fourth. Le deux Janvier. The second of January. Chapitre premier, page huit. Chapter the First, page eight. Vocabulary 49. Un bottier, a bootmaker. Rond, round. Un cordonnier, a shoemaker. Carre, square. Un tailleur, a tailor. Egal, equal ; alike. Un boulanger, a baker. Avare, avaricious ; miserly. Un boucher, a butcher. Mort, dead. Une feuille, a leaf ; a sheet. Aimable (de), amiable ; kind. Une livre, a pound. Fatigue (de), tired. Le lit, the bed. Impossible (a), impossible. La langue, the language. Inutile (a), useless. Francais, French. Difficile (a), difficult. Anglais, English. Frononcer, to pronounce. Allemand, German. Contenter, to satisfy. Exercise 49. 1. Le pere et la mere de ces enfants sont morts. 2. Le petit et sa sceur sortent ensemble. 3. Hier ils sont venus demander du pain ; ils etaient nu-pieds. 4. Vous me donnez une demi-livre de cafe, et je vous en ai demande une livre et demie. 5. La malacle n'a pas quitte le lit aujourd'hui. 6. L'avare meurt de faim au milieu de l'abondance. 7. La langue franchise et la langue anglaise sont utiles a celui qui va voyager en Europe. 8. J'ai etudie l'allemand, mais je ne le parle pas. 9. J'aimemieux une table ronde qu'une table carree. 10. Ooupez-moi, s'il vous plait, un metre et demi de ce drap noir. 11. Je suis con- tent de mon sort ; Fetes- vous du votre ? 12. Nous sommes fatigues SYNTAX OF THE PRONOUN. 225 d'entendre parler de cela. 13. II est inutile de me le dire. 14. Mon bottier est francais. 15. Son frere est boulanger. 16. Notre boucher est anglais et mon tailleur est allemand. IT. Henri quatre, roi de France, etait le pt-re du peuple. 18. Vous trouverez cela dans votre histoire, livre premier, chapitre deux, page soixante. Theme 49. 1. That gentleman and lady are our neighbors. 2. The children of the poor often go barefooted in the midst of winter. 3. Lend me half a sheet of letier paper. 4. I have studied this lesson for (pendant) an hour and a half. 5. The patient is (va) better ; he has gone oat. 6. The rich and the poor are alike before God. 7. The French language is more difficult than the German. 8. I like French better than Ger- man. 9. Here is a round table and a square table, which one do you wish? 10. That general is a great man, and his son is a tall man. 11. Our teacher is a worthy man. 12. The brave man does his duty, and fears none but (que) God. 13. My shoemaker is a Frenchman. 14. That German is a baker. 15. I am glad to see you. 16. You are very kind to have thought of me. 17. These words are difficult to pronounce. 18. It is difficult to satisfy everybody. 19. It is impossible to do it. FIFTIETH LESSON. The Pronoun. (See Lesson Eleventh to Lesson Nineteenth. We here add only what is necessary to complete the subject.) A pronoun stands in the place of a noun. But the pronouns ce, ceci, cela, en, y, and the invariable pronoun le, may stand in the place of a sentence. Je sais ce qui le desole. I know what grieves him. Savez-vous ce qu'il a dit? Do you know what he said? Cela est vrai. That is true. Tout le monde en parle. Everybody speaks of it. Je le sais. I know it. 226 ELEMENTARY FRENCH GRAMMAR. When a relative clause refers to a preceding sentence, the demon- strative pronoun ce is used as the antecedent of the relative pronoun. Elle est fort mecontente, ce qui She is very much displeased, which me desole. grieves me. We have seen (Lesson Eleventh) that the objective personal pro- nouns are placed after the verb when the verb is in the imperative mode and used affirmatively. The pronouns moi and toi are then used for me and te, except before en. Donnez-moi du papier. Give me some paper. Donnez-m'en. Give me some. When the objective pronouns stand after the verb, le, la, les pre- cede moi, toi ; lui, nous, vous, leur. Donnez-le-moi. Give it to me. Envoyez-le-lui. Send it to him. The personal pronouns are generally repeated with each verb. The pronoun subject may, however, be omitted before the second and succeeding verbs, when the verbs are connected by et, ou, or ni, are all in the same tense, and all used either affirmatively or nega- tively. We may say : II etudie et fait des progres j or II etudie et il fait des progres. He studies and makes progress. The relative pronouns qui, que, dont, are placed immediately after their antecedent. Le monsieur qui doit nous ac- The gentleman, who is to accom- compagner, est venu. pany us, has come, The relative pronoun dont must be followed by the subject of the next verb. Je vais trouver l'agent dont vous I am going to the agent whose ad- m'avez donne l'adresse. dress you gave me. The pronoun whose, standing after a preposition and before a noun, is rendered by duquel, delaquelle, etc. Le monsieur dans la maison du- The gentleman in whose house we quel nous demeurons. live. SYNTAX OF THE PRONOUN. 227 The personal pronouns lie, s7ie, him, Tier, followed by a relative pro- noun, are rendered by a demonstrative pronoun. Celui qui travaille est plus heu- He who works is happier than he reux que celui qui est oisif. who is idle. Je connais celle dont vous parlez. I know her of whom you speak. Rem. The relative pronouns are not omitted in the French sentence, though they may be omitted in the English sentence. Vocabulary 50. La beaute, beauty. L'esprit, m. , the mind ; the intel- lect ; the wit. Le cceur, the heart. La barbe, the beard. Le chagrin, the grief ; the trouble. La flatterie, flattery. Un agent j an agent. Un appartement, an apartment. Au premier, on the first floor. Inquieter, to trouble; to make uneasy. S'interesser(a), to be interested (in). Consoler, to console ; to comfort. Louer, to hire ; to rent : to let out. Faire cas de, to value; to set a value upon. Sans reserve, without reserve. Avec egard, respectfully. Gris 3 gray. Exercise 50. 1. Je sais ce qui vous inquiete. 2. Votre ami me l'a dit. 3. Nous en avons parle. 4. J'y ai beaucoup pense, mais je n'y puis rien faire. 5. Vos amis s'interessent a votre sort, ce qui doit vous consoler. 6. Donnez-moi du papier a lettre. 7. Donnez-m'en une denii douzaine de feuilles. 8. Pretez-lui votre grammaire,*si vous n'en avez pas besoin. 9. Pretez-la-lui ; il vous la rendra tantot. 10. On a tort de ne penser qu'a soi. 11. On a souvent besoin d'un plus petit que soi. 12. Le monsieur qui a loue rappartement au premier, est ici. 13. C'est un monsieur a barbe grise, d'environ soixante ans. 14. Recevez-le avec egard, et donnez-lui la clef. 15. J J ai vu le peintre dont vous m'avez donne l'adresse. 16. (Test un homme dont tout le monde admire le talent. 17. Celui qui n'a jamais souffert, ne peut comprendre les maux d'autrui. 18. Je n'estime point celle qui fait plus de cas de sa beaute que de son esprit. 19. Prenez ce gateau ; coupez-le en quatre parties egales, et donnez-en un morceau a chacun de vos freres. 228 ELEMENTARY FRENCH GRAMMAR. Theme 50. 1. You do not know what troubles me. 2. I cannot tell it to you. 3. I think of it all the time. 4. I cannot speak of it with any one. 5. I know that you have trouble, which grieves me. 6. If I can be use- ful to you, tell me of it (it to me). 7. Speak to me of your trouble. 8. Speak of it to me without reserve. 9. Every one is master in his own house. 10. The gentleman is here who sold you the horse. 11. Tell him to come back next week. 12. I know the lady of whom you speak. 13. She is a person, whose qualities of heart and mind we ad- mire. 14. There is the agent whose address you ask for. 15. It is the same who rented us the house in which we live. 16. We do not pity him who pities nobody. 17. I do not esteem her who loves flattery better than truth FIFTY-FIRST LESSON. The Verb.— Agreement of the Verb and its Subject. 1. A verb agrees in person and number with its subject. When the subject is composed of two or more nouns or pronouns in the singular, the verb is put in the plural ; and when the nouns or pronouns are of different persons, the verb agrees with the first person in preference to the second, and with the second in preference to the third. Mon frere et moi (nous) vien- My brother and I will come. drons. When the words forming the subject are connected by ou, and are of the third person, the verb agrees with the last ; but when they are of different persons, the verb is put in the plural and agrees with the person who has the precedence. Lui ou son frere viendra. He or his brother will come. Ian ou moi viendrons. He or I will come. A verb having a collective noun in the singular for its subject, is put in the singular. Le peuple etait mecontent. The people were dissatisfied. SYNTAX OF THE VERB. 229 When the collective noun is followed by de and another noun, the verb agrees with the noun to which the action refers. Une foule d'enfants encombrait A crowd of children obstructed the la rue. street. Une foule d'enfants couraient A crowd of children ran through dans la rue. the street. The verb etre having ce for its subject, is put in the plural only when it is followed by a noun or pronoun in the third person plural : Ce sont eux. It is they. C'est nous. It is we. A verb having a relative pronoun for its subject, agrees with the antecedent of the relative pronoun. Moi, qui suis votre ami. I, who am your friend. 2. Use of the Tenses of the Indicative. The present tense is used to express what exists or takes place at the present time. Je lis. I am reading. Je lis tous les jours. I read every day. The present tense may be used to express a proximate future. Je pars demain. I leave to-morrow. The present tense is used to express a state or action which has been going on for some time, aud is still continuing in the present. In this case the perfect tense is used in English. Je suis ici depuis lundi. I have been here since Monday. Combien de temps y a-t-il que How long have you lived here? vous demeurez ici ? Dya trois ans que je demeure ici. I have lived here three years. The imperfect tense is used to express what existed, or what was going on, in past time. Je lisais quand vous etes entre. I was reading when you came in, Je lisais beaucoup autrefois. I used to read a great deal. 230 ELEMEXTAKY FRENCH GRAMMAR. The past indefinite tense represents the state or action as completed, either now or long since. J'ai vu votre oncle. I saw {or have seen) your uncle. Je l'ai vu il y a un an. I saw him a year ago. The past definite tense is used to express what occurred in a time entirely elapsed, and of which the present day forms no part. Je vis votre oncle l'an dernier. I saw your uncle last year. Rem. It is equally correct in such cases to use the past indefinite tense, and to say : J 5 ai vu votre oncle Fan dernier. In conversation, this tense is almost always preferred to the past definite. The pluperfect tense denotes that an action or event had taken place at, or before, some past time mentioned. Vous etiez parti quand je suis You had started when I arrived, arrive. The past anterior tense is used to express the earlier of two actions immediately succeeding each other, when the latter action is expressed by a verb in the past definite tense. Je partis aussitot que je me fus I started as soon as 1 had risen, leve. The future tenses are used to express what will take place in future time. The future tenses are used in French, though not in English, after adverbs of time, when the action is placed in the future. Je partirai quand j'aurai fini mes I will start when I have finished affaires. my business. Rem. The future tenses are not used after the conjunction si, if; but they may be used after si, whether. Je partirai, s'il vient. I will leave, if he comes. Je ne sais s'il viendra ou non. I do not know whether he will come or not. SYNTAX OF THE VERB. 231 3. Use of the Conditional Mode. The conditional mode is used to express what would take place, or would have taken place, if a certain condition were, or had been, ful- filled. The condition, when expressed, is introduced by the conjunc- tion si, if, with a verb in the imperfect or pluperfect tense of the indicative mood. Je le feraiSj si je pouvais. I would do it, if I could. Je l'aurais fait, si j'avais pu. I would have done it, if I had been able. II aurait pu le faire, s'il avait He could have done it, if he would. voulu. Rem. The conditional mode is not used after si, if; but may be used after si, whether. Je ne sais s'il viendrait, si je I do not know whether he would l'invitais. come, if I should invite him. 4. Use of the Imperative Mode. The imperative mode is used in French, as in English, to exhort or to command. Rendez-moi heureux. Make me happy. Ne me rendez pas malheureux. Do not make me unhappy. Rendons-nous utiles aux autres. Let us render ourselves useful to others. The third person of the imperative is supplied by the third person of the present tense of the subjunctive mode. Qu'il le fasse, et qu'ils en rient. Let him do it, and let them laugh. Verbs ending in the second person singular of the imperative in e, as parle, pense, offre, and also the imperative va, add, for the sake of euphony, the letter s before en and y. Parle de cela. Parles-en. Speak of that. Speak of it, Pense a cela. Penses-y. Think of that. Think of it. Va a la maison. Vas-y. Go home. Go there. 232 ELEMENTARY FRENCH GRAMMAR. 5. Use of the Subjunctive Mode. The subjunctive mode is used in dependent sentences : (1.) After verbs and phrases that express pleasure, pain, surprise, will, desire, command, doubt, fear, etc. Je suis bien aise que vous ayez I am glad that you succeeded, reussi. II s'etonne que nous soyons ici. He wonders that we are here. II desire que nous partions. He wishes us to leave. Je doute qu'il le sache. I doubt his knowing it. (2.) After interrogative and negative sentences which imply doubt. Croyez-vous qu'il le sache ? Do you believe that he knows it 1 Je ne pense pas qu'il le sache. I do not think that he knows it. (3.) After impersonal verbs. II est temps que vous partiez. It is time for you to leave. II faut qu'il le fasse. He must do it. (4.) In a relative sentence that limits one of the following words : le plus, le moins, le mieux, le meilleur, le pire, le moindre, le seul, le premier, le dernier, etc. Vous Stes le premier qui l'ait su. You are the first who knew it. Le seul qui puisse le faire. The only one who can do it. (5.) In a relative sentence limiting a word of an indefinite sense. Jecherchequelqu'un qui le sache. I seek some one who knows it. II y a peu d'hommes qui le There are few men who know it. sachent. (6.) After certain conjunctions. (See Fifty-second Lesson.) The tense of the verb, when it is in the subjunctive mode, depends on the tense of the governing verb. The present and future tenses require the present or past tense of the subjunctive. Je doute i qu'il le fasse. I doubt ) his doing it. Je douterai ) qu'il l'ait fait. I shall doubt S his having done it. SYNTAX OF THE VERB. 233 The past tenses and the tenses of the conditional require the imper- fect or pluperfect of the subjunctive. J'ai doute ) qu'il le fit. I doubted ) his doing it. Je douterais \ qu'il l'eut fait. I would doubt ( his having done it. 6. Use of the Infinitive. The infinitive may be used as subject or as object. Parler trop est imprudent. To speak too much is imprudent. Je veux vous rendre ce service. I will render you that service. Je le ferai pour vous obliger. I will do it to oblige you. The past tense of the infinitive is used after the preposition apres, whereas, in English, the present or compound participle is used. Apres avoir dit cela il sortit. After saying that he went out. 7. Government of Verbs. Some verbs are transitive in English and intransitive or neuter in French ; and again, some verbs are transitive or active in French, which are intransitive in English. User de quelque chose. Abuser de quelque chose. Douter de quelque chose. Jouir de quelque chose. Convenir a quelqu'un. Obeir a quelqu'un. Plaire a quelqu'un. Repondre a quelqu'un. Ressembler a quelqu'un. And Demander quelque chose. Desirer quelque chose. Payer quelque chose. Devoir quelque chose. Ecouter quelqu'un. Regai der quelqu'un. To use a thing. To abuse a thing. To doubt a thing. To enjoy a thing. To suit somebody. To obey somebody. To please somebody. To answer somebody. To resemble somebody. To ask for something. To wish for something. To pay for something. To owe for something. To listen to somebody. To look at somebody. 234 ELEMENTARY FRENCH GRAMMAR. Some verbs require a different preposition in French than they do in English. Penser a, to think of. Rire de, to laugh at. The following are some of the verbs which govern the infinitive directly (see Twentieth Lesson, 2) : Aimer mieux, to like Entendre, to hear. Savoir, to know how. better. Compter, to intend. Faire, to get. Voir, to see. Croire, to believe. Pouvoir, to be able. Vouloir, to be willing. The following are some of the verbs which require a before the dependent infinitive (see Twenty-second Lesson) : Aimer, to like. Donner, to give. Parvenir, to succeed (in). S'amuser, to amuse Employer, to employ. Penser, to think. one's self. Apprendre, to learn. Inviter, to invite. Perdre, to lose. Chercher, to seek. Mettre, to put. Se plaire, to delight (in). The following are some of the verbs which require de before the dependent infinitive (see Twenty-second Lesson) : Cesser, to cease. Finir, to finish. Promettre, to promise. Conseiller, to advise. Negliger, to neglect. Refuser, to refuse. Se dep^cher, to make Oublier, to forget. Rire, to laugh. haste. Dire, to tell. Permettre, to permit. Tacher, to endeavor. Some verbs require different prepositions, according to the sense in which they are used, tarder a, to delay ; tarder de, (impers.) to long; venir, to come; venir a, to happen; venir de, to come from, to have just. . . II tarde bien a venir. * He is long in coming. II me tarde de le voir. I long to see him. Je viens travailler. I come to work. S'il vient a mourir. If he happens to die. Je viens de le voir. I have just seen him. *Appartenir, To Belong. Etre a, To Belong. A qui appartient cette maison ? To whom does that house belong ? Etre a is used in the sense of appartenir. SYNTAX OF THE VERB. 235 A qui est cela ? Whose is that ? C'est a moi. That is mine. A qui sont ces gants ? Whose gloves are these ? lis sont a ma tante ; or ) Ce sont les gants de ma tante. ) They are my aunt's. Vocabulary 51. Le peuple, the people. Garder, to keep ; to guard. Le palais, the palace. Tuer, to kill. Une troupe, a band. Retrouver, to find (what teas lost). Les troupes (plur.), the troops. Fairs attendre, to keep waiting. La bataille, the battle. S'etonner, to wonder. Un service, a service. Vouloir du bien (a), to wish well. Theme 51. Agreement. 1. My friend and I shall start to-morrow. 2. You or Henry will come with us. 3. The people were complaining of the con- duct of the troops. 4. A band of soldiers kept the door of the palace. 5. A great many soldiers were killed in the last battle. 6. They are our friends, who invited us. 7. It is you, gentlemen, who refused to come. Use of the Tenses. 8. How long have you been here? 9. I have been here since Saturday. 10. I have been waiting two hours for my brother. 11. 1 have lost my grammar. 12. Yesterday I found it among the books which you returned to me. 13. Last winter we were in Paris. 14. One day I received a letter which called me back to New York ; my father was sick. 15. As soon as I had learned this news, I came back to the United States. 16. I shall start when my brother comes. 17. I will start to-day, if he comes. 18. I do not know whether he will come. Conditional Mode. 19. He would come, if he could. 20. He would have come yesterday, if it had not rained. 21. I would render you that service, if it (ce) were in (en) my power. 22. I would have done so already. Imperative Mode. 23. Do not keep me waiting long. 24. Let us render ourselves agreeable to those of whom we have need. Subjunctive Mode. 25. I am glad that you have come. 26. I am sorry that your brother is sick. 27. I wonder that he has not written 236 ELEMENTARY FRENCH GRAMMAR. to me. 28. I doubt whether (que) he knows that you are here. 29. I do not think that he knows it. 30. It is time for us to go (away). 31. I must first finish what I am doing. 32. The professor wished me to write my exercise before I left. Government. 33. Do you doubt that ? 34. I do not doubt it. 35. You enjoy great advantages; do not abuse them. 36. Try to please your teachers : they wish you well. 37. I owe you for these boots ; I will pay you for them as soon as I receive my money. 38. Whose pen- knife is this? 39. It is mine. 40. That store belongs to my uncle. 41. He is long in coming. 42. I long to see him. 43. He has just arrived. 44. I knew that it was he, because he resembles your father. FIFTY-SECOND LESSON. The Participle. The principal uses of the participles, present and past, have been explained in the Twenty-first Lesson. The present participle may be used without en : 1. To state a determinative or explanatory circumstance, with refer- ence to the subject or object of the verb. Un jeune homme connaissant ses A young man knowing his own inter£ts, ne negligera pas ses interest, will not neglect his etudes. studies. J'ai vu cet homme tenant un I have seen that man holding a livre a la main. book in his hand. 2. To state a conclusive circumstance, in an absolute manner. La paix etant conclue, les armees Peace being concluded, the armies se retirerent. withdrew. The Adverb. Davantage, plus, more. Davantage can have no dependent words following it ; but is preferable to plus at the end of a sentence. Si, so ; tant, so much, denote extension; aussi, as, so; autant, as much, so much, denote comparison. SYKTAX OF THE PREPOSITION. 23? Rem. Si may be used for aussi, and tant for autant, in negative sentences. Plutot, plus tot. Plutot means rather ; and plus tot, sooner. Tout a coup, means suddenly ; and tout d'un coup, all in one stroke. De suite means in succession ; and tout de suite, immediately. Adverbs are generally placed immediately after the verb. When the verb is in a compound tense, the adverb is placed between the auxiliary verb and the past participle. Adverbs of several syllables and adver- bial phrases are placed after the participle. Adverbs denoting time ab- solute, as : hier, aujourd'hui, demain, etc , may be placed before the subject ; but no adverb can be placed between the subject and the verb. Adverbs of comparison are repeated with each word which they modify. Adverbs of quantity need not be repeated ; but the preposi- tion de must precede each noun which the adverb limits. The Negative Particle Ne. The particle ne»is required before a verb in the subjunctive mode : 1. After verbs that express fear or apprehension, when they are used affirmatively. 2. After the verbs empecher, to 'prevent, to hinder, and prendre garde, to beware ; to take aire (not). 3. After desesperer, to despair; disconvenir, to disoicn, to deny; douter, to doubt ; nier, to deny, when they are used negatively. 4. After the conjunctions a moins que, unless; de crainte que, de peur que ; for fear that. 5. Ne is also required before the verb in the second member of a comparative sentence, when the first member is affirmative. II est plus riche qu'on ne le pense. He is richer than people think. II parle autrement qu'il ne pense. He speaks otherwise than he thinks. The Preposition. A, dans, en, in. A directs the mind to the locality ; dans, points to the inside of it ; en and the noun which it precedes, form a kind of adverbial phrase. II est au magasin, he is at the store. II est dans le magasin, he is in the store. Le cafe est en magasin, the coffee is stored. 238 ELEMEXTARY FUEXCH GRAMMAR. En, a, to or in. The preposition en is used before the names of countries of the feminine gender ; and the preposition a and the article, before the names of countries of the masculine gender. En France, to or in France. Au Mexique, to or in Mexico. When dans and en are used with reference to time, dans precedes the epoch at which, and en the period in which, anything is to be, or can be, done. Je pars dans deux heures, I start in two hours. Je peux finir cet ouvrage en deux heures, I can finish that work in two hours. De, avec, chez, with. De expresses result or consequence ; avec has the meaning of together with, by means of; chez lias reference to one's country, one's home. Qu'avez-vous fait de mon canif ? What have you done with my penknife? (Where is it?) Qu'avez-vous fait avec mon canif? What have you done with my penknife f ( What use have you made of it f) Chez les Romains c'etait la coutume. Among the Romans it was the custom. De, than. After plus and moins, de is used before a numeral adjec- tive, and not que: plus de vingt, more than twenty ; moins de dix, less than ten. Avant, devant, before. Avant denotes priority, devant, position. II est venu avant moi. II s'est place devant moi. Entre, parmi, among. Entre is used distributively ; parmi means in the middle of. Entre nous, among us. Parmi le peuple, among the people. Vers, envers, towards. Vers is used to express physical direction, and envers to express moral direction. Vers le nord, towards the north. Poli envers tout le monde, polite towards everybody. The prepositions a, de, en, sans, are repeated before each word. The Conjunction. Certain conjunctions are always followed by the subjunctive mode. The following are some of them, which are of frequent use. Afin que, in order that. De crainte que, i for fear ; lest A moins que, (Rem.) unless. De peur que, ) (Rem.) Avant que, before. Au cas or en cas que, in case. Bien que, although. Pour que, in order that. SYNTAX OP THE CONJUNCTION. 239 Pourvu que, provided. Sans que^ without. Quoique, although. Suppose que, suppose. Rem. A moins que, de crainte que, de peur que, require ne before the verb. After the conjunction que, the verb is put in the indicative or the subjunctive, according as the preceding proposition may require. The conjunction cannot be omitted ; but instead of repeating any of the compound conjunctions, que is used in their place, and governs the verb in the same manner as the conjunction for which it stands. Que, used to avoid the conjunction si, if, governs the subjunctive mode, although si requires the verb in the indicative. Si vous venez et que je ne sois pas au logis, attendez-moi. If you come and (if) I am not in, wait for me. Que, in exclamatory sentences, is used for comme and for combien. Que c'est beau! How beautiful that is ! Que vous &tes bon ! How good you are ! Que de bonte vous avez ! How much kindness you have ! Et is used to join similar parts of an affirmative proposition ; ni to join similar parts of a negative proposition. 11 ressemble a son frere, et de He resembles his brother, both in visage et de caractere. face and disposition. II ne ressemble pas a son frere, He does not resemble his brother, ni de visage ni de caractere. either in face or disposition. Ni is used in connection with non plus (either, in a negative sense). II ne veut pas le faire, ni moi non plus. He will not do it, nor I either. Mon frere ne veut pas le faire non plus. My brother will not do it either. Vocabulary 52. La parole, the word. Inviter, to invite. La difficulty, the difficulty. *Secourir quelqu'un, to come to Un principe, a principle. one's assistance. Le Canada, Canada. *Offrir (de), to offer (for). En voiture, in a carriage. Renoncer (a), to renounce. Dans l'embarras, in difficulty. Je vous en piie. pray. 240 ELEMENTARY FRENCH GRAMMAR. Theme 52. Present Part. 1. Our friends seeing that we were in difficulty, came promptly to our assistance. 2. On coming in, I saw the professor hold- ing your copy-book in his hand. 3. He read your exercise, and having read it he said, this is the best exercise I have seen to-day. Adverbs. 4. I offered you fifty dollars for your boat ; and I will not give any more for it (en). 5. Do not laugh so loud. 6. Do not speak so much. 7. I would rather die than renounce my principles. 8. He had no sooner pronounced these words than he went out. 9. Your friend has been absent three days in succession. 10. I will go to him immediately. 11. I often see him, but I seldom speak to him. 12. I never had any difficulties with him. The Particle Ne. 13. I fear that he may be sick. 14. 1 will pre- vent his going out. 15. Take care that he does not hear you. 16. I do not doubt his being sick. 17. I shall not go there, unless he in- vites me personally (lui-meme). 18. His conduct is much better than it was formerly. Prepositions. 19. My father is in his office ; my mother is in her room ; and my sister has gone out in a carriage. 20. My uncle was in France last year, and he has gone to Mexico now. 21. I will go to Canada in a fortnight. 22. I wrote this exercise in forty minutes. 23. What have you done with my grammar ; I cannot find it any- where? 24. What have you done with my gold pen; it is quite spoiled? 25. I have more than ten pens ; but not one is good. 26. I shall not go out before noon. 27. There is a carriage before the door. 28. I will come towards evening. 29. Pray, be polite towards everybody. Conjunctions. 30. If you see my brother before he goes to the office, give him this letter. 31. I send it to him (in order) that he may comprehend the situation of that business. 32. Provided you do your duty, all will be well. 33. If you have to leave, and cannot come to see me, write to me. 34. How kind you are ! 35. How many fine things one sees in Paris ! 36. He will never believe that story. 37. I cannot believe it either. 38. My father does not believe that he has done it, or that he ever will do it. APPENDIX, ADDITIONAL VOCABULARIES. i. Line famille, a family. Le pere. the father. La mere, the mother. Le.s enfants, the children. Un fils, a son. Uue fille, a daughter. Un frere, a brother. Une soeur, a sister. Un frere jumeau, a t 'win-brother. Une sceur jumelle, a faflifl sister. Le grand-pere, ?Ae grand-father. La grand' mere, flie grand-mother. Un petit-fils, a grandson. Une petite-fille, a gram I- daughter. Un oncle, «/? tf/?ite. Une tante, cm aun£ Un neveu. a nephew. Une niece, a niece. L'n cousin, a cousin^ m. Une cousine. a cousin,/. Un parrain. a godfather. Une marraine, « godmother. Un fillenl, a godson . Une fiKeule. a goddaughter. Une gpouse, I .- Une femme, i " ^^ Uo beau-pere, a father-in-law. Une belle-mere, a mother -inAaw. Un bean-frdre, a brother in-law. Une belle-soeur, a sister -in-laio. Un parent, a relation, m. Une parente, a relation, f. Un proche parent, a rwttr relation. Un parmt eloigne. a distant relation. Un cousin germain, a first-cousin^ m. Une cou-in- germaine, ess. Une robe de chambre, a dressing-gown. Une robe de bal. a party -dress. Une robe de ville, a walking-dress. Un joupon, a petticoat. Un corset, a corset. Les ceillets, Me holes. Le lacet, Me lacing. Un fichu, a neckerchief. Un tablier, an apron. Une ceinture, a 0e/£. Un ruban, a ribbon. Un cordon, a string. Un noeud, a Atzo^. Une boucle. a buckle. Une agrafe, a e&zsp. Un crochet, a hook. Une par u re, a se£ of jewels. Un collier, a necklace. Un bracelet, a bracelet. Une bague, a rona. Une boucle d'oreille, an ear-ring. Une echarpe, a scarf. Un chale, a shawl. Un manteau, a e/aa£. Un manchon, a muff. Un voile, a veil. Des bottes, boots. Des bottines, ladies' boots. Des souliers, s/?aes. Des guetres, gaiters. Des brodequins, /aeed foote. Des pantoufles, slijjpers. Des has. stockings. Une j.Hnetiere. a aarter. Un mouchoir, a handkerchief. Des gants, gloves. Un eventaii, a /#;?.. Une lorgnette, aw opera-glass. Une ombrelle, ajxiraxol. Un flacon d'odeurs, a smelling-bottle. VI. Une maison, a house. La facade, Me front. Le perron, Me flight of steps. La porte, Me door. Le numero, Me number. Le marteau, Me knocker. La sonnette. Me oe#. La clef, Me kaj. Un loquet, a latch. Le decrottoir. Me scraper. Le vestibule, Me Aa#. Me entry. Le rez-de-chaussee, Me ground-floor. 244 ADDITIONAL VOCABULARIES. La salle, the parlor. Un mur, a wall. Un clois^n, a partition. L'escalier. the stairs. La rampe, the banisters. Les marches, the steps. Un etage, a story. Un appartement, anappartment. Une chambre, a room. La chambre de devant, the front room. La chambre du fond, the back room. Une eerrare, a lock. Le trou de serrure, the key-hole. Un verrou, a bolt. Un gond, a hinge. La fenetre, the window. Le chassis, the sash. Un carreau de vitre, a pane of glass. Un rideau, a curtain. Une marqnise, an awning. Un gland, a tassel. Un volet, a shutter. Une jalousie, a blind. Un balcon. a balcony. Le salon, the drawing-room. Le plafond, the ceiling. La renture, the paper. La cheminee, the chimney. L*atre, the hearth. Le plan cher, the floor. Une chambre a coucher, a bed-room. Un cabinet de toilette, a dressing-room. Une armoire, a closet. La salle a manger, the dining room. La chambre des enfants, the nursery. Une bibliotheque, a library. Un grenier, a garret. Une mansarde, an attic. Le toit, jS/z« roof. Une pontre, « #eam. Une solive, a joist. Une plate form, a platform. Une gouttiere, a spout. Un tuyau, « jwpe. Un egout, a drain. Une pierre, a stone. Une brique, « brick. Une ardoise, a state. De la chaux, &me. Du mortier, mortar. Du ciment, cement. Du platre, plaster. Le proprieraire, Me landlord. Le loyer, Me m^. Un locataire, a tenant. VII. Le mobilier, the furniture. Un meuble, apiece of furniture. Les pincettes, the tongs. La pelle, the shovel. Le tissonier, Me poke?' Le soufflet, Me bellows. Le garde-cendre, the fender. La grille, Me grate. Les chenets. Me andirons. Le seau a, charbon, the coal-scuttle. Le coin du feu, the fireside. Un ecran, « screen. Un calorifdre, a furnace. La bouche de chaleur, Me register. Une table, a M£te. Une chaise, a chair. Un fauteuil, an arm-chair. Un sofa, a sofa. Un coussin, a cushion. Un tabouret, « stectf. Une armoire, a cupboard. Les tablettes, Me shelves. Une commode, a chest of drawers. Un tiroir, a drawer. Une bibliotheque, a book-case. Les rayons, Me shelves. Une toilette, a toilet-table. Un lavabo, a wash-stand. Un pot a 1'eau, a pitcher. La cuvette, Me wash-basin. Une serviette, a napkin ; a towel. Un essuie main, a fott>«/. Un miroir, a looking-glass. Un lit, a bed. Le bois de lit, the bedstead. Une paillasse, a straiv bed. Un matelas, a mat trass. Un lit de plume, a feather bed. Un oreiller, a pillow. Une taie d' oreiller, a pillow-case. Un traversin, a bolster. Un drap, « s/tee£. Une couverture, a blanket. Le couvre-pied, Me coverlet. Les rideaux^Me curtains. Une cousiniere, a mosquito net. Un tableau, a picture. Le cadre, the frame. Le verre, Me ffftzss. La gravure, Me engraving. Une pendule. a time-piece. Un vase, « ?y/->y. Un chandelier, a candlestick. Une chandelle, a candle. Une bougie, echoir, a clothes horse. Un hachoir, a chopping -knife. vm. Un repas, a meal. Le dejeuner, breakfast. Le diner, dinner. Le souper, supper. Une collation, a collation. Un gouter, a luncheon. Un service, a course {at dinner). Le dessert, tae dessert. La nappe, Me table-cloth. Une serviette, a napkin. Une cuiller, or cuillere, a spoon. Une fourchette, a fork. Un couteau, a te/e. Du pain tendre. or frais. &ew> &r< id. Du pain rassifi, -^«/e bread. Du pain de menage, home-made bread. Un pain, a loaf. L'entame, thefirst cut. De la croute, crust. De la mie, crumb. Une tartine. a slice of bread and buffer. Des pet its pains, rolls. Du cafe, coffee. Du the, tea. Du chocolat, chocolate. Du lait, ra^A;. De la ereme, cream. Du beurre, butter. Du fromage, cheese. Du ver micelle, vermicelli. Du riz, rice. Un ceuf , aft eaa. La coque, the shell. Le blanc, the ichite. Le jaune. the yolk. Un oeuf a la coque, a boiled egg. Des ceufs brouilles, scrambled eggs. Des oeufs poches, poached eggs. Des ceufs bite, fried eggs. Une omelette, an omelet. Du flan, custard. Un plat, a tf£s&. Une assiette, a plate. Un coquetier, an egg-cup. Une soupiere, a sovp-tureen. De la soupe. toy p. Du bouillon. 6roM, beef -soup. De la viande, meal. Du bceuf. beef. Du r6ti, roa$£ beef. Du bouilli, oozYetf 6ee/. Du biftek, beefsteak. Du veau. veal. Une cotelette de veau. a veal-cutlet. De la viande bien cuite, well-done meat. De la viande pen cuite, rare meat. Du hachis, mince meat. Du mouton. mutton. UnecOtelette de mouton, a mutton-chop. Un gigot de mouton, a leg of mutton. De Tagneau, lamb. Du pore, pork. Du saindoux, lard. Du lard, bacon. Du jarabon. Aara. Une tranche de jambon, a slice of ham. Du gran. fat. Du maigre, lean. Du jus, gravy. De la sauce, made-gravy. Un ragout, a stew. Des legumes, vegetables. Un chou, a cabbage. Un navet, a turnip. Une carrotte, a carrot. Un chou-fleur, a cauliflower. Un artichaut, a// artichoke. Des asperges, asparagus. Des epinards, spinach. Des haricots verts, string-beans. Des pois, 7?e<7.ee£. Du sel, «i#. Du poivre, pepper. De la moutarde, mustard. Des epices. spices. Des cornichons, pickles. Une bouteille. « fto/'/e. Le bouchon, Me cor#, 246 ADDITIONAL VOCABULARIES. Un tire-bouchon, a corkscrew. Une salade, a salad. De la laitue, lettuce. Du celeri, celery. Un oignon, an onion. Du persil, parsley. De l'oseille, sorrel. Une volaille, a fowl. Du gibier, game. Du poisson, fish. Un pate, a meat-pie. Un tourte, a pie. Une tarte, a tart. Une pomme, an apple. Une poire, a pear. Des cerises, cherries. Des groseilles, currants. Des groseilles a, maquereau, gooseberries. Une p§che, a peach. Un abricot, aw apricot. Une prune, a plum. Des fraises, strawberries. Des framboises, raspberries. Des noix, walnuts. Des noisettes, hazelnuts. Du raisin, grapes. Des bonbons, sweetmeats. Des dragees, sugar-plums. Une amande, a/? almond. Une praline, a 6w?^ almond. Du miel, honey. Des compotes, stewed fmit. Des confitures, preserves. Une gelee, a jelly. Une glace, a» ice. Des beignets,/n^?v. Des crepes, pancakes. Puree de pommes de terre, ma hed pota- toes, Des patates, sweet potatoes. De la sauce, sauce. Compote de pommes, apple-sauce. IX. Un animal, an animal. Une b§te, a oeas£. Un taureau, a 6w#. Un boeuf, aw o.r. Une vache, a cow. Un veau, a caff. Un belier, a ram. Un mo u ton, a sAeep. Une brebis, a ewe. a sheep. Un agneau, a lamb. Un bouc, a he-goat. Une chevre, a s^e goat. Un cheval, a worse. Une juinent, a mare. Un poulain, a 60#. Un ane, an ass. Un chien, a dog. Un chat, a ca£, Un renard, a fox. Un cerf , a stag. Un daim, a deer. Une biche, a #ia\ Un faon, a fawn. Un loup. a wolf. Un sanglier, a wild boar. Un cochon, a hog. Un lievre, a hare. Un lapin, a rabbit. Un chien de chasse, a hound. Un epagneul, a spaniel. Un basset, a terrier. Un chien d'arrdt, a setter. Un terre-neuve, a Newfoundland Un lion, a /iow. Une lionne, a lioness. Un tigre, a /iaer. Une tigresse, a tigress. Un leopard, a leopard. Un elephant, aw elephant. Un chameau, a camel. Une girafe, a giraffe. Un ours, a &?«r. Un singe, a monkey. Un castor, a bearer. Un oiseau, a fa>a\ Un moineau, a sparrow. Une alouette, a £«?'&. Une hirondelle, a swallow. Un rossignol, a nightingale. Un serin, a canary. Un rouge-gorge, a robin. Un merle, a blackbird. Un perroquet, a parrot. Un paon, a peacock. Un corbeau, a raven. Une corneille, a crow. Un hibou, an owl. Une chauve-souris, a 6a^. Un coq, a coeA*. Une poule, a &en. Un poulet, a chicken. Un pigeon, a pigeon. Une colombe, a aoye. Un dindon ) , 7/r i rw Une dindef a ™ Ufy * Un canard, a duck. Un cygne, a swan. Une perdrix, a partridge. Une becasse, a woodcock. Une becassine. a snip*. Une caille, a quaV. Une autruche. an o*t?ich. Une mouette, a gull. Un aigle, on eagle. Une oie, a aoose. Un poisson', a fish. Une baleine, <7 whale. Un requin, a shark. Une morue. a coo?. Une raie. a s#a£e. Un saumon, a salmon. ADDITIONAL VOCABULARIES. 247 Un brochet, a pike. Une merluche, a haddock. Un eperlan, a smelt. Une truite, a trout. Une perche, a perch. Une anguille, an eel. Un maquereau, a mackerel.. Un hareng, a herring. Une alose, a shad. Un homard, a lobster. Une crevette, a shrimp. Une huitre, an oyster. Des insectes. insects. Des reptiles, reptiles. Une mouche. «/y. Une abeille, a bee. Une guepe, a wasp. Unesauterelle, a grasshopper. Une couturidre, a lady bird. Un papiUpn, a butterfly. Une demoiselle, a dragon-fly. Un moustique, a mosquito. Un cousin, a gnat ; a mosquito. Une teigne, a moth. Un escarbot, a beetle. Un limacon, a snail. Un serpent, a snake. Une chenille, a caterpillar. Un ver, a worm. Un lezard, a lizard. Une souris, a mouse. Une taupe, a mote. Un crapaud, a foac?. Une grenouille, a frog. Une arai^nee, a spider. Une punaise, a bedbug. Une puce, a flea. Un perce-oreille, aw earwig. Une fourmi, aw aw£. Un grillon, a cricket. Une sangsue, a leech. X. Les arbres, the trees. Un ch§ne, an oak. Un orme, an elm. Un tilleul, a linden. Un frene, an ash. Un pin 5 a pine. Un sapin, a fir. Un noyer, a walnut. Un chataignier, \ nch ^ 1nut trM Un marronnier, \ acnesmm lree - Un bouleau, a tarcA. Un peuplier, a poplar. Un saule, a willow. Un saule pleureur, a weeping willow. Un hetre, a beech. Un aune, aw a/c?6r. Un erable, a maple. Un pommier, an apple-tree. Un poirier, a pear-tree. Un pecher, a peach-tree. Un prunier, « plum-tree. Un cerisier, a cherry-tree. Un mnrier, a mulberry -tree. Des arbrisseaux, shrubs. Un sureau, aw ^er. Une aubepine, a hawthorne. Un groseiller, a currant-bush. Un figuier, a fig-tree. Un oranger, aw orange-tree. Un fraisier, a strawberry-vine. Un framboisier, a raspberry-bush. De la fougdre,/r une eleve, a pupil. Un ecolier. a scholar, m. L T ne ecoliere. a scholar, f. La classe (salle de), Me schoolroom. Un pupitre, « tf^A;. Un banc, a bench. Une carte, a 771a??. Un globe, a globe. Un tableau, « blackboard. Un dictionnaire, a dictionary. Une grammaire, a grammar. Une lecon, a lesson. IjSl lecture, reading. L'orthographe, spelling. Une dictee, a dictation. Une faute, a mistake. Un brouillon, a rough copy. Le calcul, ciphering. Une regie, a swra or problem. La somme, Me szm. Une erreur, a mistake (in calculation). Un chiffre, a figure ; a number. Un zero, a nought. Une main de papier, a quire of paper. Une feuille de papier, a sheet of papa. Du papier a lettre, letter-paper. Du papier brouillard or buvard, blotting paper. De Pencre, ink. Un encrier, an inkstand. Une plume, a pen. Une plume metallique, a steel-pen. Un canif, a penknife. De la gomme elasrique, India-rubber. Un crayon, apene'd. Un porte-crayon, a pencil-case. Une regie, « n^er. Une ardoise, a ,^tfte. Un crayon ^d'ardoise, a slate pencil. De la cire a cachcter, sealing-wax. Un pain a cacheter. « wafer. Vn carton, a po)(f olio. Un pinceau, « paint -br us Ji. Des crayons, crayons. Des couleurs, paints. L'ecriture, writing. Une li^ne, a ftm. Un trait, a stroke. Un plein, a down-stroke. Un delie, a/i up stroke. La ponctuation, ))>i mi nation. Un chapitre, a chapter. Une page, a ;w^. Un paragraphs, <7 paragraj>h. Une phrase, a s< n/encc. Un mot, <7 «70rrf. Une Byllabe, nr syllable. Une lettre. a fel&r. Une voyelk', a voted. ADDITIONAL VOCABULARIES. 249 Une consonne, a consonant. Un point, a point. Deux points, a colon. Point et virgule, a semicolon. Une virgule, a comma. Point (^interrogation, a note of interro- gation. Point d' exclamation, a note of exclama- tion. Des guillements, quotation marks. l~n trait d union, a hyphen. Une parenthese, a bracket. Yn trema, a diaeresis. Uu trait or tiret, a dash. xm. Un outil, a tool. Un marteau. a hammer. Ub mail let. a mallet. Une vrille, a gimlet. Un rabot. ajilane. Des tenailles,2%?2cers. Un.ci^eau, a chisel. Une vis, # screw. Yn tourne-vis, a screw-driver. L r n clon, a nail. Une cheville, a peg. Une enclume, an anvil. Une boite a ouvra^e. a work box. Le couvercle. Me lid. Le dedans, Me inside. Le fond, Me bottom. Une pelote. a pincushion. Une epingle, a /?£rc. Un etui, a needle-case. Une aiguille, a needle. Une aguille a tapisserie, a worsted-needle. Une aiguille a repriser, a darning-needle. Un paquet (raiguilles, a paper of needles. Du fil, thread. Un peloton de fil. a 6a# of thread. Un echeveau d^ fil, a sA#wi of thread. LTne bobine de fil. <7 $pooJ of thread. Une aiguillee, '/ needleful. Un de, « thimble. Une paire de ciseaux, a pair of scissors. Un passe-lacer, a bodkin. Du ganse, cwrf. Du ruban de fil tape. Du galon. braid. Des agrafes et porte*, /zoo/ - * a«rf eyes. Des boutons. buttons. Un peloton de laine. a ball of yarn. Un cure-dent, a tooth pi^k. Une tabatiere. a snuff-box. Un pied, afoot. Un pouce, ara ?/2c//. Une toise, a fathom. Vn mdtre, a meter. Un millc, « miA . Une lieue, a league. Unelivre, a pound. Une once, an ounce. Un boisseau, a, bushel. Un gallon, a gallon. Une pinte, a pint. Une table a jouer, a card-table. Un jeu de cartes, apack of cards. L'as, the ace. Le roi, the king. La reine, the queen. Le valet, the knave. Un cceur, « heart. Un carreau, a diamond. Un trefle, a c^v&. Un pique, a spade. Un atout, a trump. Une partie de cartes, a game of cards. XIV. La campagne,the country. Un champ, afield. Une prairie, a meadow. Une naie. « hedge. Une cloture, a fence. Un fosse, a tfifcA. Un marrais. a marsh. Un etang, a ^emtf . Un ruisseau, a brook. Une fontaine, a fountain. Un puits, a well. Un abreuvoir, a tcatering -trough. Une colline, « fa"#. Un village, a village. Un paysan, a peasant. Une paysanne, « peasant woman. Un fermier, a farmer. La fermiere, \he farmers icife. Une ferme, a farm. Une charrue. a plough. Le soc, Me ploughshare. Un moulin, a wii#. La meule, Me mill-stone. Une grange, a 6am. Une ecurfe, a stable (for horses). Une etable, a stable (for cattte). La cour, the yard. La basse-cour, the poultry-yard. La laiterie, M<° dairy. La serre-chaude. Me hot-house. Le betail, Me c«^e. La pa i lie. Me straw. Du foin, hay. Du ble. corn ; wheat ; grain. Du mais, Indian-corn. Une gerbe, a sheaf. Une meule de foin, a stack of hay. D^ I'orge, barhy. De ravoine, plause. Bis; bisser, encore; to encore. Les sifiiets, Me hissing. Une aflSche, a WW. Un billet, a &c£e£. Une contre-marque, a c^e£#. XVI. Un voyage, a journey. La voiture, the coach. Le dehors, the outside. L'interieur, the inside. De la place, room. Une place, a place. Un siege, a seat. Un voyageur, a traveler. Une malle. a trunk. Un sac, « 6a<7. Un paquet, a parcel. Le depart, the departure. Adieu, farewell. La route, the road. La halte, the stopping; the stopping place. L'arrivee, the arrival. La reception, the reception. La ville, the city : the town. Un faubourg, a suburb. Une rue, a street. Une place, a square. Le pave, the pavement. Un trottoir. a sidewalk. Une boutique, a shop. Le comptoir, Me counter. Une pratique, a customer. La vente, Me sate. Un achetenr, a purchaser. Un achat, a purchase {large). Une emplette, a purchase {small). Un marche, « bargain. La grande poste, Me general post-office. La petite poste, Me penny post. Un h6tel, aw #ofe/. Un restaurant, an eating-house. Un cafe, a coffee-room. Legarcon. Me waiter. La carte, Me bill of fare. Un bureau, an office. Un cominis, a clerk. Un nuisee, « museum, Un pont, a bridge. Un quai, o #?/<7?/. La douane, the custom boa. ue vas-tu faire maintenant ? e vais m'habiller, puis je vais sortir. X Ou veux-tu aller ? Je vais faire des emplettes. Veux-tu m'accomparmer ? Je veux bien ; mais U faut que je ftnisse mon devoir premiSrement. Tu en auras le temps. Appelle-moi quand tu seras pret. Henri, me voici pret a sortir. Tu Instant; je vais dire a maman que nous Bortons. (Juc vas-tu achcter? I have not seen you, for some time. I have been very busy. My father was absent for some time. Will you take dinner with me? Indeed, I cannot. I beg you will excuse me. I must be at home in half an hour. I shall be obliged to leave you. lam sorry for it. I have urgent business. Business before everything / is that not so? Will you come and spend the evening at my house. You will meet some of your old class- mates. You are very Tcind. I shall not fail to be there. Children, it is time to go to school. Yes, mamma, we are going. Your friend Albert is at the door waiting for you. Let us be off, Charles, if you are ready. Yes, in a moment. Have you written your exercise ? I have not quite finished it. I was at the last sentence but one, when some one called me. I will finish it at school. Bo you knoiv the lesson ? I think I do. I studied it for three quarters of an hour. Bid you find it difficult? No. Let us make haste ; I hear the bell: Bo not run; we shall arrive in Hon . You know that the teacher doe* not like us to come after roll-call. No, indeed ; he wants us to be in ow seals before the roll is called. He is severe, but he is a good teac/o r. What are you going to do now ? lam going to dress, and then lam going out. Where are you going? lam going shopping. Will you go with me ? I will, but I must first finish my task. You wiU have time for that. Call me when you are ready. Henry, lure Tarn, ready to' go out. One moment ; I am going to tell mamma that ire arc going. What arc you going to b»y ? CONVERSATIONAL PHRASES. 257 D'abord une grammaire francaise. Tu sais que nous avons fini la petite, la Grammaire Elementaire. Eh bien, le professeur veut que nous etudiions maintenant la grande, par le merae auteur, sa grammaire Analy- tique. Ou achetes-tu tes livres ? Chez Monsieur Christern, Place de l'Uni- versite, No. 77. First, a French grammar. You know that we have finished the small one, the Elementary Grammar. Well, the professor wishes us now to study the large one of the same, author, his Analytical Grammar. Where do you buy your books ? At Jtfr. ChristerrCs, No. 77 Place. Monsieur, donnez-moi, s'il vous plait, un exemplaire de la grammaire fran- caise par . Yoici, monsieur, la grammaire que vous demandez. Y a-t-il autre chose que vous desirez, monsieur ? II me faut du papier a lettre, des enve- loppes et des timbres de poste. Je prendrai aussi queiques feuilles de papier buvard. Combien cela fait-il ensemble ? C'est quatre dollars et demi. Faut-il envoyer ces chores chez vous, monsieur ? Je ne vous donnerai pas cette peine-la. Faites-en un petit paquet, et je l'y porterai moi-meme. Sir, please give me a copy of the French grammar by . Here is the grammar you asked for, sir. Is there anything else that you wish, sir T I want some letter paper, envelopes, and postage stamps. I will also take a few sheets of blotting paper. How much is that altogether f It is four dollars and a half. Shall I send these things to your house, sirf I will not trouble you. Make a small bundle of them, and I will carry it my- self. Je voudrais qu'on sonnat pour le diner. La promenade m'a donne de l'appetit. Ou va servir le diner a l'instant. Le diner est servi. Mettons-nou- a table. Antoine, servez la soupe. Cette julienne est bonne. Aimez-vous le poisson ? Assez bien. Yoici du turbot et voila du saumon. Je mange rai un peu de saumon. Passez la sauce a monsieur. Antoine. avez-vous glace le vin ? Voulez-vous du Sauterne, ou du vin du Rhin ? A votre sante. A la vOtre. Changez d'assiettes, Antoine. Vbici un gigot de mouton bouilii; en voulez-vous ? Je prendrai de preference un petit mor- ceau de ce r6ti de boeuf. L'aimez-vous bien cuit ou peu cuit ? Donnez du jus a. monsieur. Pat. G. first floor, 50. fih of lightning, 33 flatter (1). 12. flattery, 50. flaxen, 48. tlee (to), ST). floor, 36. first floor, 51. flower, 11. follow (to), 43. fond of (to be). '2 \. foot, 48. for, 1, 35. foreigner, 39. forget (to), 24. INDEX TO VOCABULARIES.— ENGLISH WORDS. 261 GREEN. former, 41. formerlv, 25. fork, 12. fortnight, 41. fortune, good fortune, 2*2. found. 7. forward. to bring forward. 44 France. 48. frank, 9. freeze (to), 25. French. 39, 49. Friday, p. 51. friend, 7. friendship, 49. from, 1. from there, 34. frost, 48. fruit. 8. fulfill (to), 26. Garden, 2. gate. 17. gather (to), 35. general, 3. gentleman. 8. German, 49. Germany. 48. get made (to), 41. girl, 2. give (I), 11. given. 3. 18. give back (to), 28. glad, very glad, 23. glass, 1. glove, 7. go (I). 12. go (to), 20. go (to), p. 130. go away (to), 34. go back (to), p. 136. go in (to), p. 136. go out (to), p. 136. go over (to) 35. go to bed (to), 32. go and find (to). 37. God, 36. gold. 4. good, 5. 23. good-by, 38. good -day. 21. good morning, 21. good (the), 30. goods, 28. grain, 42. grammar, 7. grandfather, 36. gray, 50. green, 8, 48. INTELLECT. grief, 50. giind(to), 52. guard (to), 51. Hail (to), 33. hair, 48. ham. 29. hand, 48. hand (to), 42. handkerchief, 7. handsome, 13. hard (difficult), 15. happy, 7. haste (to make), 46. hat. 3. have. 4. have (to), p. 93. have to (to), 27. head, 47. headache, 47. heaven, 38. hear (to), 28, 42. heart, 50. help (to), 29. 46. Henrietta, 5. Henry, 5. her, p. 40. here. 1. here is, here are, 16. hire (to), 50. his, p. 40. history, 13. hold (to), 36. holiday. to have a holiday .22. home, at home, 1. honest. 35. hope (to), 25. horse, 2. hour, 9. house, 1. how, 15. how many, 9. how much, 9. hurry (in a), 23. husband, 3. I, p. 31. idleness, 48. if. 22. immediately, 28. impossible, 49. in, 1. indeed, 44, 45. industry, 35. inform (to), 26. ink, 4. inkstand, 26. inquire for, 19. instant, 42. instead, 41. intellect, 50. LEND. intelligence, 27. intemperance, 43. intention, 20. interest (at). 25. interested (to be), 50. interesting, 21. invest (to), 36. invite (to), 52. is, 1. its. p. 40. James, 32. January, p. 51. jeweler, 21. John, 6. journey, 32. Julia, 5. Julius, 5. July, p. 51. June, p. 51. just (it is), 30. just now, 28. Keep (to), 36. keep waiting (to), 51. kill (to), 51. kind, 5, 49. kindness, 22, 27. king, 43. knife, 12. knock, 17. knocked, 19. know (I), 11, 12. know (to), 33. know now (to), 3S. knowledge. 35. Lace, 17. lady, 8. young lady, 8. land. 38. language, 33, 49. large, 5. last, 6. 22. . at last, 38. late, 31. laugh, 21. laugh (to), 43. law, 40. lead (I), 13. lead (to), 25. lead, 13. leaf, 49. learn (to), 42. leave, to have leave, 22. to take leave, 42. leave (I), 18. leave (to), 20, 24. leave (to), p. 136. left, 14, 18. lend (I), 11. lend (to), 11. MAKCH. lent, 4. lesson. 9. let (to), 50. letter, 8. letter-box, 41. liberty, 35. lie down (to), 32. light, 48. lighten (to), 33. lightning, 33. like (I), 15. like (to), 24. how do you like? 13. I should like, 22. like better, 15. like to be (to), 42. like (as), 15. listen to (to), 29. little (small), 5. little. 4. a little, 4. too little, 4. but little, 42. live (I). 14. live (to) (dwell), 24. live (to). 43. lively, 7. loiter (to), 48. long, longer (no), 6. look at (to). 29. look for (to), 29. look over (to), 35. looking-^lass, 14. lose (to), 22, 28. lost, 7. lot, 43. 48. Louisa, 3. love (I), 15. love (to), 24. luck, food luck. 22. ad luck, 22. Mad, 40. madam, pp. 43, 44. made. 17. magnificent, 46. make, 9. make (to), 20, 41. mamma, 12. man, 1. man-servant, 14. many, p. 80. how many, 9. so many, 42. too many, 4. many a one, 43. marble, 43. March, p. 51. march (to), 44. 262 INDEX TO VOCABULARIES. — ENGLISH WORDS. NECESSARY. mark, 27. May, p. 51. master, 3. mean (to), 38. meat, 1. meet (to), 21. mend (to), 41. merchandise, 28. merchant, 14. meter, 10. middle, 38. midst (in the), 38. milk, 1. milk (to), 43. mill, 42. miller, 42. mind, 50. to have a mind, 22. minute, 9. miserly, 49. misfortune, 22. miss, 8. mistake, 10. mistaken (to be), 32. Mister, pp. 43, 44. Mrs., pp. 43, 44. moment, 26. monarch, 48. Monday, p. 51. money, 4, 28. month, 9. a month, 27. morning, 6. good morning, 27. more, p. 201. no more, 6. morrow (to), 20. morsel, 4. most, 27. mountain, 38. mother, 1. move (to), 37. much, 4. not much, 42. how much, 9. too much, 4. as much as, 24. muslin, 10. music, 41. music book, 41. must, p. 26. my, p. 40. Name, 18, 32. nation, 43. near, 37. necessary, 40. to be necessary 26,38. OPEN. need, to have need of, 12, 22. neglect (to), 30. negligent, 30. neighbor, 8. neighborhood, 47. neither, 16, p. 80. nephew, 7. never, 9. new, 15. news, 27. newspaper, 14. next, 41. and next, 46. nine, 7. night, 25. to-night, 25. last night, 25, 32. no, 1, 52. no longer, 6. no more, 6. no one, none, p. 80. nobody, p. 80. noise, 17. noon (at), 20. nor, 16. not, p. 28. not one, 52. notary, 31. note, 8. nothing, 14. nothing but, 38. notice, to give notice, 26. November, p. 51. now, 24. nowhere, 34. Obey (to), 26. obedience, 30. obedient, 30. obliged, 23. to be obliged, 27. observe (to), 41. obtain (to), 35. October, p. 51. of, 1. offend (to), 20. offer (to), 36, 52. office, 47. often, 6. old, 6, 15. oldest, 45. on, 1. once, 9. at once, 42. one, p. 80. one of, p. 80. only, 38, 39. open (to), 36. ,44. POCKET. opinion, 45. opportunity, 46. or, 9. orange, 3. order, 26. to put in order, 41, other, p. 52. others, p otherwise our, p. 40. outlive (to), 43. owe (to), 27. Packet, 19. pain, 47. to have pain, 47. painter, 18. painting, 14, 18. palace, 51. paper, 4. parasol, 7. parents, 3. parlor, 19. part, 42. pass (to), 21. passion, 43. patience, 4. pattern, 13, 17. Paul, 4. pay (to), 25. to pay attention 41. peach. 11. pear, 8. pen, 3. pencil, 3. penknife, 12. people, 33, 38, 51, p. 80. permission, 22. perseverance, 35. person, 45. physician, 8. picture, 14, 18. piece, 4, 10. piece of news, 27. pine-apple, 8. pity (to), 40. place, 10. place (to), 25. play (I), 18. play (to), 24. played, 18. please (to). 42. it pleases, 42. if you please, 42. jpleased with, 15. pleasure, 22. pocket, 7. pockethandkerchief, i 7. RECITAL. poor, 5. postman, 8. post-otlice, 7. pound, 49. power, 36. powerful, 48. praise (to), 30. pray (to), 20. pray, 52. prayer, 36. prefer (to), 15. preference, 17. presence (in my), 43. present, 27. at present, 10. presently, 28. pretty, 13. price, 22. principle, 52. prize, 22. piocession, 31. proclaim (to), 48. professor. 3. promise. 36. pronounce (to), 49. property, 35. protect (to), 25. prudence, 22. prudent, 22. pull (to), 46. punish (to), 26. pupil. 6. pursue (to), 43. put (to), 41. pin back (to), 41. put off (to), 41. put on, 41. put in order, 41. Quality, 10. quarry, 43. quarter, 48. question, 28. to ask a question, 41. quick, 34. quickly, 34. quiet. 33. [uit (to), 24. [iiitted, 18. iain, 22. rain (to), 33. it rains, 33. h (to), 36. __ (to), 20, 41. *d, 18. •each read I ready, __ reap (to), 35. reason, 18. receive (to), 20. "27. recital, 37. IKDEX TO VOCABULARIES. — EXGLISH WORDS. 263 SCHOLAR. recognize (to), 39. recollect (to), 32. red, 17. re-enter, p. 136. related, 13. relative, 45. rely upon (to), 40. remain (to), 24, 41. renounce (to), 52. rent (to), 50. repair (to), 46. reprove (to), 30. reputation, 35. respect, 27. respect (to), 30. respectfully, 50. reserve, without reserve, 50. rest, 42. resume (to), 42. retain (to), 36. return (to) {give back) 28. return (to) {come back), p. 137. return (to) {go back). p. 136. reward (to), 30. ribbon, 7. rich, 5. right, it is right, 30. to be right, 40. ring, 13. rings, 19. the bell 19. ripe, 8. rise (to), 32. risen, 46. road, 32. robe, 15. room, 7. round, 49. run (to), 35. run away (to), 35. rung, 19. Sad, 27. said, 17. salt. 4. same, p. 52. satin, 16. satisfied. 6. satisfied with, 15. satisfy (to). 49. Saturday, p. 51. say (I), 15. say (to), 20, 40. scholar, 6. rings, SNOW. school, 1. at school, 1. scissors, 11. sea, 38. season, 36. seasonable, 46. seat, 10. sedulous, 6. see (to), 11, 38. see again (to), 38. seek (to), 29. select (to), 26. seem to, 39. seen, 4. sell (to), 20, 28. send (I), 13. send (to), 20, 25. send away (to), 34. send back (to), 34. send for (to), 34, 41. sent, 13. sentence, 39. September, p. 51. servant, 14. serve (to), 36. service, 51. several, pp. 52, 80. sew (to), 40. shawl, 44. sheet, 49. ship, 28. shipwreck, 28. shoe, 16. shoemaker, 49. shop, 14. show (to), 47. shown, 13. shun (to), 35. shut (to), 22. sick, 5. sickness, 36. side, by the side of, 37. sign, 48. silent (to be), 42. silk, 16. silver, 4. since, 39. sincere, 27. sing (to), 24. sister 5 sit down (to), 37, 41. sitting (to be), 37. situation, 46. sky, 38. sleep (to). 36. low. slowly, 35. small, 5. smell (to), 36. snow, 33. SUPREME. snow (to), 33. so, 18, p. 43. society, 35. sold, 7. soldier, 4. some, 52, pp. 30, 80. somebody, p. 80. something, 52. sometimes, 24. somewhere, 34. son, 2. soon, 27. as soon as, 28. sore, 47. sore throat, 47. sorry, 23. to be sorry for, 45. soap. 29. speak (I), 11, 19. speak (to), 24. spend (to), 47. spoil (to), 21. spoken, 4. spring, 48. square, 49. stable, 2. start (to), 20, 36, p. 136. States (United), 35. stay (to), 24. steam, 28. steamboat, 28. steamer, 28. step, 42. still, 6, 24, 33. stir (to), 37. stocking, 16. store, 14. storekeeper, 14. storm, 22. story, 13. stout, 5. strange, 39. stranger, 39. street, 9. strikes, 17. struck, 19. studious, 5. study (to), 24. stuff, 20. succeed (to), 26, 36. succeed, p. 137. success, 48. such, p. 52. suffer (to). 36. sugar, 4. summer. 45. Sunday, p. 51. supper, 31. supreme, 36. TOLD. survive (to), 43. Table, 2. tailor, 49. take (I), 13, 19. take (to), 25. 29, 42. take away (to), 21. take back (to), 42. take leave (to), 42. take a walk, 32. take off (to), 21. take out (to), 43. taken, 13, 27. tall, 5. task, 26. taste, 17. tea, 4. tea-canister, 47. teacher, 3. tear (to), 21 tell (I), 15. tell (to), 40. Temple street, 14. than, 6. that, 8, 15, p. 42. that which, 18. than (to), 33. their, p. 40. theme, 10. then, 32, 42, 46. there, 1. from there, 34. there is, there are, 9, 16. thing, 10. everything, p. 82. many things, 25. think (to), 24. thirsty (to be), 39. this, p. 42. threaten (to), 25. throat, 47. throw (to), 25. through, 27. thunder, 33. thunder (to), 33. Thursday, p. 51. till, 31. time, 20. in time, 25. in the right time. 46. it is time, 23. a long time, 37. times (many), 39. how many times, 9. tired, 6, 49. to, 1. together, 19. told. 17. 264 INDEX TO VOCABULARIES. — ENGLISH WORDS. UP STAIRS, too, 4. too much, 4. tool, 18. tooth, 47. toothache, 47. towards, 42. town, 6. in town, 23. train, 31. travel (to), 25. tree, 3. troops, 51. trouble, to make trouble. 50. trouble (to), 50. true, 16. 44. truly, 44. Tuesday, p. 51. tumbler, 1. turkey, 29. turn (to), 45. twice, 9. Umbrella, 7. uncle, 5. under, 2. understand (to), 28. 42. undertake (to), 42. United. States, 35. unknown, 39. until, 31. up, upon, 2. up • taks, 29. WEDNESDAY. use, to make use of, 37. useless, 49. Vacation, 45. vail, 18. value (to), 50. to set value upon, 50. vanquish (to), 43. velvet, 16. very, 5. vessel, 28. vice, 35. violin, 13. visit, 27. voyage, 32. Waistcoat, 15. wait (to), wait for, 20, 28. waiting (to keep), 51. walk, 22. to go for a walk, 22. to take a walk, 32. walk (to), 44. war, 43. warehouse, 14. warm, 33. warmly. 36. watch, 7. watchmaker, 21. water, 1. weather, 20, 22. Wednesday, p 51. WISE. week, 7. a week, 27. well. 11. it is well, 23. well, 45. west, 45. wet (to), 21. what, 14, p. 52. w r hat {that which),18. whatever, p. 52. when, 12, 32. where, 1. wherever, 43. wherewith. 35. whether, 22. which, 5, p. 52. while, 26. a little while ago,28. white, 48. who, 5, p. 53. whoever, p. 80. whole, p. 52. the whole, 42. why, 12. wicked (the), 30. wife, 1. will, good-will, 27. will have, 16. William, 5. willing (to be). 38. window, 36. wine, 39. winter, 26, 48. wise, 23. YOUNG LADY. wish, to have a wish, 27. wish, wish for. 1(j. wish (to), 29. wish well (to), 51. wit, 50. with, 14. without, 14. woman, 1. wonder (to), 51. wool, 16. word, 36. word (the), 52. work, 18. work (to), 20, 24. worked, 18. w r orld, 10. all the world, 10. worth (it is), 19. worth (to be), 38. write (to), 20, 41. written, 18. wrong (to be). 40. Year, 7. in the year, 36. yes. 6. yesterday, 21. yesterday morning, 31. yet, 6. not yet, 21. yonder, 32. young, 5. young lady, 8. CONJUGATION OF VERBS. 265 Fourth Conjugation. Third Conjugation. Second Conjugation. First Conjugation. 3 P 1 -5* 3 "^ o 300 ego - 3/ ~S* I-. X O P o*p 0%en- O (t ft O 03 CD 3 N 3 en- GO 000000 3>3 3 3 OOP M 03 O Ji 00 >-: m 3 m" X X O O 3 3 03 O 3- oo 0/P>P>P P P -: -n 3 03 i-" gsi en- 00 q CD b 3 w ^d El Q w d © O Sz! w C tt P P P 3 n a « »-• en- OB OOOOOO <<<<<< O P P P 3 N 3 go "— 6 p 2 S 3 N 3 GO *-• OOOOOO p p p 3 N 3 03 ►* en- qd b d d H rais rais rait rions riez raient OOOOOO <: <"<<<: «i 2.o§-2.§.§. O M g en- 09 X 5- "* 2 J' §•£.§. 2. O N 3 en 00 x 3 x OOOOOO 2.o 2.2.2. O N 3 en x x 3 X J* 3 w H X w ►a 5! > O O GO N 3 OB 00 N 3 03 03 03 O O N 3 03 OO O N 3 OB Nl l-H w i O 3" 3' O O O J- O O 03 SN 3 03 cooooo 3 N 3 00 en- 03 O 3" 3" O O O b 2 2 °° en- N 3 CD $ sd w CD M d q DD X X X GC X QD 09 OB X 03 X O 3* 3' O O O 03 X X* X — '/. /. CD 03 X '/- /. 03 3 3 3 3>3 3 -/. / X — 1 / 1 1 1 1. 00 gsrs* 5° XN 3 03 03 X X en- X 03 X X /. /. -/ 352 5° en- N — 03 P p P P> P P / 3 /. — / / / / r f. f- O 3" 3" OO 3 3 ° go cnN 3 03 g » si w CONJUGATION OF VERBS. REGULAE AND IRREGULAR. AVOIR— to have. (Auxiliary Verb.) INDICATIVE MODE. Present.* A Past Indefinite.* A' J'ai, I have. J'ai eu, / have had. Tu as, thou hast. Tu as eu, thou hast had. 11 a, he has. 11 a eu, he has had. Nous avons, we have. Nous avons eu, we hare had. Vous avez, you have. Vous avez eu, you hare had. lis ont, they have. lis ont eu, they have had. Imperfect. B Pluperfect. W J'avais, I had. J 1 avais eu, I had had. Tu avais, thou hadst. Tu avais eu, thou hadst had. 11 avait, he had. 11 avait eu, he had had. Nous avions, we had. Nous avions eu, we had had. Vous aviez, you had. Vous aviez eu, you had had. lis avaient, they had. lis avaient eu, they had had. Past Definite. C Past Anterior. 6 v J'eus, I had. J'eus eu, I had had. Tu eus, tfwu hadst. Tu eus eu, thou hadst had. 11 eut, he had. 11 eut eu, he had had. Nous eumes, we had. Nous eumes eu, we had had. Vous elites, you had. Vous eutes eu, you had had. lis eurent, they had. lis eurent eu, they had had. Future. J) Future Anterior, iy J'aurai, I shall have. J'aurai eu, I shall hare. had. Tu auras, thou wilt have. Tu auras eu, thou wilt hare had. 11 aura, he will have. 11 aura eu, he will hare had. Nous aurons, xoe shall have. Nous aurons eu, we shall hare had. Vous aurez, you will 7i are. Vous aurez eu, you will hare had. lis auront, they will have. Us auront eu, they will hare had. *A letter is assigned to each tense as a convenient abbreviation to be used iu correcting exercises. CONJUGATION OF VERBS. 26? CONDITIONAL MODE. Present. E J'aurais, Tu aurais, II aurait, Nous aurions, Vous auriez, Us auraient, / should have. thou wouldst have. he would have. we should have. you would have. they would have. Past.* E> J'aurais eu, Tu aurais eu, II aurait eu, Nous aurions eu, Vous auriez eu, lis auraient eu, / should thou wouldst he would we should you would they would. IMPERATIVE MODE. F Aie, Ayons, Ayez, have f thou J. let us have, have (you). SUBJUNCTIVE MODE. Present. G Past. G* Que j'aie, thai I may have. Que tu aies, that thou mayst have. Qu'il ait, that he may have. Que nous ayons, that we may have. Que vous ayez, that you may have. Qu'ils aient, that they may have. Que j'aie eu, that I may} Que tu aies eu, that thou mayst I §* Qu'il ait eu, that he may I ^ Que nous ayons eu, that we may §* Que vous ayez eu, that you may ^* Qu'ils aient eu, that they may \ Imperfect. jar Pluperfect W Que j'eusse, that 1 Que j'eusse eu, that T Que tu eusses. that thou s. Que tu eusses eu, that thou 1 Quil eut, that he s Qu'il eut eu. that he g% Que nous eussions, that ice > Que nous eussions eu, that we >> Que vous eussiez, that you Que vous eussiez an, that you <3 Qu'ils eussent, that they . • Qu'ils eussent eu, that they. INFINITIVE MODE. Present. I Past. T Avoir, to have. Avoir eu, to have had. PARTICIPLES. Present. J Aytnt, having. Past. J f Ayant eu, having had. Past Passive. K Eu, m. ; eue, /., had. ♦Second form of the cond. past: j'eusse eu, tu eusses eu, il eut en, nous eussions eu, vous eussiez eu, ils eussent eu. 2 — 268 CONJUGATION OP VERBS. ETRE— to be. (Auxiliary Verb. J INDICATIVE MODE. Present. A Past Indefinite. A* Je 8uis, I am. J 1 ai ete, I have been. Tu es, tlwu art. Tu as ete, thou hast been. 11 est, he is. 11 a ete, he has been. Nous sommes, we are. Nous avons ete, we have been Vous etes, you are. Vous avez ete, you have been. lis sont, they are. lis ont ete, they have been. Imperfect. B Pluperfect. W J'etais, I was. J'avais ete, I had been. Tu etais, thou wast. Tu avais ete, thou hadst been. 11 etait, he was. H avait ete, fie had been. Nous etions, we were. Nous avioDs ete, we had been. Vous etiez, you were. Vous aviez ete, you had been. lis etaient, they were. lis avaient ete, they had been. Past Definite. C Past Anterior. C Je fus, I was. J'eus ete, I had been. Tu fus, thou wast. Tu eus ete, thou hadst been. 11 fut, he was. 11 eut ete, he had been. Nous fumes, we were. Nous eumes ete, we had been. Vous futes, you were. Vous eutes ete, you had been. lis furent, they were. lis eureut ete, they had been. Future. 2> Future Anterior. D' Je serai, / shall be. J'aurai ete, I shall Tu seras, thou wilt be. Tu auras ete, thou will > 11 sera, he will be. 11 aura ete, he will s Nous serons, we shall be. Nous aurons ete, we shall ■* Vou3 serez, you will be. Vous aurez ete, you will a lis seront, they will be. lis auront ete, they will. CONDITIONAL MODE. Present. JE Je serais, Tu serais, II serait, Nous serions, Vous seriez, jis seraient, / should be. thou woiddst be. he would be. we should be. you would be. they would be. Past.* JE? J'aurais ete, Tu aurais ete, II aurait. ete, Nous aurions dte, Vous auriex ete, Us aoraient ete, I should* thou icouldst §* he would % we should i §• you would 3 they would J ♦Second form of the cond. past: j'eusse ete, tu eusses ete, il eut ete, nous erosions ete, vous cussiez ete, ils eurent ete. CONJUGATION OF VERBS. 269 IMPERATIVE MODE. F Sois, Soyons, Soyez, be (thou), let us be. be (you). SUBJUNCTIVE MODE. Present. G Past. G* Que je sois, Que tu sois, Qu'il soit, Que nous soyons, Que vous soyez, Qu'ils soient, that I may be. that thou mayst be. that he may be. that we may be. that you may be. that they may be. Que j'aie ete, that I may*\ Que tu aies ete, that thou mayst I g 4 Qu'il ait ete, that he may I § Que nous ayons ete, that we may ^ Que vous ayez ete, that you may ? Qu'ils aient ete, that they may d Imperfect. H Que je fusse, Que tu fusses, Qu'il fut, Que nous fussions, Que vous fussiez, Qu'ils fusscnt, that 71 that thou that he I Future Anterior. 2>' (coup cr.) Je coup erai, I shall cut. J'aurai coupe, I shall Tu coup eras, thou wilt cut. Tu auras coupe, thou wilt - 11 coup era, he will cut. 11 aura coupe, he will i N. coup erons, we shall cut. Nous aurons coupe, 2ve shall V. coup erez, you will cut. Vous aarez coupe, you will lis coup eront, they will cut. Us auront coupe, they will . ♦Throughout the four model verbs of the regular conjugations, every simple teuse lias its primitive part thus marked in bold type. CONJUGATION OF VERBS. 2T3 CONDITIONAL MODE. Present, (coup er.) Je coup erais, Tu coup erais, II coup erait, N. coup erions, V. coup eriez, lis coup eraient, , E I should cut. thou wouldst cut. he would cut. we should cut. you would cut. they would cut. Past.* E* J"aurais coupe, Tu aurais coupe, II aurait coupe, Nous aurions coupe, Vous auriez coupe, lis auraient coupe, / should thou wouldst he would we should you would they would. (je coup e.) (coup ant.) IMPERATIVE MODE. F Coup e, Coup ons, Coup ez, cut (thou), let us cut. cut (you). SUBJUNCTIVE MODE. Present. G Past. * Que d. coup assions, that we Que v. coup assicz, that you > Qu'ils coup assent, that they . Pluperfect. M ; Que j'eusse coupe, that T) S Que tu eusses coupe, that thou I *~§. QuMl eut coupe, that he j ^ Que nous eussions coupe, that we r § Que vous eussiez coupe, that you £ Qu'ils eussent coupe, that they J «■ INFINITIVE MODE. Present. I Coup er, to cut. Past. I f Avoir coupe, to have cut. PARTICIPLES. Present. J Coup ant, cutting. Past. J' Ayant coupe, having cut. Past Passive. K Coup e, m.; coup ee, /., cut. * Second form of the cond. past : j'eusse coupe, tu eusses conpe, il rut coupe, nous eussioDs coupe, vous eussiez coupe, ils eussent coupe. 274 COKJUGATIOK OF VERBS. Second Conjugation in IR— FINIR, to finish. (Model Verb.) Finir, to finish. Finissant, finishing. Fini, finished. INDICATIVE MODE. Present. A Past Indefinite. A' Je fin is, I finish. J'ai fini, 1 have finished. Tu finis, thou finishes t. Tu as fini, thou hast finished. 11 fin it, he finishes. 11 a fini, he has finished. (fin issant.) N. fin issons, we finish. Nous avons fini, we have finished. V. fin issez, you finish. Vous avez fini, you have finished. lis fin issent, they finish. Us out fini, they have finished. Imperfect. B Pluperfect. B' (fin issant.) Je fin issais, 1 was finishing. J'avais fini, I had finished. Tu fin issais, thou ivast finishing. Tu avais fini, thou hadst finished. 11 fin issait, he was finishing. 11 avait fini. he had finished. N. fin issions, we were finishing. Nous avions fii.i, we had finished. V. fin issiez, you wer~ finishing. Vous aviez fini, you had finished. lis fin issaient, they were finishing. Us avaient fini, they had finished. Past Definite. C Past Anterior. C Je fin is, I finished. J'eus fini, I had finished. Tu fin is, thou finishedst. Tu eus fini, thou hadst finished. 11 fin it, he finished. 11 eut fini, he had finish*/. N. fin imes, we finished. Nous eumes fini, ive had finished. V. fin ites, you finished. Vous eutes fini, you had finished. lis fin'irent, they finished. Us eurent fini, they had finished. Future. D Future Anterior. Jy (fin ir.) Jc fin irai, Tu fin iras, II fin ira, N. fin irons, V- fin irez, Hi tin iront, / shall finish. thou wilt finish. he will finish. W€ shall finish, you will finish, fluy will finish. J'aurai fini, Tu auras fini, II aura fini. Nous anrons fini, Vous aurez fini. Us aurout fini. I shall 1 ^ thou wilt he nil I ict shall you will they will J CONJUGATION" OF VERBS. 275 CONDITIONAL MODE. (fin ir.) Je fin irais, Tu fin irais, II fin irait, N. fin irions, V. fin iriez, lis fin iraient, Present. JE I should'] thou wouldst I . he would H 4 we should \ you would \ they would I IUst,* W J'aurais fini, Tu aurais fini, 11 aurait fini, Nous aurions fini, Vous auriez fini, lis auraient fini, I should'] ^ thou wouldst § he would v^ we should f g. you would §* they would J ^ IMPERATIVE MODE. F (je finis.) Finis, finish (thou), ,- . . , ( Fin issons. let us finish. (fin xssant.) ^„. . - . , , . 1 ' Fin issez, finish you). SUBJUNCTIVE MODE. Present. G (fin issant •; Que je fin isse, that I may^ Que tu fin isses, that thou mayst Qu'il fin isse, that lie may «* Que n. fin issions, that we may 5> Que v. fin issiez, that you may Qu'ils fin issent, that they may . Imperfect. H (je fin is.) Que je fin isse, that F Que tu fin isses, that thou .§. QuMl fin it, that he g Que n. fin issions, that we >• Que v. fin issiez, that you Qu'ils fin issent, that they ^ ^ Past. & Que j'aie fini, that F Que tu aies fini, that thou Qu'il ait fini, that he Que nous ayons fini, that we Que vous ayez fini, that you Qu'ils aient fini, that they , Pluperfect. W Que j'eusse fini, that I Que tu eusses fini, that thou Qu'il eut fini. that he Que nous eussions fini, that we Que vous eussiez fini, that you Qu'ils eussent fini, that they. INFINITIVE MODE. Present. I Past. V Fin ir, to finish. Avoir fini, to have finished. PARTICIPLES. Presbnt. J Fin issant, finishing. Past. J' Ayant fini, having finished. Past Passive. K Fin i, finished. ♦Second form of the cond. past: j'eusse fini, tu euss?8 fini, il eut fini, nous eu>*ions fini, vous eussiez fini, ils eussent fini. 276 CONJUGATION OF VERBS. Third Conjugation in OIR*— RECE VOIR, to receive. JRecevoir. to receive. Mecevant, receiving. Itecu, received. INDICATIVE MODE. Pres ent. A. Past Indefinite. A* Je rec ois, I receive. J'ai recu, / have received. Tu re9 ois, thou receivest. Tu as recu, thou hast received. 11 rec oit, he receives. 11 a recu, he has received. (rec ev ant.) N. rec ev ons, we receive. Nous avons recu, we have received. V. rec ev ez. you receive. Vous avez recu, you have received. lis rec oivent,t they receive. Us ont recu, they have received. Imperfect. B Pluperfect. W (rec ev ant.) Je rec ev ais, I was receiving. J'avais recu, I had received. Tu rec ev ais, thou wast receiving. Tu avais recu, thou hadst received. 11 rec ev ait, he was receiving. 11 avait recu, he had received. N. rec ev ions, we were receiving. Nous avions recu, we had received. V. rec ev iez, you were receiving. Vous aviez recu, you had received. lis rec ev aient, they were receiving. lis avaient recu, they had received. Past Definite. C Past Anterior. C Je rec us, I received. J'eus recu, I had received. Tu rec us, thou receivedst. Tu eus recu, thou hadst received. 11 rec ut, he received. 11 eut recu, he had received. N. rec umes, we received. Nous eumes recu, we had received. V. rec utes, you received. Vous eutes recu, you had received. Us rec urent, they received. Us eurent recu, they had received. Future. D Future Anterior. D r (rec ev oir.) Je rec ev rai, I shall receive. J'aurai recu, 1 shall have Tu rec ev ras, thou wilt receive. Tu auras recu, thou wilt ham 3 11 rec ev ra, he will receive. 11 aura recu, he will have .1 N. rec ev rons, we shall receive. Nous aurons recu, 1 we shall have V. rec ev rez, you will receive. Vous aurez recti, you will have > Us rec ev ront, they will receive. Us auront recu, they will have, ♦Verbs in oir— about thirty in number— are all more or less irregular. Six only, ending in evoir, follow recevoir in all the tenses (see Note on next page). The others will be found in the list of irregular verbs. 1 Here, ns in the j>res. subj., q( takes the place of e, for euphony, also c (cedilla) before o and u. Observe CONJUGATION OF VERBS. 277 CONDITIONAL MODE. Present. (rec ev oir.) Je rec ev rais, Tu rec ev rais, II rec ev rait, N. rec ev rions, V. rec ev riez, lis rec ev raient, E I should receive. thou wouldst receive. he would receive. we should receive. you would receive. they would receive. Past.* W tTaurais recu, Tu aurais recu, II aurait recu, Nous aurions recu, Vous auriez recu, lis auraient recu, I sJiould thou wouldst he would we should you would they would. IMPERATIVE MODE. F (je rec ois.) Rec ois, receive (thou). j Rec ev ons, » Rec ev ez, let us receive. (rec ev ant.j receive (you). SUBJUNCTIVE MODE. Present. f£ Past. & (rec ev ant.) Que je rec oive, that T Que j'aie recu, that r Que tu rec oives, that thou s Que tu aies recu, that thou al Qu'il rec oive, that he I Qu'il ait recu, that he 8§ Que n. rec ev ions, that we Que nous ayons recu that we Que v. rec ev iez, that you «* Que vous ayez recu, that you Qu'ils rec oivent, that they. Qu'ils aient recu, that they. (je rec us.) Que je rec usse, Que tu rec usses, Qu'il rec fit, Que n. rec ussions, Que v. rec ussiez, Qu'ils rec ussent, Imperfect. H Pluperfect. H' that I) that thou that he that we - that you that they , Que j'eusse recu, Que tu eusses recu, Qu'il efit recu, that 1~\ that thou I that he I 1 1| Que nous eussions recu, that we [ §! > Que vous eussiez recu, that you • % Qu'ils eussent recu, that they] INFINITIVE MODE. Past. I' Avoir recu, to have received. LTICIPLES. Past. J f Ayant recu, having received. Past Passive. K Rec u, m.; rec ue, /., received. Note.— Like recevoir, conjugate apercevoir, to perceive ; concevoir, to con- ceive ; decevoir, to deceive ; devoir (p. p., du, due), to oive ; percevoir, to col- lect (rents or taxes); redevoir (p. p., redu, red tie), to owe again. Present. I Rec ev oir, to receive. Present. Pi J Rec ev ant, receiving. * Second form of the cond. past ; j'eusse reyu, tu curses recu, il c-tlt recu,. eAc^ 278 CONJUGATION OF VERBS. Fourth Conjugation in RE— VENDRE, to sell. (Model Verb.) Vendre, to sell. Vendant, selling. Vendu, sold. INDICATIVE MODE. Present. A Past Indefinite. A' *Te vend s, I sell. J'ai vendu, / have sold. Tu rend s, tlwu sellest. Tu as vendu, thou hast sold. 11 vend, he sells. 11 a vendu, he has sold. (vend ant.) N. vend ons, we sell. Nous avons vendu, we have sold. V. vend ez, you sell. Vous avez vendu, you have sold. lis vend ent, they sell. lis ont vendu, they have sold. Imperfect. B Pluperfect. B' (vend ant.) Je vend ais, I was selling. J'avais vendu, I had sold. Tu vend ais, thou wast selling. Tu avais vendu, thou hadst sold. 11 vend ait, he was selling. 11 avait vendu, he had sold. N. vend ions, we were selling. Nous avions vendu, we had sold. V. vend iez. you were selling. Vous aviez vendu, you had sold. lis vend aient, they tuere selling. lis avaient vendu, they* had sold. Past Definite. C Past Anterior. C Je vend is, I sold. J'eus vendu, I had sold. Tu vend is, thou soldest. Tu eus vendu, thou hadst sold. 11 vend it, he sold. 11 eut vendu, he had sold. N. vend imes, we sold. Nous eumes vendu, we had sold. V. vend ites, you sold. Vous eutes vendu, you had sold. lis vend irent, they sold. lis eurent vendu, they had sold. Future :. 2> Future Anterior. D' (vend re.) Je vend rai, / shall sell. J'aurai vendu, I shall} Tu vend ras, thou wilt sell. Tu auras vendu, thou wilt 1 §• he will 1 § we shall | § 11 vend ra, he will sell. 11 aura vendu. N. vend rons, ice shall sell. Nous aurons vendu. V. vend rez, you will sell. Vous an rez vendu, you will j S Un vend ront. they will sell. lis awvnt vendu, they will} CONJUGATION OF VERBS. 279 CONDITIONAL MODE. Present. (vend re.) Je vend rais, Tu vend rais, II vend rait, N. vend rions, V. vend riez, Us vend raient, B I should sell. thou wouldst sell. he would sell. we should sell. you would sell. they would sell. Past.* & J'aurais vendu, Tu aurais vendu, II aurait vendu, Nous aurions vendu, Vous auriez vendu, Us auraient vendu, / should thou wouldst he would we should you would they would IMPERATIVE MODE. F (je vend s.) Vend s, s * * \ S Vend ons, (vend ant.) < Tr , 1 y Vend ez, sell f thou J. let us sell, sell (you). SUBJUNCTIVE MODE. Present. G (vend ant.) Que je vend e, that I may sell. Que tu vend es, that thou mayst sell. Qu'il vend e, that he may sell. Que n. vend ions, that we may sell. Que v. vend iez, that you may sell. Qu'ils vend ent, that they may sell. Past. G* Que j'aie vendu, that r Que tu aies vendu, that thou QuMl ait vendu, that he Que nous ayons vendu, that we i Que vous ayez vendu, that you | Qu*ils aient vendu, that they J Imperfect. H (vend is.) Que je vend isse, Que tu vend isses, Qu'il vend it, Que n. vend issions, Que v. vend issiez, Qu'ils vend issent, that I that thou that he that we that you that they . Pluperfect. W Que j'eusse vendu, that I) Que tu eusses vendu, that thou §. Qu'il etit vendu, that he I §§ Que n. eussions vendu, that vje | |2> Que v. eu*siez vendu, that you | 1 Qu'ils eussent vendu, that they} INFINITIVE MODE. Present. I Vend re, to sell. Past. I' Avoir vendu, to have sold. Present. J" Vend ant, PARTICIPLES. Past. «/' Ayant vendu, having sold. Past Passive. K Vend u, sold. ♦Second form of the cond. past : j'eussc vendu. tu eusses vendu, il etlt vendu. nous eussions vendu, vous eussiez vendu, il< eussent vendu. 280 CONJUGATION OF VERBS. CONJUGATION OF PASSIVE VERBS. The passive verb is formed by joining the past participle of the active verb to the various forms of the auxiliary verb etve, to be ; as aimer, to love: etre aime, to be loved. The past participle agrees, in gender and number, with the subject of the verb. ETRE AIME— to be loved. (Model Verb J INDICATIVE MODE. Present. A. Past Indefinite. A? Je suis Tu es 11 or elle est Nous sommes Vous etes lis or elles sont aime or aimee, aimes or aimees, J'ai ete Tu as ete II or elle a ete Nous avons ete Vous avez ete lis or elles ont ete ) ai aime or aimee, ) aimes > or ) aimees, d Imperfect. B Pluperfect. B' J'etais Tu etais II or elle etait Nous etions Vous etiez lis or elles etaient ) aime > or ) aimee, ) aimes >■ or ) aimees, a.* r>5 J'avais ete Tu avais ete II or elle avait ete Nous avions ete Vous aviez ete Ds or elles avaient ete * aimees, t ) aime >- or ) aimee, ) aimes V or ft? Past Definite. C Past Anterior. C Je fus Tu fus II or elle fut Nous fumes Vous ffites lis or elles furent i aime >- or ) aimee, ) aimes ) aimees, , J'eus ete Tu eus ete 11 or elle eut ete ) aime >■ or ) aimee, Nous efimes ete Vous eutes ete ) aimes ) aimees, -ft. a lis or elles eurent ete Future. D Je serai Tu seras II or elle sera Nous serous Vous serez lis or elles seront ) aime > or ) aimee. f aimes or aiinees, Future Anterior. JV J'aurai ete Tu auras ete ) aime > or 11 or elle aura ete "Nous anions ete Vous aurez ete ) aimee, ) aimes ■1& Hs or elles auront etc ) aimees, . gr« CONJUGATION OF VERBS. 281 CONDITIONAL MODE. Present. E Past.* JEf Je serais ) aime ' J'aurais ete ) aime %^ Tu serais >- or Tu aurais ete y or %% 11 or elle serait ) aimee, 11 or elle aurait ete ) aimee, o* ~ - a-s Nous serions ) aimes Nous aurions ete ) aimes a.^ Vous seriez y or •** Vous auriez ete >• or £.§ lis or elles seraient ) aimees, . lis or elles auraient ete ) aim ees, j cT« IMPERATIVE MODE. F Sois aime or aimee, Soyons ) Soyez ) X aimes or aimees, be (thou) loved. j let us be loved. \ be (you) loved. SUBJUNCTIVE MODE. Present. G Past. Q* Que je sois Que tu sois QuMl or elle soit ) aime h or ) aimee, Que nous soyons ) aimes Que vous soyez y or Qu'ils or elles soient ) aimees, . Ci«5J Imperfect. H Que je fusse Que tu fusses ) aime ' y 0?' OS* Qu'il w elle fut ) aimee, .In Que nous fusions Que vous f ussii z ) aimes If Qu'ils or elles fussent ) aimees, . ) aime > or ) aimee, ete) Que j'aie ete Que tu aies ete Qu'il or elle ait ete Que nous ayons ete Que vous ayez ete Qu'ils or elles aient ete ) aimees, J i. aimes 07" rs^ Pluperfect. H' Que j'eusse ete Que tu eusses ete Qu'il o?' elle eiit ete Que nous eussions ete Que vous eussiez ete Qu'ils or elles eussent ete ) aime Y . or , ) aimee, r 5 ■ ) amies r or l «§. ) aimees J §,«■ INFINITIVE MODE. Present. I Etre aime or aimee, aimes or aimees, Past. V Avoir ete aime or aimee, \ to have been i Avoir ete aime or aimee, ) ^ yo be loved. aimes ^ aimees, j" loved. PARTICIPLES. Present. J" Past. «J' Etant aime or aimee, » Ayantete aime or aimee, \ having aimes or aimees, ' \ being loved. ^es, s * aimes or aimees, f been loved Past Passive. K Ete aime or aimc'e, aim's or aimees, been loved. * Second form of the cond. past : j'eusse ete aim'', tu eupses ete aim6, il eut 6t6 aime, nous eussions ete aime*, vous eussiez ete umus, ils cussent ete aim-* 282 CONJUGATION OF VERBS. CONJUGATION OF A NEUTER VERB WITH ETRE. Certain neuter verbs are conjugated in the compound tenses with the auxiliary verb etre, to be ; their past participle agrees with the subject of the verb. The verb arriver, to arrive, is given as the model verb of this class. ARRIVER— to arrive. (Model Verb.) INDICATIVE MODE. Press nt. A. Past Indefinite. A' J' arrive, I arrive. Je suis \ arrive Tu arrives, thou arrivest. Tu es or 1 11 arrive, he arrives. 11 or elle est 1 arrivee, *N Nous arrivons, we arrive. Nous sommes \ arrives a. a - ^ Vous arrivez, you arrive. Vous etes V or 9k * lis arrrivent, they arrive. Ils or elles sont ' arrivees, Imperfect. B Pluperfect . J3' J' arrivals, I was arriving. J'etais i arrive ' a Tu arrivals, thou wast arriving. Tu etais > or 11 arrivait, he was arriving. 11 or elle etait ' arrivee, a, a Nous arrivions, we were amoving. Nous etions i arrives Vous arriviez, you were arriving. Vous etiez > or lis arrivaient, they were arriving. Lis or elles etaient > arrivees, , • Past Definite. C Past Anterior. C J'arrivai, I arrived. Je fus j arrive a Tu arrivas, thou arrivedst. Tu fus or 11 arriva, he atrived. 11 or elle fut > arrivee, Nous arrivames, we aiTived. Nous fumes \ arrives r a.1* Vous arrivates, you amved. Vous futes y or * lis arriverent, they arrived. lis or elles furent > arrivees, , • Futu RE. D Future Anterior. />' J'arriverai, J shall arrive. Je serai i arrive §> Tu arriveras, thou wilt arrive. Tu seras > or 11 arrivera, he will arrive. 11 or elle sera arrivee, Nous arriverons, we shall arrive. Nous serous \ arrives Vous MThreica, you will arrir, . Vous eerea > or Hh aniveront, they will arrive. lis or elles seront ' arrivees, CONJUGATION OF VERBS. 283 CONDITIONAL MODE. Present JE PA3T.* E> iTarriverais, I should^ Je serais ) arrive Tu arriverais, thou wouldst Tu serais > or 11 arriverait, Tie would -3. 11 or elle serait ) arrivee, Nous arriverions, we should Ob Nous serions i arrives Vous arriveriez, you would Vous seriez >- or lis arriveraient, they would j lis or elles seraient ) arrivees, 3.1 IMPERATIVE MODE. F Arrive, Arrivons, Arrivez, ar?i,ve f thou J. let us arrive, arrive (you). SUBJUNCTIVE MODE. Present. G Que j'arrive, Que tu arrives, Quil arrive, Que nous arrivions, Que vous arriviez, Qu'ils arrivent, that 71 that thou that he that we that you that they ^ \% Past. G> Que je sois Que tu sois Qu'il or elle soit Que nous soyons Que vous soyez Quils or elles soient arrivee, arrives or arrivees, , Imperfect. M Pluperfect. W Que j'arrivasse. Que tu arrivasses, Qu'il arrivat, Que nous arrivassions, Que vous arrivassiez, Qu'ils arrivassent, that 71 that thou that he that we that you that they} - Que je fusse Que tu fusses Quil or elle fut Que nous fusions Que vous fussi z Qu'ils or elles fussent arrive or arrivee, arrives or arrivees, as* 3§ INFINITIVE MODE. Present. I Arriver, to arrive. Past. I' £tre arrive or arrivee, \ to have arrives w arrivees, f arrived. Present. J" Arrivant, arriving. PARTICIPLES. § Past. J' Etant arrive or arrivee, \ having arrives or arrivees, f aiiived. Past. K Arrive or arrivee, arrives or arrivees, arrived. * Second form of the cond. past : je fusse anive, tu fusses arrive, il fut arrive, nou^ fussions arrives, vous fussiez arrives, ils furent arrivee, 284 CONJUGATION' OF VERBS. CONJUGATION OF A PRONOMINAL VERB. Pronominal verbs are conjugated with two pronouns of the same person, the one is the subject, the other the direct, or indirect, object of the verb. In the compound tenses of pronominal verbs the auxiliary verb etre is used for the auxiliary verb avoir. The past participle is subject to the same rule of agree- ment as the past participle of transitive verbs; that is, it agrees with its direct object, when the direct object precedes the participle. SE COUPER— to cut one's self. (Model Verb.) Present. A INDICATIVE MODE. Past Indefinite. A f Je me coupe, Tu te coupes, 11 se coupe, Nous nous coupons, Vous vous coupez, lis se coupeut. I cut myself, etc. Je me suis coupe, / have cut m\ Tu t'es coupe, 11 s'est coupe, Nous nous sommes coupes, "Vous vous etes coupes, lis se sont coupes. [etc. Imperfect. U Je me coupais, / was cutting myself, Tu te coupais, [etc. II se coupait, Nous nous coupions, Vous vous coupiez, lis se coupaient. Pluperfect. W Je m'etais coupe, Tu t'etais coupe, II s'etait coupe, Nous nous etions coupes, Vous vous etiez coupes, lis s'etaient coupes. / had cut myself [etc. Past Definite. C I cut myself etc. Je me coupai, Tu te coupas, 11 se coupa, Nous nous coupames, Vous vous coupates, lis se couperent. Past Anterior. & Je me fus coupe Tu te fus coupe, 11 se fut coupe, Nous nous fumes coupes, Vous vous ffites coupes, lis se furent coupes. I had cut myself [etc. Future. £ Je me couperai, Tu te couperas, II se coupera, Nous nous couperons Vous vous couperez, lis se couperont, I shall cut myself, [etc. Future Anterior. IV Je me serai coupe Tu te seras coupe, II Be sera coupe, Nous nous serous coupes, Vous vous serez coupes, Us se seront coupes. / shall have cut [myself, etc. CONJUGATION OF VERBS. 285 CONDITIONAL MODE. Present. JE Je me couperais, I should cut myself, Tu te couperais, [etc. II se couperait, Nous nous couperions, Vous vous couperiez, lis se couperaient. Past.* 2? Je me serais coupe, / sfoould have cut Tu te serais coupe, [myself, etc. H se serait coupe, Nous nous serions coupes, Vous vous seriez coupes, Us se seraient coupes. IMPERATIVE MODE. F Coupe-toi, Coupons-nous, Coupez-vous, cut thyself. let us cut ourselves. cut yourselves. SUBJUNCTIVE MODE. Present. G Past. Q* Que je me coupe, Que tu te coupes, Qu*il se coupe, Que nous nous coupions, Que vous vous coupiez, Qu'ils se coupent. that I may cut Que je me sois coupe, that I may have [myself, etc. Que tu te sois coupe, [cut myself, etc. Qu'il se soit coupe, Que nous nous soy on s coupes, Que vous vous soyez coupes, Qulls se soient coupes. Imperfect. H Que je me coupasse, that I might cut Que tu te coupasses, [myself, etc. Qu'il se coupat, Que nous nous coupassions, Que vous vous coupassiez, Qu'ils se coupassent. Pluperfect. IT' Que je me f usse coupe, that T might have Que tu te fusses coupe, [cut myself, etc. Qu'il se ftit coupe, Que nous nous fussions coupes, Que vous vous fussiez coupes, Qu'ils se fussent coupes. INFINITIVE MODE. Present. I Se couper, to cut oriels self. Past. I' S'etre coupe, to have cut o. self. PARTICIPLES. Present. J Se coupant, cutting one's self. Past. J' S'etant coupe, having cut o. 8. Past. K CoupS, cut. * Second form of the cond. past : je me fusse coupe, tu te fusses coupe, il se fftt coupe, nous nous fussions coupes, vous vous fussiez coupes, ils se fussent coupes. 286 CONJUGATION OF VERBS. CONJUGATION OF IMPERSONAL VERBS, TONNER— to thunder. (Model Verb. J A II tonne, H II tonnait, € II tonna, D U tonnera, INDICATIVE MODE. it thunders. A' II a tonne, it has thundered, it was thundering. W II avait tonne, it had thundered. it thundered. C II eut tonne, it had thimdwed. it will thunder. 2>' II aura tonne, it will have thundered. E II tonnerait, CONDITIONAL MODE. it would thunder. E f II aurait tonne, it woidd have, etc. SUBJUNCTIVE MODE. G Qu'il tonne, that it rnay thunder. G / Qu'il ait tonne, that it may hare. etc. H Qu'il tonnat, that it might thunder. H' Qu'il eut tonne, that it might hare [thundered, INFINITIVE. I Tonner, to thunder. J" Tonnant, PARTICIPLES. thundering. K Tonne, thundered. Irregular Impersonal Verbs Y AVOIR— to be there. FALLOIR— to be necessary. PLEUVOIR— to rain. W TPREfl. A g I Imperf. Ji g 1 P. Def. C 5 [put. n Cond. Pres. B g (Pres. a <§ } Imperf. 11 Infinitive. I Pres. Part. J Past Part. K Ilya ( there is, there are J. II faut. II y avait. II fallait. II y eut. II y aura. II y aurait. Qu'il y ait. Qu'il y eAt. Y avoir. Y ayaut. Eu. II fallut. II faudra. II faudrait. Qu'il faille. QuMl fallut. Falloir. (wanting. ' Fallu. II pi cut. 11 pleuvait. II plot II pleuvra. II pleuvrait. Qu'il pleuve Qu'il plut. Pleuvoir. Pleuvaut. Phi. CONJUGATION OJ? VERBS. 287 ORTHOGRAPHIC IRREGULARITIES In the First Conjugation. Some classes of verbs in the first conjugation, though regularly varied through- out, undergo, in certain persons and tenses, slight changes to make their orthog- raphy conformable to the pronunciation. 1. In verbs ending in cer, as commencer, to commence, the letter c, to retain the sound of s, takes the cedilla before a and o ; as, comniencant, nous com- mencons. 2. In verbs ending in ger, as manger, to eat, an e is inserted after g, before a and o, to make the g retain its soft sound ; as mangeant, nous mangeons. 3. In verbs ending in yer, as nettoyer, to clean, the y is changed into i before e mute; as, je nettoie, tu nettoies, il nettoie, Us nettoient ; but nous nettoyons, vous nettoyez. Rem.— Verbs having an a before the ending yer, as payer, to pay, may either retain the y before e mute or change it into i: je paye, or je pale. 4. In verbs having e (acute) or e (mute) before the consonant that precedes the ending er, as esperer, to hope, and mener, to lead, the e or e is changed into e (gravej before a mute syllable ; as, j'espere, I hope ; je mene, Head, etc. Rem. Verbs in eger, as abrGger, pvoteger, retain the £ in the future and con- ditional : j 'abregerai, tu protegeras. See also verbs in eler and eter, No. 5. 5. Verbs ending in eler, as appeler, to call, double the I; and those in eter, as jeter, to throw, double the * before e mute ;. &s,j 9 appeUe, tu appelles, il appelle, Us appellent; and, je jette, tu jettes, il jette, Us jetteut. But nous appelons, vous appelez ; nous jet oris, vous jetez, etc. Rem.— The verbs aeheter, to buy; bourreler, to torment ; deceler, to disclose; geler, to freeze ; ltarceler, to harass ; peler, to peel ', are exceptions to this last rule ; they come uuder Rule No. 4. 288 CONJUGATION OF YERBS. CONJUGATION OF INFINITIVE Forms. 1. Aller, to go. allant. alle. etre alle. etant alle. #. Envoyer, to send. envoyant. envoye. avoir envoye. ayant envoye. 3. JLcquerir, to acquire. acquerant. acquis, avoir acquis, ayant acquis. 4. JBoullllVf to boil. bouillant. bouilli. avoir bouilli. ayant bouilli. 5. Courir, to run. courant. couru. avoir couru. ayant couru. 6. Cueillir, to gather. cueillant. cueilli. avoir cueilli. ayant cueilli. 7. Dormir, to deep. dormant, dormi. avoir dormi. ayant dormi. 8. Fuir, to flee. fuyant. fui. avoir fui. ayant fui. INDICATIVE MODE. Pressnt. A Imperfect. B Past Dep. C Future. D je vais, tu vas, il va, nous allons, vous allez, ils vont. j'envoie (p. 251). tu envoies, il envoie, nous envoyons, vous envoyez, ils envoient. j'acquiers, tu acquiers, il acquiert ; nous acquerons, vous acquerez, ils acquierent. je bous, tu bous, il bout, nous bouillons, vous bouillez, ils bouillent. je cours, tu cours, il court, nous courons, vous courez, ils courent. je cueille, tu cueilles, il cueille, nous cueillons, vous cueillez, ils cueillent. je dors, tu dor;?, il dort, nous dormons, vous dormez, ils dorment. je fuis, tu fuis, il fait. nous fuyons, vous fuyez, ils fuient. j'allais, tu allais, il all ait, nous allions, vous alliez, ils allaient. j'envoyais, tu envoyais, il envoyait, nous envoyions, vous envoyiez, ils envoyaient. j'acquerais, tu acquerais, il acquerait, nous acquerions, vous acqueriez, ils acqueraient. je bouillais, tu bouillais, il bouillait, nous bouillions, vous bouilliez, ils bouillaient. je courais, tu courais, il courait, nous courions, vous couriez, ils conraient. je cueillais, tu cueillais, il cueillait, nous cueillions, vous cueilliez, ils cueillaient. je dormais, tu dormais, il dormait, nous dormions, vous dormioz, ils dormaient. je fuyais. tu fuyais, il fuyait, nous fuyions, vous fuyiez, ils fayalent j'allai, tu alias, il alia, nous allames, vous allates, ils allerent. j' envoy ai, tu envoyas, il envoya, n. envoyames, v. envoyates, ils envoyerent. j'acquis, tu acquis, il acquit, nous acquimes, vous acquites, ils acquirent. je bouillis, tu bouillis, il bouillit, nous bouillimes, vous bouillites, ils bouillirent. je courus, tu courus, il courut, nous courumes, vous courutes, ils courureut. je cueillis, tu cueillis, il cueillit, nous cueillimes. vous cueillites, ils cueillirent. je dormis, tu dormis, il dormit, nous dormtmes, vous dormltes, ils dormirent. je fuis, tu fuis, il fuit, nous fuimes, vous fuites, ils fuirent. J irai, tu iras, il ira, nous irons, vous irez, ils iront. j'enverrai, tu enverras, il enverra, nous enverrons, vous enverrez, lis enverront. j'acquerrai, tu acquerras, il acquerra. nousacquerrona, vous acquerrez, ils acquerront. je bouillirai, tu bouilliras, il bouillira, nous bouillirons, vous bouilli rez, ils bouilliront. je courrai, tu courras, il courra, nous courrons, vous courrez, ils courront. je cueillerai, tu cueilleras, il ciu'illera, nouscueillerons, vous cueillerez, ils cueillerout. je dormirai, tu dormiras, il dormira, nous dormirons, vous dormirez, ils dormiront. je fuirai, tu fuiras, il fuira, nous fuirons, vous fuirez, ils fuiront. ♦In the compound tenses of pronominal verbs, the auxiliary verb etre is used for the ■f&en alter follows the model. The reflective pronoun and the adverb tti precede the used affirmatively : va-Ven ; allons-?\ous-en. + Asuaillir and tresmillir differ from th* model in the future and in the conditional CONJUGATION OF VERBS. 289 IEEEGULAE MODEL VEEBS. SUBJUNCTIVE MODE. Veebs CONDITIONAL Imperative. conjugated like the Model Verb. Present, M F Present. G Imperfect. II j'irais, que j'aille, que j'allasse. s'en aller.* t tu irais, v% que tu ailles, que tu allasses, il irait. qu'il aille, qu'il allat, nous irions, allons, que nous aliions, que nous allassnns, vous iriez, allez. que vous alliez, que vous allassiez, ils iraient, qu*ils aillent. qu'iis allassent. j'enverrais, que j' envoie, que j'envoj^asse, rcnvoyer. tu enverrais, envoie, que tu envoies, que tu envoyasses, il enverrait. qu'il envoie, qu'il envoyat, nous enverrions, envoyons, que nous envoyions, que n. envoy assions, vous enverriez, envoyez. que vous envoyiez, que v. envoyassiez, ils enverraieiir. qu'ils envoient. qu'ils envoyassent. j'acquerrais, que j'acquiere, que j'acquisse, conquerir. tu acquerrais, acquiers, que tu acquieres, que tu acquisses, s'enquerir.* il acquerrair. qu'il acquiere, qu'il acquit, reconquerir. nous acquerrions, acquerons, que n. acquerions, que n. acquissions, vous acqm-rriez, acquerez. que v. acqueriez, que v. acquissiez, ils acquerraknt. qu'ils acquierent. qu'ils acquissent. je bouillirais, que je bouille, que je bouilHsse, tu bouillirais, Lous, que tu bouilles, que tu bouillisses, il bonillirait, qu'il bouille, qu'il bouillit, nous bou, Unions, bouillon*, que nous bouillions, que n. bouillissions, vous bouiiliriez, bouillez. que vous bouilliez, que v. bouillissiez, ils bouilliraient. qu'ils bouillent. qu'ils bouillir-sent. je courrais, que je coure, que je courusse, accourir. tu courrais, cours, que tu coures, cue iu eourusses, ( oncourir. il courrait, qu'il coure, qu'il eourut, ciiscourir. nous courrions, courons, que nous courions, que n. courussions, parcourir. vous counhz, courez. que vous couriez, que v. courussiez, secourir. ils courraient. qu'ils courent. qu'ils courussent. je cueillerais, que je cueille, que je cueiilisse, accueillir. tu cueillerais, cueille, que tu cueilles, que iu cueillisses, recueillir. il cueillerait, qu'il cueille, qu'il cueillit. assaillir4 nous cueillerions, cueillons, que nous cueillions, que n. cueillissions. tressaillir.t vous cueilleriez, cueillez. que vous cueilliez, que v. cueillissiez, ils cueilleraient. qu'ils cueillent. qu'ils cueihissent. je dormirais, que je dorme, que je dormisso. endormir. tu dormirais, dors, que tu dormes, que tu dormisses, s'endormir.* il dorm irait, qu'il dorme, qu'il dormit, lvndormir. nous dormirion*, dormons, que nous dormions, que n. dormissions, se rendormir.* vous dormiriez, dormez. que vous dormiez, que v. dormissiez, ils dormiraient. qu'ils dorment. qu'ils dormissent. je fuirais, que je fuie, que je fuisse, s'enfuir.* tu fuirais, fuis, que tu fuies, que tu fuisses, il fuirait, qu'il fuie, qu'il fuit, nous fuirions, fuyons, que nous fuyions. que nous fuissions, vous fuiriez, fuyez. que vous fuyiez, que vous fuiesiez, ils fuhaient. qu'ils i'uient. qu'ils fuissent. auxiliary verb avoir. verb: je nCen vais ; je m'en suis ), tO Sit < I OIL' n. s'asseyant. assK* e'etie assK e'etant assis. je meurs, tu meurs, il meurt, nous mourons, vous mourez, ils meurent. j'onvre, tu ouvres, il ouvre, nous ouvrons, vous ouvrez, ils ouvrent. je pars, tu pars, il part, nous partons, vous partez, ils partent. je sens, tU S311S, il sent, nous sentons, vous sentez, ils t-eutent. je tiens, tu tiens, il tient, nous tenons, vous tenez, ils tieijnenl;. je viens, tu viens, il vient, nous venons, vous venez, ils viennent. je v§ts, tu vets, il vet, nous vetons, vous vetez, ils vetent. je in'assieds,^ tu t'assieds, il s'assied, nousn.asseyons vous v. assryez. ils s'asseyent. Imperfect. JB je mourais, tu mourais, il mourait, nous mourions, vous mouriez, ils mouraient. j"ouvrais ? tu ouvrais, il ouvrait, nous ouvrions, vous ouvriez, ils ouvraient. je partais, tu partais, il partait, nous pardons, vous partiez, ils partaient. je sentais, tu sentais, il sentait, nous sentions, vous sentiez, ils sentaient. je tenais, tu tenais, il tenait, nous tenions, vous teniez, ils tenaient. je venais, tu venais, il venait, nous venions, vous veniez, ils venaient. je vetais, tu vetais il vetait, nous vetions, vous vetiez, ils vetaient. je m'asseyais, tu t'asseyais, il s'aseeyait, n. i). asseyions, v. v. asseyiez, ils sasseyaient. Past Dep. C Future. 2> je mourus, m mourns, il mourut, nous mourumes, vous mourutes, ils moururent. j'ouvris, tu ouvris, il ouvrit, nous ouvrimes, vous.ouvrites, ils ouvrirent. je partis, tu partis, il partit, nous partimes, vous partitas, ils partirent. je sentis, tu sentis, il sentit, nous sentimes, vous sentites, ils sentirent. je tins, tu tins, il tint, nous tinmes, vous tintes, ils tinrent. je vins, tu vins, il vim, nous vinmes, vous vintes, ils vinrent. je vetis, tu veris, il vetit, nous vetimes, vous vetites, ils vecirent. je m'assis. tu t'aaeis, il s*assit. nous n. assimes, vous v. assires, ils s'assirent. I je mourrai, tu nionrras, il mourra, nous [Dour out vous mourrez, ils mourront. j'ouvririi, tu ouwiras, il oavr. ra, nous ouvrirons, vous ouvrirez, ils ouvriront. je partirai, tu partiras, il partira, nous pariirons, vous partirez, ils partiront. je sentirai, tu sentiras, il sentiru. nous sentirons, vous sentiiez, ils t-entiront. je tiendrai. tu tiendras, il tiendra. nou - tiendrons, vous t endrez, ils tiendront. je viendrai, tu viemlras. il viendra. nous yieu irooa, vous vhmiiez, ils viendront je vetirai, tu vctiras. il vetiia. nous vetirous, vous retires, ils vetiront. je m'assi'rai, iu t'assieras, il s'a>i i v. v. asM res. ils sassieront. *In the compound tenses of pronominal verbs, the auxiliary verb etre is used tThe Compounds of venir are conjugated with the auxiliary verb etre, except % Also : je m'assoiSi tu Vastois, il s'aswit ; fa^soyais ; faswimi^ etc This 'ona \8eoir and rnesseoir are defective verbs, ibee p. ^78.) CONJUGATION OF YEKBS. 291 IEEEGULAE MODEL VERBS. ! CONDITIONAL Imperative. Present. E SUBJUNCTIVE MODE. Present. G Imperfect. H Verbs conjugated like the Model Verb. je mourrais, que je meure, tu mourrais, meurs, que tu meures, il mourrait, qu'il meure, nous mourrions, mourons, que nous mourions, vous mourriez, mourez. que vous mouriez, ils mourraient. qu'ils meurent. j'ouvrirais, que j'ouvre, tu ouvrirais, ouvre, que tu ouvres, il ouvrirair, qu'il ouvre, nous ouvririons, ouvrons, que nous ouvrions, vous ouvririez, ouvrez. que vous ouvriez, ils ouvriraient. quils ouvrent. je partirais, que je parte, tu partirais, pars, que tu partes, il partirait, qu'il parte, nous partirions, partons, que nous partions, vous partiriez, partez. que vous partiez, ils partiraient. qu'ils partent. je sentirais, . que je sente, tu sentirais, sens, que tu sentes, il sentirait, qu'il sente, nous se.ntirions, sentons, que nous sentions, vous sentiriez, sentez. que vous sentiez, ils sentiraient. qu'ils sentent. je tiendrais, que je tienne, tu tiendrais, tiens, que tu tiennes, il tiendrait. qu'il tienne, nous tiendrions, tenons, que nous teutons vous tiendriez, tenez. que vous teniez, ils tiendraient. qu'ils tienneit. je viendrais, que je vienne, tu viendrais, viens, que tu viciines, il viendrait, qu'il vienne, nous viendrions, venons, que nous venions, vous viendriez, venez. que vous veniez, ils viendraient. qu'ils viennent. je vetirais, que je vete, tu vetirais, vets, que tu vetes, il vetirait, qu'il vete, nous vetirions, vetonS: que nous vetions, vous vetiriez. vetez. que vous vetiez, ils vetiraient. qu'ils vetent. je m'assierais, que je m'asseye, tu t'assierais, assicds-toi, que tu t'asseyes, il s'assierair, qu'il s'asseye, n. n. assierions, asseyons-n., que n. n. asseyions, v. v. assieriez, a*seyi-z-vous que v. v. asseyiez, ils s'assieraient. qu'ils s'asseyent. que je mourusse, que tu mourusses, qu'il mo u rut, que n. mourussions, que v. mourussiez, qu'ils mourussent. que jouvris*e, que tu ouvrisses, qu'il ouvrit, que n. ouvrissions, que v. ouvrissiez, qu'ils ouvrissent. que je partisse, que tu partisses, qu'il partit, que n. partissions, que v. partissiez, qu'ils partissent. que je sentisse, que tu sentisses, qu'il sentit, que n. sentissions, que v. sentissiez, qu'ils sentissent. que je tinsse, que tu tinsses, qu'il tint, que nous tinssions, que vous tinssiez, qu'ils tinssent. que je vinsse, que tu vinsses, qu'il vint, que nous vinssions, que vous vinssiez, qu'ils vinssent. que je vetisse, que tu vetisses, qu'il vetit, que nous vetissions, que vous vetissiez, qu'ils vetissent, que je m'assisse, que tu t'assisscs, qu'il s'assit, que n. n. amissions, que v. v. assissicz, qu'ils s'assissent. couvrir. decouvrir. oft'rir. souffrir, etc. repartir. sortir. ressortir. assentir. consentir. pressentir. ressentir. mentir, etc. The com- pounds of tenir with prefixes. The com- pounds of xe- rrir.-f devetir. revetir. se v§tir.* se revetir.* se devetir.* asseoir. rasseoir. st; rasseoir.* seoir.§ messeoir.§ for the auxiliary verb avoir. comehir, whiclf takes avoir in the tense of to suit, and etre in the sense of to agree. is little used. 29'2 CONJUGATION OF VERBS. CONJUGATION OF INFINITIVE Forms. i7. Mo avoir, to move. mouvant. mu. avoir mu. ayant mu. 18. Bouvoir, to be able. pouvant. pu. avoir pu. ayant pu. 19. Savoir, to know. sachant. su. avoir su. ayant su. 20. Valoir, to be ivorth. valant. vain. avoir valu. ayant valu. 21. Voir, to see. voyant. vu. avoir vu. ayant vu. 22. Vouloir, to be willing. voulant. voulu. avoir voulu. ayant voulu. 23. Battre, to beat. battant. battu. avoir battu. ayant battu. 24. Bohr, to drink. buvant. bu. avoir bu. ayant bu. INDICATIVE MODE. Present. A Imperfect. B je meus, tu meus, il meut, nous mouvons, vous mouvez, ils meuvent. je peux, or puis, tu peux, il peut, nous pouvons, vous pouvez, ils peuvent. je sais, tu sais, il sait, nous savons, vous savez, ils savent. je vaux, tu vaux, il vaut, nous valons, vous valez, ils valent. je vois, tu vois, il voit, nous voyons, vous voyez, ils voient. je veux, tu veux, il veut, . nous voufons, vous voulez, ils veulent. je bats, tu bats, il bat, nous battons, vous battez, ils battent. je bois, tu bois, il boit, nous buvous, vous buvez, ils boivent. je mouvais, tu mouvais, il mouvait, nous mouvions, vous inouviez, ils mouvaient. je pouvais, tu pouvais, il .pouvait, nous pouvions, vous pouviez, ils pouvaient. je savais, tu savais, il savait, nous savions, vous saviez, ils savaient. je valais, tu valais, il valait, nous valions, vous valiez, ils valaient. je voyais, tu voyais, il voyait, nous voyions, vous voyiez, ils voyaient. je voulais, tu voulais, il voulait, nous voulions, vous vouliez, ils voulaient. je battais, tu battais, il battait, nous battions, vous battiez, ils battaiei-t. je buvais, tu buvais, il buvait, nous buvions, vous bttviez, ils buvaient. Past Dep. C je mus, tu mus, il mut, nous mumes, vous mutes, ils inurent. je pus, tu pus, il put, nous pumes, vous putes, ils purent. je sus, tu sus, il sut, nous sumes, vous sutes, ils surent. je valus, tu valus, il valut, nous valumes, vous valutes, ils valurent. je vis, tu vis, il vit, nous vimes, vous vites, ils virent. je voulus, tu voulus, il voulut, nous voulumes, vous voulutes, ils voulurent. je battis, tu battis, il battit, nous battimes, vous batttteB, ils battireut. je bus, tu bus, il but, nous bfimes, VOUS butt's, ils burent. Future. Z> je mouvrai, tu mouvras, il mo u via, nous mouvrons. vous mouvrez, ils mouvront. je pourrai, tu pourras, il pourra, nous pourrons, vous pourrez, ils pourront. je saurai, tu sauras, il saura, nous saurons, vou> saurez, ils sauront. je vaudrai, tu vaudras, il vaudra, nous vaudrons, vous vaudrez, ils vaudront. je verrai, tu verras, il verra, nous verrons, vous verrez, ils verront. je voudrai, tu voudras. il voadra. nous voudrons, vous voudrez, ils voudront. je battrai, tu battras, il battra, nous battrons, vous battrez, ils bat trout. je boirai. tu boiras, il boira, nous boirons, vous boirez, ils boiront. * Tu the compound tenses of pronominal verb?, the t These verbs slightly deviate from the model. JThe imperative form veuilltz is used only in the CONJUGATION OF VERBS. 293 IRREGULAR MODEL VERBS. CONDITIONAL Present. JE je mouvrais, tu mouvrais, il mouvrait. nous mouvrions, vous mouvriez, ils mouvraient. je pourrais, tu pourrais, il pourrait, nous pourrions, vous pourriez, ils pourraient. je saurais, tu saurais, il saurait, nous saurions, vous sauriez, ils sauraient. je vaudrais, tu vaudrais, il vaudrait, nous vaudrions, vous vaudriez, ils vaudraient. je verrais, tu verrais, il verrait, nous verrions, vous verriez, ils verraient. je voudrais, tu voudrais, il voudrait. nous voudrions, vous voudriez, ils voudraient. je battrais, tu battrais, il battrait, nous battrions, vous battriez, ils battraient. je boirais, tu boirais, il boirait, nous boirions, vous boiriez, ils boiraieut. Imperative. F SUBJUNCTIVE MODE. ruouvons, mouvez. peux, pouvon*, pouvez. sache, sachons, sachez. valons, valez. voyons, voyez. veux, voulons, voulez and veuillez4 bats bat tons, battez. bois, buvous, buvez. Present. G Imperfect. H que je meuve, que tu meuves, qu'il meuve, que nous mouvions, que vous mouviez, qu'ils meuvent. que je puisse, que tu puisses, qu'il puisse, que nous puissions, que vous puissiez, qu'ils puissent. que je sache, que tu saches, qu'il sache, que nous sachions, que vous sachiez, qu'ils sachent. que je vaille, que tu vailles, qu'il vaille, que nous valions, que vous valiez, qu'ils vaillent. que je voie, que tu voies, qif il voie, que nous voyions, que vous voyiez, qu'ils voient. que je veuille, que tu veuilles, qu'il veuille, que nous voulions, que vous voulicz, qu'ils veuillent. que je batte, que tu battes, qu'il batte, que nous battions, que vous battiez, qu'ils battent. que je boive, que tu boives, qu'il boive. que nous bmions, que vous buviez, qu'ils boivent. Verbs conjugated like the Model Verb. que je musse, que tu musses, qu'il miit, que nous mussions, que vous mussiez, qu'ils mussent. que je pusse, que tu pusses, qu'il put, que nous pussions, que vous pussiez, qu'ils pussent. que je susse, que tu susses, qu'il sut, que nous sussions, que vous sussiez, qu'ils sussent. que je valusse, que tu valusses, qu'il valut, que nous valussions, que vous valussiez, J qu'ils valussent. que je visse, que tu visses, qu'il vit, que nous vissions, que vous vissiez, qu'ils vissent. que je voulusse, que tu voulusses, qu'il voulut, que n. voulussions, que v. voulussiez, qu'ils voulussent. que je battisse, que tu battisses, qu'il battit, que n. battissions, que v. battissiez, qu'ils battissent. que je basse, que tu busses, qu'il but, que nous bussions, que vous bussiez, qu'ils bueseiit. demouvoir. emouvoir. s'emouvoir.* promouvoir. valoir nrieux. equivaloir. prevaloir. revaloir. re voir. entrevoir. dechoir.t ecboir.t pourvoir.t prevoir.t abattre. combattre. debattre. s'ebattre.* rabattre. rebattre. emboire. semboire.* re bo ire. auxiliary verb etre is used for the auxiliary verb avoir. (See p. 278.) sense of please or be .so kind o$. 294 CONJUGATION OF VERBS. CONJUGATION OF INFINITIVE Forms. 25. Conclure, to conclude. concluant. conc'u. avoir conclu. ayant conclu. 26. Conduire, to conduct. conduisant. conduit, avoir conduit, ayant conduit. 27. Connaitre, to knoio. connaissant. connu. avoir connu. ayant connu. 28. Coudre, to seiv. cousant. cousu. avoir cousu. ayant cousu. 29. Craindre, to fear. craighant. craint. avoir craint. ayant craint. 50. Croire, to believe. croyant. cru. avoir cru. ayant cru. 51. Croitre, to grow. croissant. cru, ./'. crue. avoir cru. ayant cru. ;t2. Dire, to say ; to tell. disant. dit. avoir dit. ayant dit. INDICATIVE MODE. Present. Jl Imperfect. _B Past Def. C je conclus, tu conclns, il conclut, nous concluons. vous concluez, ils concluent. je conduis, tu conduis, il conduit, n. conduisons, v. conduisez, ils conduisent. je connais, tu connais, il connait, n. connaissons, v. connaissez, ils connaissent. je couds, tu couds, il coud, nous cousons, vous cousez, ils cousent. je c rains, tu crains, il craint, nous crainnons, vous craignez, ils craignent. je crois, tu crois, il croit, nous croyons, vous croyez, ils croieut. je crois, tu crois, il croit. nous croissons, vous croissez, ils croissent. je dis, tu din, il dit, nous disons, vous elites, ils disent. je concluais, tu concluais, il concluait, nous concluions, vous concluiez, ils concluaient. je conduisais, tu conduisais, il conduisait, n. conduisions, v. conduisiez, ils conduisaient. je connaissais, tu connaissais, il connaissait, n. connaissions, v. connaissiez, ils connaissaient. je cousais, tu cousais, il cousait, nous cousions, vous cousiez, ils cousaienu. je craignais, tu craignais, il craignait, nou.* craignions, vous craigniez, ils cruignaient. je croyais, tu croyais, il croyait, nous croyions, vous croyiez, ils croyaient. je croissais, tu croissais, il croissait, nous emissions, vous crpissiez, ils croissaient. je disais, tu disais, il disait, nous elisions, vous disiez, ils disaient. Future. D je conclus, tu conclus, il conclut, nous conclumes, vous concliites, iis conclurent. je conduisis, tu conduisis, il conduisit, n. conduisimes, v. conduisites, ils conduisirent. je connus, tu connus, il connut, nous connfimes, vous connutes, ils connurent. je cousis, tu cousis, il cousit, nous couvimes, vous cou-ites, ils cousirent. je craignis, tu craignis, il craignit, nous craignimes, vous crafgnites, ils craignirent. je crus, tu crus, il crut, nous crumes, vous crutes, ils crurent. je crus, tu crus, il crut, nous crumes, vous crutes, ils crurent. je dis, tu dis, il dit, nous dimes, vous dites, ils dire nt. je conclurai, tu concluras, il conclura, nous conclurons, vous conclurez, ils concluront. je conduirai, tu couduiras, il conduira, n. conduirons, v. conduirez, ils conduiront. je connait rai, tu connait ras, il connait n, n. connait rons, v. connaitrez, ils ccKinaitiont. je coudrai, tu coudras, il coudra, nous coudrons, vous coudrcz, ils coudront. je craindrai, tu craindras, il craindra, nous craindrons, vous craindrcz, ils craindront. je croirai. tu croiras, il croira. nous croirons, vous croirez, ils croiront. je croit rai, lu croit ras, il croit ra. nous croiirons, vous croitrez, ils croitiont. je dirai, tu diras, il dira. nous dirons, vous direx, ils (hront. * Luire, to shine,' relnire, to glitter: and nuire, to hurt, to injure, deviate from tlio 1 The compounds of dire and also confire deviate from the model in the sccornl person vwMiu<\ the « \a doubled: maudissez (^ce 64). CONJUGATION OP VEKBS. 295 IEEEGULAE MODEL VERBS. SUBJUNCTIVE MODE. Verbs CONDITIONAL Imperative. c on j unrated like the Model Verb. Present. E r Present. G Imperfect. H je conclurais, que je concluc, qu« je conclusse. exclure. tu conclurais, conclus, que tu conchies, que in conclusses, reclure. il conciurait. qu*il conclue. qu'il conclut, nous couclarions, concluons. que n. concluions, que n. conciussions. vous conauriez, concluez. que v. concluiez, que v. conclussiez. ils concluraient. qu'ih conclueut. qu'ils couclussent. je eonduirais, que je conduise, que je conduisisse. All verbs end- tu eonduirais, conduis, que tu conduises, que tu conduisisses, ing in uire * il conduirait. qu'il conduise, qu'il conduisit. nous co; duirions, conduisons, que n. conduisions, q. n. conduisi- sions, vous condnir.ez, conduisez. que v. conduisiez, que v. condui>issiez, ils conduiraient. qu'ils conduisent. qu'ils conduisisseiit. je connaitrais, que je connaisse, que je connusse, parairre and tu connaitrais, connais, que tu connai.sses, que tu comiu^ses, compounds. il coniiJ-iiru t. qu il connaisse, qu'il connut. n. connai ri«»us, connaissons, que 11. counaissions. que n. connussione, v. connairritz. connaissez. que v. connaissiez, que v. eonnussiez, ils connaitiaient. qu iis conuaissent. qu'ils counussent. je coudrais, que je couse, que je cousisse, tu coudrais, couds, que- tu couses, que tu cousisses, il coudrair, qu'il couse, qu'il cousit, nous coudrions, cou-ons, que nous cousions, que n. cousissions, vous coudriez. cousez. que vous cousioz, que v. cousissiez, ils coudraient. qu'ils cousent. qu'ils cousissei.t. je craindrais, que je craigne, que je craignissc, All verbs end- tu craindrais, crai us, que tu craigne-, que tu craignisses, n g iu aindre, il craind.a t. qu'il craigne. qu'il traigmt. tindvt and oin- nous cramdrione, craignons. que nous^craignions, que n. craignissions. art. vous crai driez, cmignez. que vous craigniez, que v. craigni.^iez, ils craindraient. qu'ils craiguent. qu'ils craignisseut. je croirais, que je croie, que je crusse, tu croirais, crois, que tu cioies, que tu crises, il croirait. qu'il croie, qu'il out. nous croirions, croyons, que nous en-yions, que nous crussions, vous croinez, croyez. que vous croyicz, que vous crus^kz, ils croiraient. qu'ils croient. qu'ils crussent. je croitrais, que je croisse, que je crusse. tu croitrais, crois, que tu croisses, que tu crusses, il cioitniit. qu'il croisse. qu'il criif, nous croitrions, croissons, que nous emissions, que nous crussions, vous croitriez, croissez. que vous croissiez, ; que vous cross* z, Us croitroient. qu'ils croissent. qu'ils crussent. je dirais, que je dise, 1 que je disse. T he co in tu dirais, dis, que tu dises, 1 que tu disfi -. pounds of dire il dirait. qu'il dise. qu'il dit, and cunJircA nous dirions, disons, que nous disions, j que nous dissions, vous diriez, dites. que vous disiez, ; que vous di.-siez, ils diraient. qu'ils disent. i qu'ils dissent. model ill the past participle, which ends in i instead of it; as: lui. relui, nul. plural i4" the present indicative uud ui Uc iiuuciuiivu, >>uich is di-ci., co/{fc>tz \see 78): in 296 CONJUGATION OF YEHBS. CONJUGATION OF INFINITIVE Forms. 33. Ecrire, to write. eerivant. ecrit. avoir ecrit. ayant ecrit. 34. Faire, to do; to make, faisant. fait. avoir fait, ayant fait. 35 Xiire, to read. lisant. lu. avoir lu. ayant lu. 36. Mettre, to put. mettant. mis. avoir mis. ayant mis. 37. Jloudre, to grind. moulant. moulu. avoir moulu. ayant moulu. 38. Naitre, to be born. naissant. ne. etre ne. etant ne. 3.9. Ylaive, to please. plaisant. plu. avoir pin. ayant plu. 40. Prendre, to take. prenant. pris. avoir pris, aya,.l. pris. INDICATIVE MODE. Present. A Imperfect. B Past Dep. C Future. 2> j ucris, tu ecris, il ecrit, nous ecrivons, vous ecrivez, ils ecrivent. je fais, tu fais, il fait, nous faisons, vous faites, il font. je lis, tu lis, il lit, nous lisons, vous lisez, ils lisent. je mets, tu mets, il met, nous mettons, vous mettez, ils mettent. je mouds, tu mouds, il moud, nous moulons, vous moulez, ils moulent. je nais, tu nais, il nait, nous naissons, vous naissez, ils naissent. je plais, tu plais, il plait, nous plaisons, vous plaisez, ils plaisent. je prends, tu prends, il prend, nous prenons, vous prenez, ils prennent. j'ecnvais, tu eerivais, il ecrivait, nous ecrivions, vous ecriviez, ils ecrivaient. je faisais, tu faisais, il faisait, nous faisions, vous faisiez, ils faisaient. je lisais, tu lisais, il lisait, nous lisions, vous lisiez, ils lisaient. je mettais, tu mettais, il mettait, nous mettions, vous mettiez, ils mettaient. je moulais, tu moulais, il moulait, nous moulions, vous mouliez, ils moulaient. je naissais, tu naissais, il naissait. nous naissions, vous naissiez, ils naissaient. je plaisais, tu plaisais, il plaisait, nous plaisions, vous faisiez, ils plaisaient. je prenais. tu prenais, il prenait. nous preuions, vous preniez, Lid prenaient. j ecrivis, tu ecrivis, il ecrivit, nous ecrivimes, vous ecrivites, ils ecrivirent. je fis, tu fis, il tit, nous fimes, vous fites, ils firent. je lus, tu lus, il lut, nous lumes, vous Ifites, ils lurent. je mis, tu mis, il mit, nous mimes, vous mites, ils mirent. je moulus, tu moulus, il moulut, nous moulumes vous moulu' es, ils moulurent. je naquis, tu naquis, il uaquir. nous naquimes, vous naquites, ils naquirent. je plus, tu plus, il plut, nous plumes, vous plates, ils plurent. je pris, tu pris, il prit, i »)iis primes, vous prttes, ils prirent. j ecnrai. tu ecriras, il ecrira, nous ecr irons, vous ecrirez, ils ecriront. je ferai, tu feras, il fera, nous ferons, vous ferez, ils feront. je lirai, tu liras, il lira, nous 1 irons, vous lirez, ils liront. je mettrai, tu mettras, il mettra, nous mettrons, vous mettrez, ils mettront. je moudrai, tu moudras. il moudra. nous moudrons, vous moudrez, ils moudrunt. je naitrai, tu nai il naitra, nous nairrons, vous naitrez, ils naitront. je plairai, tu plairas, il piaira. nous plairons, vous plairas, ils plairont. je prendrai, tu prendraa, il prendra, nous prendrons, vous prendre/, ils prendroni. ♦In the compound tenses of pronominal verbs, thr CONJUGATION OF VERBS. 297 IRREGULAR MODEL VERBS. CONDITIONAL Present. JE j ecnrais, » tu ecrirais, il ecrirait, nous ecririons, vous ecririez, ils ecriraient. je ferais, tu ferais, il ferait, nous ferions, vous feriez, ils feraient. je lirais, tu lirais. il lirait, nous lirions, vous liriez, ils liraient. je mettrais, tu mettrais, il mettrait, nous mettrions, vous mettriez, ils mettraieut. je moudrais, tu moudrais, il moudrait, nous moudrions, vous moudriez, ils inoudraieiit. je naitrais, tu naitrais, il naitrait. nous naitiions, vous uaitriez, ils naitraient. je plairais, tu plairais, il plairait, nous plairions, • vous plahirz, ils plairaient. je prendrais, tu prendrais, il prendrait. nous prendrions, vous prendriez, ils prendraient. Imperative. F I SUBJUNCTIVE MODE. Present. 6r ecnvons ecrivez. fais, faisons, faites. lis, lisons, lisez. mettons, niettez. mouds, moulons, moulez. naissotis, naissez. plais, pi a i sons, plaisez. prends, prenons, prenez. que j'ecrive, que tu ecrives, qiril ecrive, que nous ecrivions, que vous ecriviez, qu'ils ecriveut. que je fasse, que tu fasses, qu'il fasse, que nous fassions, que vous fassiez, qu'ils f assent. que je lise, que tu lises, qu'il lise, que nous lisions, que vous hsiez, qu'ils lisent. que je mette, que tu mettes, qu'il mette, que nous mettions, que vous mettiez, qu'ils mettent. que je moule, que tu moules, qu'il moule, que nous moulions, que vous mouliez, qu'ils moulent. j que je naisse, 1 que tu naisses, qu'il naisse, : que nous naissions, que vous naissicz, qu'ils naissent. i que je plaise, : que tu plaises, qu'il plaise. que nous plaisfons, que vous plaiskz, qu'ils plaisent. que je prenne, que tu preunes, qu'il pienne, que nous prenions, que vous preuiez, qu'ils prennent. Imperfect. H The com- pounds of to ire. que j'ecrivisse, que tu ecrivisses, qu'il ecrivit, que n. ecrivissions, que v. ecrivissiez, qu'ils ecrivissent. que je fisse, que tu fisses, qu'il fit, que nous fissions, que vous fissiez, qu'ils fissent. que je lusse, que tu lusse^, qu'il liit, que nous lussions, que vous lussiez, qu'ils lustent. que je misse, que tu misses, qu'il mit, que nous missions, que vous missiez, qu'ils misseut. que je moulusse, que tu moulus^es, qu'il moulut, que n. mou lussions, que v. moulussiez, qu'ils mouluseent. que je naquisse, que tu naquisses, qu'il naquit, que n. naquissions, que v. naquissiez, qu'ils naquisseiit. que je plusse, que tu plusses, qu'il plfit, ' taire*. que nous plussions, se taire.* que vous plnssiez, qu'ils plussent. Veebs conjugated like the Model Verb. The com- pounds of faire. elire. reelire. relire. The com- pounds of mettre. emoudre. remoudre. renaitre. plaire. \ complaire. que je prisse, que tu prist* qu'il pro, que nous prlssions, que vous prissiez, qu'ils prissent. The com- pounds of prendre. auxiliary verb etre is used for the auxiliary verb avoir* 298 COKJUflATTO-N- OF VERBS. CONJUGATION OF INFINITIVE Forms. 41. Mesoudre, to resolve. resolvant. resolu. ' avoir resolu. ayant resolu. 4\ Hire, to laugh. riant, ri. avoir ri. ayant ri. 43. Suffire, to be sufficient, suffisant. suffi. avoir suffi. ayant suffi. 4:4. Stiivre, to follow. suivaht. suivi. avoir suivi. ayant suivi. 45. Traire. to milk. trayant. trait. avoir trait, ayant trait. 46. Vaiucre, to vanquish. vainquant. vaincu. avoir vaincu. ayant vaincu. 47. Vivre, to live. vivant. vecu. avoir vecu. ayant vecu. INDICATIVE MODE. Present. A Imperfect. B Past Def. C je resous, tu resous, il resout, nous resolvons, vons resolvez, ils resolvent. je ris, tu ris, il rit, nous rions, vous riez, ils rient. je suffis, tu suffis, il suffit, nous suffisons, vous suffisez, ils suffisent. je suis, tu suis, il suit, nous suivons, vous suivez, ils suivent. je trais, tu trais, il trait, nous trayons, vous trayez, ils traient. je resolvais, tu resolvais, il resolvait, nous resolvions, [ vous resolviez, J ils resolvaient. i je riais, | tu riais, il riait, nous riions, vous riiez, ils riaient. je suffisais, tu suffisais, il suffisait, nous euffisions, vous suffisiez, ils suffisaient. je suivais, tu suivais, il suivait, nous su.vions, vous suiviez, ils suivaient. je trayais, tu trayais, il^trayait, nous trayions, vous trayiez, ils trayaient. je vaincs, je vainquais, tu vaincs, tu vainquais, il vainc, | il vainquait, nous vainquons, j nous vainquions, vous vamquez, ils vainquent. je vis, tu vis, il vit, nous vivons, vous vivez, ils vivent. vous vainquiez, ils vainquaient. je vivais, tu vivais, il vivait, nous virions, vous viviez, ils vivaient. je resolus, tu resolus, il resolut, nous reso: times, vous resolutes, ils resolurent. je ris, tu ris, il rit, nous rimes, vous riles, ils rirent. je suffis, tu suffis, il suffit, nous suffimes, vous sulfites, ils suffirent. je suivis, tu suivis, il suivit. nous suivimes, vous suivites, ils suivirent. je vainquis, tu vainquis, il vain quit, n. vainquimes, v. vainquites, ils vainquirent. je vecus, tu vecus, il vecut, nous vecumes, vous vi'-cutes, ils vecurent. Future. TJ je resoudrai, tu resoudras, il resoudra, nous ivsoudronG vous lesoudre/, ils resoudront. je rirai, tu riras, il lira, nous rirons, vous rirez, ils riront. je suffirai, tu suffiras, il si 9ira. nous -uffirons, vous sutlii-t'z, ils suthront. je saivriii, tu suivra.-, il suivra, nous suivrons vous suivrez, ils Miivront. je trairai, tu trairas, il traira. nous trairons vous trairez, ils tiairont. je vaincrai, tu vaincras. il vaincra. nous vaincrons- vous vaincrez, ils vaincront. je vivrai, tu vivras, il vivra. nous vivrons, vous viviez, ils vivront. * In the compound tenses of pronominal verbs, the t Absoudre deviates from the model in the past CONJUGATION OF VERBS. 299 IRREGULAR MODEL VERBS. CONDITIONAL Imperative. Present. JE ! F jc resoudrais, tn resoudrais, il resoudrair. uous resoudrions, vous resoudriez, ils resoudraient. je rirais, tu rirais, il rirait, nous ririons, vous ririez, ils riraient. je suflirais, tu suflirais, il sufhrait, nous suftirions, vous suftiriez, ils suftiiaient. je suivrais, tu suivrais, il suivrait, nous suivrions, vous suivriez, ils suivraient. je trairais, tu trairais, il trairait, nous trairions, vous trairiez, ils trairaient. je vaincrais, tu vaincrais, il vaincrait, nous vaincrions, vous vaincriez, ils vaincraient. je vivrais, tu vivrais, il vivrait, nous vivrions, vous vivriez, ils vivraient. resous, resolvons, resolvez. ns, nons, riez. suffis, suffisons, sufiisez. suivons, suivcz. trais, trayons, trayez. vainquons, vainquez. vivons, vivez. SUBJUNCTIVE MODE. Present. G que je resolve, que tu resolves, qu'il resolve, que nous resolvions, que vous retolviez, qu'ils resolvent. que je rie, que tu ries, quil rie, que nous riions, que vous riiez, qu'ils rient. que je suffise, que tu suffises, qu'il suflise, que nous suffisions, que vous suffisiez, qu'ils suffisent. que je suive, que tu strives, qu"il suivc, que nous suivions, que vous suiviez, qifils suivent. que je traie, que tu traies, qiril traie, que nous trayions, que vous trayiez, quits traienr. que je vainque. que tu valnques, qu'il vainque, que n. vainquions, que v. vainquiez, qu'ils vainquent. que je vive, que tu vives, qu'il vive, que nous vivions, que vous viviez, qu'ils vivent. Imperfect. H absoudre.t que je resolusse, que tu resolusses, qu'il resolut, que n. resolussions, que v. resolussiez, qu'ils resolussent. que je risse, que tu risses, qu'ii rit, que nous rissions, que vous rissiez, qu'ilg rissent. oue je suffisse, que tu suftisses, qVil suftlt, que nous suffi->ions, que vous suflissiez, qVils sufhssent. que je suivisse, que tu suivisse's, quMl suivit, que n. Miivissions, que v. suivissiez, qu'ils SUivissent. extraire. soustraire. Verbs conjugated like the Model Verb. s*ensuivre.* poursuivre. que jc vamquisse, que tu vain(iuis:res, qu'il vain quit, 'jue n. vainquissious, que v. vainquissiez, j qu'ils vainquissent. que vecusse, que 1 1 vecusses, qu'il vecfit, que n. vecussions, que v. vecussiez, qu'ils vecussent. convaiucre. auxiliary verb etre is used for the auxiliary verb avoir* participle, which is adsovs, fern, abtoute. Defective and Slightly Irregular Yerbs. FIRST CONJUGATION. See Orthographic Irregularities in the first conjugation, page 251. SECOND CONJUGATION. 48. Benir, to bless: to consecrate, has two past participles: beni, in the sense of blessed, and be" nit, in the sense of consecrated ; otherwise it is regular. 49. Defaillir, to fail, is used only in the plural of the indicative present: nous defaillons ; in the inmerf ect : je defaillais; in the past definite: je defaillis ; and in the infinitive. 50. Faillir, to fail, has faillant, failli; present : je faux, tu faux, il faut, nous faillons, vous faillez, lis faillent ; imperfect: je falllais ; past definite : je faillis. It is used principally in the infinitive, the past definite, and the compound tenses. 51. Ferir, to strike, is used only in sans coup ferir, without striking a blow* and in the past participle : feru. 52. Fleurir, to blossom; to flourish. In the sense of to blossom, fleurir is regular ; in the sense of to flourish, it has the present participle Jiorissant, and the imperfect tense je florissais, etc. 53. Gesir, to lie (ill ov dead), has only : il git, nous gisons, vous gisez % Us gisent ; imperfect : je gisais ; present participle : gisant. 54. Ha'ir, to hate, has no diseresis on the i in the singular of the present indi- cative and of the imperative : je hats, tu hais, il hait ; hais. 55. Issir, to issue, is used only in the past participle : issu. 56. Ou'ir, to hear. Of this verb only the infinitive and the past participle, out, are used. 57. Querir, to fetch, is used only in the infinitive. 58. Saillir, to project, to jut out, is conjugated like cueillir; the third per- son and the present participle only are used. 50. Surgir, to aiiive at, to start up, is used only in the infinitive. THIRD CONJUGATION. 60. Apparoir, to be evident, is used only in the infinitive and in the third pei>ou singular of the indicative present : il upper t. 61. Choir, to fall, is used only in the infinitive and past participle : eh u. 62. Comparoir, to appear in justice, is used only in the infinitive. 63. Dcchoir, to fall away, follows the model voir, except in the past definite: Je dech ns. The present participle, imperfect, and imperative are wanting 64. Echoir, to chance to be ; to beco/ne due, is used only in the ihinl p.-r-on ; it liar- :u -nine lorms n* dtchoir, and al^o the present participle . cchcant. DEFECTIVE AXD SLIGHTS* IRREGULAR VERBS. 301 65. Messeoir, to be unbecoming, is conjugated as asseoir : je inessieds, etc. It is not used in the past definite, the compound tenses, and the present participle. 66. Pourvoir, to jyrovide, follow s voir, except the past definite: je'pour- vus, and the future : je pourvoirai. 67. Prevoir, to foresee, follows voir, except the future : je prevoirai. 68. Jtavoir, to get again, follows avoir, but is used only in the future, the conditional present, and the infinitive. 69. Seoir, to become, is used only in the third person of the present: il sied, ils sieent ; of the imperfect : il seyait, and of the future : il siera. 70. Seoir, to be seated, has only the present participle : seant, and the past participle : sis. 71. Soaloir, to be accustomed, is used only in the imperfect: je soulais. 72. Surseoir, to suspend; present participle: sursoyant ; past participle: sursis ; future; je sursoirai. In other respects it follows the model voir. FOURTH CONJUGATION. 73. Accroire is used only in the infinitive : faire accroire, to make believe. 74. Uraire, to bray ; present: il brait, ils braient; future: il braira. 75. Br aire, to roar ; present participle: bruyant ; pn sent : il bruit; in.- perfect: il bruyait. + 76. Circoncire, to circumcise, follows dire, except the second person of the present: vous circoncisez ; and the past participle : circoncis. 77. Clore, to close ; present : je clos, tu clos, il clot ; future : je clorai; past participle : clos. 78. Contredire, to contradict, and the following compounds of dire, viz.: dedire, to unsay; interdire, to forbid ; tnedire, to slander; predire, to foretell, follow the model dire, excej-t in the second person plural of the present indicative and of the imperative, which is disez instead of dites. 79. Courre, to hunt, is used only in the infinitive. 80. Decon fire, to discomfit ; past participle : deconfit. 81. JEclore, to be hatched, follows clore (77) ; it is used only in the third person. 82. Frire, to fry ; present : je frig, tu fris, il frit; future : je frirai ; past participle : frit. 83. Mai faire, to do wrong, is used only in the infinitive, the compound tenses, and the past participle : malfait. 84. Maudire, to curse; present participle : mandissant. The double 8 is retained in the parts derived from the present participle ; in other respects it fol- lows dire. 85. Jiompre, to break, is regular, except in the third person singular of the indicative present : il rompt. 86. Soudre, to solve, is used only in the infinitive. 87. Soiirdre, to spring forth, is used only in the third person s_in) (16), to sit down. Astreindre (29), to force. Atteindre (29), to attain. Attraire (45), to attract. Aveindre (29), to fetch out. Avenir (14), to happen. Avoir (p. 245), to have. Battre (23), to beat. Benir (48), to bless. Boire (24), to drink. Bouillir (4), to boil. Braire (74), to bray. Bruire (75), to make a noise. Ceindre (29), to gird. Choir (61), to fall. Circoncirc (76), to circumcise. Circonscrire (33), to circumscribe. Circonvenir (14), to circumvent. Clore (77), to close. Oombattre (23), to fight. Commettre (36), to commit. Comparaitre (27), to appear. [justice. Comparoir (62), to appear in a court of Complairc (89), to comply with. Comprcndre (40), to understand. Coraproraettre (36), to compromise. Conclure (25), to conclude. Conco'irir (5), to concur. Conduire (26), to conduct. Confire (32), to preserve. Conjomdre (29), to unite. Conn aitve (27), to know. Conquerir (3), to conquer. Consentir (12), to consent. Construire (26), to construct. Contenir (13), to contain. Contraindre (29), to compel. Contredire (32, 78), to contradict, Contrefaire (34), to counterfeit. Contrevenir (14), to transgress. Convaincre (46), to convince. Convcnir (14), to agree. Corrompre (85), to corrupt. Coudre (28), to sew. Couvir (5), to run. Courre (79), to hunt. Couvrir (10), to cover. Craindre (29), to fear. Croire (30), to believe. Croitre (31), to grow. Cueillir (6), to pluck. Cuire (26), to cook. Debattre (23), to debate. Dechoir (63), to fall off. Declore (77), to unclose. Deconfire (80), to rout. Decoudre (29), to unsew. Decouvrir (10), to discover. Deer ire (33), to describe. Decroire (30), to disbelieve. Decroitre (31), to decrease. Dedire (32, 18), to disown. Dedire (se) (32, 78), to retract. Deduire (26), to deduct. Del'aillir (58). to fail. Defaire (34), to undo. Dejoindre (29), to disjoin. Dement ir (12), to contradict. Dgmettre (36), to dislocate. Demettrc (se) (36), to re-sign. Demouvoir (17), to make one desist LIST OF IRREGULAR VERBS. 303 Departir (11), to distribute. Departir (se) (11), to desist. Depeindre (29), to describe Deplaire (39), to displease. Depourvoir (21, 66), to deprive. Desapprendre (40), to unlearn. Desservir (7), to disoblige. Deteindre (29), to discolor. Detenir (13), to detain. Detruire (26), to destroy. Devenir (14), to become. Devetir (15), to st?i,p. Devetir (se) (15), to undress one's self. Dire (32), to say. Disconvenir (14), to disagree. Discourir (5), to discourse. Disparaitre (27), to disappear. Dissoudre (41, 86), to dissolve. Distraire (45), to divert from. Distraire (se) (45), to divert one's mind. Dormir (7), to sleep. Duire (26), to suit. Ebattre (s') (23). to be merry. Ebouillir (4), to boil down. Echoir (64), to expire. Eclorc (81), to be hatched. Econ duire (26), to put off. JEcrire (33), to write. El ire (35), to elect. Emboire (24), to imbibe. Emettre (36), to emit. Emoudre (37), to grind. Emouvoir (17), to move. Empreindre (29), to imprint. Enceindre (29), to swround. Enclore (77), to inclose. Encourir (5), to incur. Endormir (7), to make sleep. Enduire (26), to do over with. Enfreindre (29), to infringe. Enfuir (s') (8), to run away. Enjoindre (29), to enjoin. Enquerir (s 1 ) (3), to inquire. Ensuivre (s 1 ) (44), to result. Entremettre (*') (36), to intermeddle. Entr'ouvrir (10), to open a little. Enfreprendre (40), to undertake. Entretenir (13), to keep up. Entrevoir (21), to have a glimpse of. Envoy er (2), to send. Epreindre (29), to squeeze out. Eprundre (s 1 ) (40), to be smitten. Equivaloir (20), to be equivalent. Eteindre (29), to extinguish. fitre (p. 247), to be. Etreindre (29), to twist. Excluro (25), to exclude. Extrairc \45), to extract. Faiilir (50), to fail. Faire (34), to do. Falloir, to be necessary. Feindre (29), to feign. Ferir (51), to strike. Fleurir (52), to bloom, Forfaire (34), to forfeit. Frire (82;, tofiy. Fuir (8), to flee. Geiudre (29), to ivhine. Gesir (53), to lay. Hair (54), to hate. Induire (26), to induce. Inscrire (33), to inscribe. Instruire (26), to instruct. Iuterdire (32), to forbid. Interrompre (85), to interrupt Intervenir (14), to meddle. Introduire (26), to introduce. Issir (55), to come out. Joindre (29), to join. Lire (35), to read. Luire (26), to shine. Mamtenir (13), to maintain. Mai faire (34, 83), to do ham. Maudire (32, 84), to curse. Meconnaitre (27), to disown. Medire (32), to slander. Me faire (34), to do wrong. Mentir (12), to lie. Meprendre (se) (40), to mistake, Messeoir (65), to be unbecoming. Mettre (36), to put. Moudre (37), to grind. Mourir (9), to die. Mou voir (17), to remove. JS aitre (38), to be born. Nuire (26), to harm. Obtenir (13), to obtain. Offrir (10), to offer. Oiiidre (29), to anoint. Omettre (36), to omit. Omr (56), to hear. Ouvrir (10), to open. Paitre (27), to graze. Paraitre (27), to appear. Parcourir (5), to run over. Parfaire (34), to complete. Fartir (11), to start. Parvenir (14), to reach. Peindre (29), to paint. Permettre (36), to allow. Plaindre (29), to pity. Flaire (39), to please. Fie avoir, to rain. Poindre (29), to dawn. Poursuivrc (44), to pursue. Pourvoir (21, 66), to provide. Pouvdir (18), to be able. .edirc (32, 7S), to foretell. 304 CONJUGATION OF VERBS. Prendre (40), to take. Prescrire (33), to prescribe. Pressentir (12), to forebode. Prevaloir (20). to prevail. Prevenir (14), to prevent. Pre voir (21, 67), to foresee. Produire (26), to produce. Promettre (36), to jrromise. Promouvoir (17), to promote. Proscrire (33), to proscnbe. Provenir (14), to proceed. R;ihattre (23), to pull down. Rupprendre (40), to learn again. Rasseoir (16), to replace. Rasseoir (se) (16), to sit down again.. Ratteindre (29), to catch again. Ravoir (68), to get again. Rebattre (23), to beat again. Reboire (24), to drink again. Rebouillir (4), to boil again. Reclure (25), to shut up. Reconduire (26), to reconduct. Reconnaitre (27), to recognize. Reconquerir (3), to reconquer. Recon struire (26), to reconstruct. Recoudre (28), to sew again. Recourir (5), to have recourse to. Recouvrir (10), to cover. Recrire (33), to write again. Recroitre (31), to grow again. Recueillir (6), to gather. Recuire (26), to cook again. Redefaire (34), to undo again. Redevenir (14), to become again. Redire (32, 78), to say again. Redormir (7), to sleep again. Reduire (26), to reduce. Reelire (25), to reelect. Refaire (34). to do again. Refleurir (52), to bloom again. Rejoindre (29), to overtake. Relire (35), to read again. Reluire (26), to glitter. Remettie (36), to put again. Remoudre (37), to grind again. Renaitre (38), to revive. Rendormir (7), to lull to sleep again. Rentraire (45), to fine-draw ; to join on. Repaitre i27), to feed. Ueparaitre (27), to reappear. Repartir (11), to start again. Repeindre (29), to paint again Repentir (se) (12), to repent. Reprendre (40), to take again. Reproduire (26), to reproduce. Requerir (3), to request. Jtesoudre (41), to resolve. Rossentir (12), to ?esent. Reason ir (11), to go out a?zin- Ressouvenir (se) (14), to remember. Restreindre (29), to restrain. Reteindre (29), to dye again. Retenir (13), to retain. Retraire (45), to milk again. Revaloir (20), to give an equivalent Revenir (14), to come back. Revetir (15), to clothe. Revivre (47), to revive. Revoir (21), to see again. Hire (42), to laugh. Rompre (85), to break. Rouvrir (10)! to open ago 1 " Saillir (58), to jut out. Satisfaire (34), to satisfy. Savoir (19), to know. Secourir (5), to help. Seduire (26), to seduce. Sentir (12), to feel. Seoir (69), to become. Seoir (70), to be seated. Servir (7), to serve. Sortir (11), to go out. Soudre (86), to solve. Sonffnr (10), to suffer. Souloir (71), to be accustomed. So^imettre (36), to submit. Sourire (42), to smile. Sourdre (87), to spring. Souscrire (33), to subscribe. Soustraire (45), to subtract. Sontenir (13), to sustain. Souvenir (se) (14), to remember Subvenir (14), to assist. Suffire (43), to suffice. Suivre (44), to follow. Surgir (59), to land. Surf aire (34), to overdo. Surprendre (40), to surprise. Surseoir (72), to put off. Survenir (14), to stwvene. Survivre (47), to survive. Taire (39), to conceal. Taire (.se) (39), to keep silent. Teindre (29), to dye. Tenir (13), to hold. Tistre (88), to weave. Trad in re (26). to translate. Trairr (45), to milk. Transerire (33), to copy. Transmettre (36), to transmit Tressaillir (6), to start. Vminere (46), to vanquish. Valoir (20), to be worth, Veniv (14). to come. Vetir (15), to dress. Vivre (47), to live. loir (21), to see. Vouloir (22), tc will. IDIOMS AND PROVERBS. PART FIRST. — ENGLISH INTO FRENCH. The principal word in each expression, or the word on which the idiom turns, is placed at the head of the division in which the expression is given. About. I have no money about me. What is it about ? Go about your business. Look about you {mind). Account. A man of no account. On my account. On no account. Even accounts make lasting friends. Afford, to. I cannot afford to do it. I cannot affwd it. That affords me great pleasure. What can you affoid to give ? I cannot afford more. Give as much as you can afford. Again. Begin again. Go there again. He will come again. I told it to him again and again. Give me as much again. Agree, to. We have agreed about the price. They agree like cat and dog. I will make them agree. Bo you agree to those terms? Agreed upon. That does not agree with me {my stomach) . All. It is all over. After all. You must take him all in all. All the better ; all the better for it, Environ; alentour. Je n'ai pas d'argent sur moi. De quoi s'agit-il ? Allez-vous-en. Prenez garde a vous. Compte, m. Un homrae de rien. A cause de moi. Ln aucune maniere. Les bons comptes font les bons amis. Avoir les moyens. Je n'ai pas les moyens de le faire. Je n'en ai pas les moyens. Cela me donhe beaucoup de plaisir. Combien pouvez-vous donner ? Je ne peux pas aller au-dela. Donnez selon vos moyens. De nouveau ; encore. [veau. Recommencez, or commencez de nou- Allez-y encore une fois. II reviendra. Je le lui ai repete vingt fois. Donnez-m 1 en deux fois autant. Convenir. Nous sommes convenus du prix. lis s'accordent comme chien et chat. Je les mettrai d'accord. Consentez-vous a ces conditions ? Convenu. D'accord. Cela me fait mal, me derange Testomac Tout. C'est fini. Apres tout, au bout du compte. II faut le prendre tel quel. Taut miens ; il n'en sera que micur. 306 IDIOMS AND PROVERBS. It is all one to me. If that is all, be easy. To be all things to all men. All is well that ends well. All is not gold that glitters. Answer, to. What did he answer you ? He shall answer before God. That answers my purpose. That answers several purposes. That answered very well. Ask, to. Some one asks for you. Ask him to come in. Did you ask for Mrs. B. ? How much do you ask for that coat? Attend, to. To attend to one's business. — a meeting. — lectures. — a sick person. The odium which attends dishonor. I will attend to you in an instant. Average, to average. The average circulation of that journal is 30,000 copies a day. Our receipts average fifty dollars a day. Be, to (12, 13). What is that? What is that to you ? How are you ? He is not well. He is better. How is that business? Hoiv is business? This coffee is better than the. other. Tea is better for me than coffee. He is as good as she is. He is worth a great deal. It is (of time or distance). Bear, to. To bear some one ill will. — malice against some one. — it in mind. — a good character. — witness, Cela m'est egal. S'il no tient qiTa cela, soyez tranquiile. Se f aire tout a tous. La fin couronne Toeuvre. Tout ce qui reluit n'est pas or. Repondre. Que vous a-t-il repondu ? II en rendra compte a Dieu. Cela fait mon affaire. Cela sert a plusieurs fins. Cela a parfaitement reussi. Demander. On vous demande. Priez-le d'entrer. Vous etes-vous informe de Mme. B. ? Combien faites-vous cet habit ? Faire attention. S'occuper de, vaquer a, ses affaires. Assister a une seance, une assemblee. Suivre un cours. Soigner un malade. L'odieux qui s'attache au deshonneur. Je serai a vous a Tinstant. Moyen, moyenne. La circulation moyenne de ce journal est de 30,000 exemplaires par jour. Nos recettes montent a cinquante dollars par jour Tun portant Tautre. £tre. Qu'est-ce que e'est que cela ? Qu'est-ce que cela vous fait ? Comment vous portez-vous ? II ne se porte pas bien. II va mieux. Comment va cette affaire ? Comment vont les affaires ? Ce cafe est meilleur que Tautre. Le the vaut mieux pour moi (or mc con- vient mieux) que le cafe. II la vaut bien. II est tres-riche. II y a (217, 218, 219). Porter. En vouloir a qqn. Garder ranenne contre qqn. Le retenir. ne pas Toublier. Jouir d'une bonne reputation. Jlendre tSmoignage. ENGLISH IXTO FRENCH. 307 Beat, to. To beat a person black and blue. — a path. — up eggs, cream. — down the price. — about the bush. — something into his head I beat him two games. Become, to. What has become of him ? That hat is not becoming to you. Her dress is very becoming. That is very becoming. Better. I have thought better of it. You will be the better for it. You will not be the better for it. He grows better and better. You will get the better of those difficulties. Better late than never. The better the day the better the deed. Bill. To settle a bill. To run up bills everywhere. The walls are covered with bills. There is a bill on the Iwuse. The play-bill. The bill of fare. Break, to (to render useless). To break into pieces {to smash). — {asunder). — an engagement. — an oath. — one's word. — any one's heart. — open a door. . — the bank. — in a horse. — news to one. Bring, to. Bring the gun. — the dogs, the carriage. — in dinner. To bring luck. — an action against s. b. — word to s. b. of s. th. Time brings about many things. His conduct brought this misery upon h im . Battre. Meurtrir qqn. de coups. Frayer un sentier. Fouetter des oeufs, de la creine. Rabattre le prix. Tourner autour du pot. Lui fourrer quelque chose dans l'esprii, Je lui ai gagne deux parties. Devenir. Qu'est-il devenu ? Ce chapeau ne vous convient pas. Sa robe lui sied bien. (Test bieuseant, c'est tres-convenable. Meilleur, adj. ; mieux, adv. Je me suis ravise. Vous vous en trouverez mieux. Vous n'y gagnerez rien. II va de mieux en mieux. Vous vaincrez ces obstacles. Mieux vaut tard que jamais. A bon jour bonne ceuvre. Billet, m. Regler un compte. Faire des dettes partout. Les murs sont couverts d'affiches. II y a un ecriteau sur la maison. Le programme du spectacle. Le menu du diner ; la carte. Casser. Briser en morceaux. Rompre. Rompre un engagement. Violer un serment. Manquer de parole. Fendre or briser le cceur a qqn. Enfoncer or forcer one porte. Faire sauter la banque. Rompre un cheval. Preparer qqn. a recevoir des nouvciieb. Apporter ; amener. Apportez le fusil. Amenez les chiens, la voiture. Servez le diner. Porter bonheur. Intenter une action contre qqn Informer, prevenir qqn. de qq. ch. Le lemps accomplit bien des choses. Sa conduite lui a attire ces niHlheurs. 308 IDIOMS AND PROVERBS. Business. Mind your business. You had no business to go there. This will just do my business. I shall make it my business To be in business. To set up a business. He is a man of business. Call, to. Can you call on me to-night? I shall call on him to-day. I shall call on you when I come back. Will you call at the office? He calls for his money. I shall call for you when I pass. Care, to take ; to care. Take good care of your health. Take good care of yourself. Take care not to fall. I do not care for it. Take it ; I do not care for it. What do I care about it ? He does not care for any body. Carry, to. To carry about one l s person. — one's point. — a jest too far. — it high. — coals to Newcastle. — on a profession. Catch, to, a disease. To catch a cold, to catch cold. — a Tartar. A drowning man catches at a straw. The house caught fire. Come, to. How did that come about f H°, will soon come about. That appeal comes home to our feelings. It comes to the same. That came in his way. First come, first helped. Company. He does not go into company. We have company at dinner. He sees good annpany. Will you give us the plea^no of your com pan]/ thU ere/ting/ Affaire, /. Occupez-vous de vos affaires. Vc-us n'aviez que faire d'y aller. Ceci fera precisement mon affaire. Je ni'en ferai une obligation. £tre dans le commerce. Ultablir une maison de commerce. C'est un homme qui s'entend aux affaires Appeler. Pouvez-vous venir chez moi ce soir ? J'irai le voir aujourd'hui, Je passerai chez vous en revenant. Voulez-vous passer an bureau ? II vient chercher son argent. Je viendrai vous prendre en passant. Avoir soin ; se soucier. Ayez bien soin de votre sante. Soignez-vous bien. Prenez garde de tomber. Je ne m'en soucie pas. Prenez-le ; je n'y tiens pas. Qu'est-ce que cela me fait ? II n'aime personne. Porter. Porter sur soi. Accomplir son dessein. Pousser trop loin une plaisanterie. Le prendre sur un haut ton. Porter de Teaii a la riviere. Suivre, or exercer une profession. Attraper, une maladie. Prendre un rhume, s'enrhumer. Etre pris dans ses filets. Un homme qui se noie ti'accroche a tout Le feu prit a la maison. Venir. Comment cela est-il arrive ? II se remettra bien tot. Cet appel va an cceur. Cela revicnt an memo. Cela lui est tombe dans la main. [rraiT Aux premiers venus, lee premiers mor- Monde, m. ; societe,/. II ne va pas dans le monde. Nous avons du monde a diner. II frequonte la bonne societe. Voulez-vous nous faire Thonneur de passer la soiree chez nous. EKGLISH INTO FREHCH. 309 Course. To follow a course of lectures on chemistry. In the course of the day. We do not know what course to pur me. He follows his own course. A long course of years. The first course was brought in. The effect will follow of course. Of course. Crack, to. This dish is cracked. He cracked his whip. The cracking of the burning tvood. To crack jokes. He is a little cracked. Cut, to. To cut the wood ; to cut up the fowl. — out a coat. — the air. — capers. — sticks {to clear out). — short. — acquaintance with one. Day {daylight). Every day ; every other day. All the day. In the course of the day. It is daylight ; in broad daylight. Cours, m.; courant, m. Suivre un cours de chimie. Dans le courant de la journee. Nous ne savons quel moyen adopter II suit son penchant naturel. Une longue suite d'annees. On servait le premier service. I/effet suivra naturellement. Sans doute ; c'est tout naturel. Fendre; feler. Ce plat est fele. II faisait claquer son fouet. Le petillement du bois qui brule. Faire des plaisanteries. II a le timbre tant soit peu fele. Couper. Couper le bois ; decouper le poulet. Tailler un habit. Fendre Fair. Faire des cabriolles, des gambade3. Deguerpir. Trancher court. Rompre avec qqn. Jour, m. ; journee, /. Tous les jours, tous les deux jours. Toute la journee. Dans la journee. II fait jour ; en plein jour. Rem.— Jour represents the astronomical day, as a unit ; it is used in counting, trois jours, three days ; huit jours, a week ; quinze jours, a fortnight. It is also used in adverbial expressions : de jour et de nuit, by day and by night. Journee represents the day in its course, from morning till evening ; it is used when duration is implied, hence with reference to events which may characterize it : une journee malheureuse, an unfortunate day. This remark applies like- wise to matin, matinee, morning ; soir, soiree, evening ; an, annee, year. Disappoint, to. / am disappointed at not seeing her. I do not wish to disappoint him. That affair has disappointed me. Do, to. To do justice. — a service. — one's duties. — nothing of the kind. Be will do nothing of the kind. I have nothing to do with that. How do you dot That will not do for me. Desappointer. Je suis contrarie de ne pas la voir. Je ne veux pas lui manquer de parole. Cette affaire n'a pas repondu a mon at- Faire. ttente. Rendre justice. — service. Remplir ses devoirs. N'en rien faire. II n'en fera rien. Je n'ai que faire de cela. Comment vous portez-vous ? Cela ne me va pas, ne me convient paa 310 IDIOMS ANL> PROVERBS. Draw, to. To draw lots. — the breath. — {pencilling). — a circle. — a deed. — a tooth. — water (from a well). — wine (from a cask). — upon a person (a'draft). — (tea or herbs). End. He is near his end. To sit at the upper end. To make the two ends meet. Tirer. Tirer an sort. Respirer Pair. Dessiner. Tracer un cercle. Rediger un acte. Arracher une dent, Puiser de Teau. Tirer du vin. Tirer sur qqn. (une traite). Infuser. Fin, /. ; bout, m. II touche a sa fin. Etre au haut bout de la table. Joindre les deux bouts. Rem.— Fin, end, conclusion. There can be but one end (conclusion) to any thing. Bout, end, extreme point : Le haut (bout) et le bas bout de la table, th& tipper and the lower end of the table ; a la fin de l'annee, or au bout de l'an, at the end of the year. (See Rem. under Day.) Engage, to. To engage, to pawn. — lodgings. This seat is engaged. He is engaged, busy. We are engaged. They are engaged (to be married). She is engaged. Enter, to. To enter one's room, college. — into conversation. — one's name. — a profession. — business. — upon the subject. Evening. In the evening. An evening party. Excuse, to. Will you excuse me to your father? Excuse me from coming this evening. The magistrate excused the fine. Expect, to. We expect his arrival this evening. We did not expect that (were, not prepared for it). Engager. Engager, mettre en gage. Arreter, louer, un appartement. Cette place est retenue. II est occupe. Nous avons pris des engagements. lis sont fiances. Elle est promise. Entrer. Entrer dans sa chambre, au college. — en conversation. S'inscrire. Embrasser une profession. Commencer les affaires. Entamer la matiere. (See Day, Rem.) soiiee,/. Soir, m. Le soir. Une soiree. Excuser. Voulez-vous m'excuser aupres de 1£. votre pere ? Excusez-moi, dispensez-moi, de venir ce soir. Le magistrat lui afaitgrace do ''amende. Attendre ; esperer. Nous attendona son arrivee ce soir. Nous ne nous attendions pas a cela. ENGLISH INTO FRENCH. 311 t expect to see him by and by. I expect to pay him a visit. I expect to be back in a fortnight. Face. They laughed in his face. I tell it to you before your face. Would you do it befwe his face ? I hate the sun in my face. Fault. Whose fault is it ? He has but one fault. To be at fault. To find fault with. He finds fault with every thing I do. It is not my fault that he does not succeed. Feel, to. How do you feel f . / do not feel as usual. How does your hand feel? I shall feel happy in being useful to you. I feel for you. Let me feel your pulse. Try to feel him on that subject. Fire. Have you afire in your room? There is a great fire. Our house has caught fire. He will not set the river on fire. Fit, to. That coat fits you very well. My tailor fits well. To fit up a house, a workshop. Gain, to. To gain one's living. — a reputation. — one's end. — the ascendency. — the day. Get, to. I must get a pair of gloves. He got iv J i at he deserved. His handsome van duct got him that place. I cannot get the money. To get a cold. — Wind qf a thing. J'espere le voir tantot. Je me propose (Taller le voir. [jours. Je compte etre de retour dans quinze Visage, m. ; figure,/. lis lui ont ri an nez. Je vous le dis en face. Le feriez-vous en sa presence ? Le soleil me donne dans les yeux. Faute, /. ; defaut, m. A qui en est la faute ? II n'a qiTun seul defaut. £tre en defaut. Trouver a redire a. II trouve a redire a tout ce que je fais. II ne tient pas a moi qu'il ne reussisse. Sentir. [vez-vous ? Comment vous sentez-vous ? vous trou- Je ne me trouve pas comme d'ordinaire. Je ne suis pas dans mon assiette. Comment va la main ? [utile. Je m'estimerai heureux de vous etre Je partage, je prends part a, votre cha- grin. Permettez-moi de vous tater le pouls. Tatez-le un peu sur ce sujet. Feu, m. Avez-vous f.u feu dans votre chambre ? II y a un grand incendie. Le feu a pris a notre maison. II n'a pas invente la poudre. Aller bien. Cet habit vous va parfaitement. Mon tailleur habille bien. Meubler une maison, monter un atelier. Gagner. Gagner sa vie. Acquerir or se faire de la reputation. Parvenir a sa fin. Prendre le dessus. L'emporter. Obteuir. II faut que j'achete une paire do gants. II a recu ce qiTil a meriti*. Sa belle condliite lui a valu oette place. Je ne puis obtenir, or me procurer, l'ar- Attraper un rhuine, sYnrhuiner. [gent Avoir vent d'une chose. 312 IDIOMS AKD PROVERBS. To get rid of '.erson over another man's To stnke while the iron is hot. He beat the bush and another caught the game. Beautiful, fine, handsome. People of fashion. Fine words ! fine prom ises ! He won't catch me again very soon. Noiv I am in a fine con dition ! -. To do foolish things ; to say foolish things. To tell idle stories about a person. To speak ill of s. b. To furnish one a fine opportunity. To lose or miss a fine opjwtunity. To have a good chance. To tell a person stories. To hare a narrow escape. To lie in the open air. To be in rain. You strive to vo purpose, [believe him. He may say what he likes, peoptt wulnot One good turn deserves another. That is a fine thing to boast of. Fine feathers ?nake fine birds. FRENCH INTO ENGLISH. 325 Boire. Boire dans un verre, a une bouteille. — son soul, sec. — comme un templier, une eponge. — le vin du march e. — le coup de Tetrier. II y a a boire et a manger. Qui bon Tachete bon le boit. * Le vin est tire, il faut le boire. Qui fait la faute la boit. C'est la mer a boire. II n'y pas de Teau a boire. Bois, m. Faire fleche de tout bois. Ne savoir de quel bois faire fleche. £tre du bois dont on fait les flutes. On verra de quel bois je me chauffe. II a Toeil au bois. A gens de village, trompette de bois. Trouver visage de bois. La f aim chasse le loup du bois. Bon. Un bon enfant ; un bon vivant. Avoir bon pied, bon ceil. Faire le bon apotre. Se donner du bon temps. Avoir le bon bout d'une affaire. Trouvez bon que je vous en parle. A quoi bon en parler ? C'est bon ; il me le pay era. La garder bonne. A la bonne heure ! A bon jour bonne ce'ivre. A bon vin point d'enseigne. Les bons comptes font les bons amis. A bon entendeur salut ! Voila ce qui est le bon de Taffaire. Ce n'est pas pour bon ; c'est pour rire. Bonnet, m. Prendre une chose sous son bonnet. Ce sont deux tetes dans un bonnet. II a lair triste comme un bonnet de nuit. Mettrc son bonnet de travers. Avoir la tete pres du bonnet. Jeter son bonnet par dessus les moulins. Bouche, /. Faire venir Teau a la bouche. Garder une chose pour la bonne bouche. To drink. To drink out of a glass, out of a bottle. — one's filly much. — excessively, like a sponge. — to the bargain. — to the stirrup. There is good and bad in that business. The best goods are the cheapest. You are in it and you must go through. Errors, like chickens, come home to roost. You may as well empty the ocean with a That is a very poor business. [bucket. Wood. To strain every nerve to succeed. Not to know which way to turn. [body. To be vei~y yielding, to agree with every They will find out with whom they have He looks out sharply. [to deal. Don't talk about colors to the blind, [swer. To knock at a door and to receive no an- Hunger drives the wolf out of the woods. Good. A good fellow ; a good liver. To be active and vigilant. To play the good fellow. To have a good time of it. To have the right side of a question. Allow me to speak to you about it. What good can it do to speak about it? All Hght ; he will pay for it. To keep rancor. Well and good! All right! The better the day, the better the deed. Good wine needs no bush. Short cettlements.make long friends. A word to the wise. That is the funny part of the business. It is not in earnest ; it is for fun. Cap. To take something into one's head. They are hand and glove together. He looks like patience on a monument. To put the wrong foot foremost. To be excitable, instable. To throw off all restraint. Mouth. To make the mouth water. To keep a thing for the last. 326 IDIOMS AND PROVERBS. Faire la petite bouche. Dire tout ce qui vient a la bouche. Garder bouche close. II arrive beaucoup de choses entre la _, [bouche et le verre. Bout, m. Tirer sur qqn a bout portant. Avoir un mot sur le bout de la langue. Dire qq. ch. du bout des levres. On ne sait par quel bout le prendre. j&tre au bout de son role. Venir a bout d'une chose. Pousser les choses jusqu'au bout. Mettre, pousser, qqn. a bout. Sa patience est a bout. Au bout du compte. Au bout du fosse la culbute. Au bout de Taune faut le drap. Au bout le bout. Brebis, /. Brebis comptees le loup les mange. A brebis tondue, Dieu mesure le vent. Brebis qui bele perd sa goulee. Qui se fait brebis, le loup le mange. Carte, /. Avoir carte blanche. Prendre les cartes. Brouiller les cartes. Jouer les cartes sur table. Le dessous des cartes. On ne sait jamais avec lui de quelle carte Perdre la carte. [il retourne. Tirer les cartes. Cas, m. Crest la mon cas Faire cas de. On fait grand cas d'elle. Chandelle, /. ficonomie de bout de chandelles. Bruler la chandelle par les deux bouts. A chaque saint sa chandelle. Chanson, /. C'cst toujours la memc chanson. Voila bien une autre chanson. Chansons que tout cela ! Je ne me pave pas de chansons. Bi vous en avez Pair, vous n'en avez pas la chanson. To make difficulties. [mind. To say any thing that comes across one's To keep the secret . to have a close mouth. There is many a slip betwixt the cup and End. ltheHp Tojire at on* close at hand. To have a word at the end of the tongue. To say a thing condescendingly. One does not knmv how to take him. To de at the end of his rope. To carry a thing through, to succeed. To drive things to extremes. To nonplus a person ; to drive one to ex- His patience is at an end. [tremes. After all. When it comes to the end, then the crash. There is an end to every thing. It will last as long as it can. Sheep. [hatched. Don't count your chickens before they are God tempers the wind to the shorn lamb. A bleating sheep goes home hungry. If you are too yielding people will impose Card. Ivponyou. To have full power. To take the lead in a business. To embroil matters. To act or speak frankly. [ness. The hidden game ; the secret of the bust- One never knows what he is after. To become confused. To tell fortunes ; to lay cards. Case. That is my case ; that suit* me. To value, to esteem highly. They make a great ado about her. Candle. Penny wise and pound foolish . To burn the candle at both ends. Do homage to all whose influence yo>/ rna>/ Song. £»?* It is always the same old song, That is quite a different story. That fe all nonsenst . I will not be put of with Jim speeches. That, trill do for ajipearances, but it is not the thing. FRENCH INTO ENGLISH. 327 Chat, m. Emporter Je chat Acheter chat en poche. Appeler un chat un chat. Se servir de la patte du chat pour tirer les marrons du feu. S'accorder comme chien et chat. A bon chat bon rat. La nuit tous ies chats sont gris. Quand les chats n'y sont pas les souris dansent. Jeter les chats aux jambes a qqn. II n'y a pas la de quoi fouetter un chat. On ne peut prendre de tels chats sans Eveiller le chat qui dort. [mitaines. Des que les chats seront chausses. Chat echaude craint Teau froide. Chien, m. Jeter sa langue aux chiens. Donner sa part aux chiens. Frequenter le chien et le chat. II ne faut point se moquer des chiens qu'on ne soit hors du village. Bon chien de chasse, chasse de race. Chien qui aboie ne raord pas. Entre chien et loup. Cceur, m. Se ronger le coeur. Je veux en avoir 1c coeur net. En avoir le coeur gros. Le coeur me le disait bien. Avoir qq. ch sur le cceur. Avoir le cceur mort. Savoir un homme par coeur. Diner par coeur. De bon coeur ; de tout mon coeur. Tout a vous de cceur. A coeur ouvert, le coeur sur les Jevres. C'est une affaire que j'ai fort a coeur. Avoir mal au cceur, le mal de cceur. N'etre pas malade de coeur. Prenez-le, si le coeur vous en dit. Loin des yeux loin du cceur. Compte*, m. Le compte est juste ; le compte y est. Cela n'est pas de compte. J'ai recu cent dollars a-compte. Au compte de ces gens. Cat. To take French leave. To buy a pig in a poke. To call a spade a spade. To make a cat's-paw of a person. To agree like cat and dog. Tit for tat. In the dark all cats are gray. When the cat is away, the mice zvUt play. To make trouble for one. That is a very trifling fault. [gloves. Such a matter has to be handled with To touch upon an unpleasant business. Very early in the morning. 4 burnt child is afraid of the fire. To give it up. To give up one's claim in contempt. To see all kinds of people. Don't halloo till you are out of the wood. Like father, like son. Barking dogs don't bite. In twilight. Heart. To waste aivay with secret grief. I will sift the matter to the bottom. To have the heart full of it. I had a presentiment of it. To bear or have a feeling of resentment. To be heart-sick. To know a man by heart. To go without a dinner. Willingly ; with all my heart. Wholly yours. Frankly, openly. [heart. ■ That is a matter which I take much to To feel sick at the stomach. Not to have lost one's appetitt . Take it, if you have an appetite for it. Out of sight out of mind. Account. Tin account is right ; it is right. That does not count. I received one hundred dollars on accrunl, On the statement of those peoph 328 IDIOMS AND PROVERBS. Oui, je suis done un sot, a votre compte. Au bout du compte. J'en suis quitte a bon compte. Je lui ai fait son compte. Son compte sera bicntot regie. C^est pour son compte ; taut pis pour lui. Je suis inquiet sur son compte. Je n'y trouve pas mon compte. II etait bien loin de compte. Tenir compte a qqn. d'une chose. Connaissance, /. A ma connaissance. Parler avec connaissance de cause. II a de grandes connaissances. Faire connaissance avec qqn. Faire la connaissance de qqn. Ce sont des gens de notre connaissance. C^est une de mes connaissances. £tre en pays de connaissances. Corde, /. C'est lui qui est la grosse corde. Toucher la grosse corde. — la corde sensible. II ne faut pas toucher cette corde-la. Tirer sur la meme corde. Tenir la corde. Danser sur la corde. Avoir deux cordes a son arc. Etre use jusqu'a, la corde. Cet homme montre la corde. Corps, m. Passer sur le corps de qqn. Saisir qqn. a bras le corps. Combat corps a corps. Etre penche a mi-corps par la fenetre. Prendre le lievre au corps. Faire bon marche de son corps. Avoir une mauvaise affaire sur le corps. Un drole de corps. Se jeter a corps perdu dans une affaire. Cote, m. II est sur le cote. Mettre une bouteille sur le c6te. Le cote faible (de qqn., de qq. ch.). De mon cote. Allez-vous de mon c6te ? De quel cote vient le vent ? De ce c6te il n'y a rien a craindre Oh, yes ; I am a fool, according to you. After all. I have got off easily. [due. I have settled with him, given him his His account will soon be settled. [him. That concerns him ; so much the worse for I am uneasy on his account. I do not find it to my interest. He was very far out of Jits reckoning, [us. To keep account of a service one has done Acquaintance ; knowledge. To my knowledge. To speak as a judge. He possesses great learning. To make one's acquaintance. They are people of our acquaintance. She is an acquaintance of mine. To be among acquaintances. Rope. He is the principal man. To come to the principal question. To come to the point. You must not touch upon that subject. To pull by the same string. To hold the end of the rope. To be engaged in a dangerous business. To have two strings to one's bow. To be worn threadbare. That man lays bare his business. Body. To jiass ahead over s. b. To seize a person round his body. A hand-to-hand fight . To hang half way out of th< window. To take the bull by the horns. To expose one's self to bodily 'lunger. To have a bad matter on one's hand. An odd, eccentric fellow. To go headlong into a business. Side. He is over ; he is sick, or he is in disgrtKe. To empty a bottle. [a th . The weak side of a p. ; t/ie weak point of On my sidt ; on my part. Do you go my way/ Which way does the wind Mote f [J'ear. From that direction there is nothing tc FRENCH INTO ENGLISH. 329 De tous cOtes. Du cote de la fortune. Ne savoir de quel cote tourner. Mettre les rieurs de son cote. Regarder qqn. de cote. Laisser de cote. Donner a cote. Passer a cote d'une difficulte. £tre a cote de la question. Coucher. Coucher qqn. sur le carreau. La pluie a couche les bles. Coucher le poil de qq. ch. — a qqn. — qqn. en joue. — par ecrit. — a la belle etoile. Se coucher. Coup, m. Faire d'une pierre deux coups. C'est un coup dans Teau. Donner un coup de main. Manquer son coup. Ce discours porte son coup. Tout cela ne se fait pas d 1 un coup. Du premier coup ; d'un seul coup. Pour le coup ; a ce coup. X coups perdus ; a coups redoubles. A coup perdu. A coup sur. Un coup de main ; coup d 1 £tat. Un coup de soleil ; un coup de feu. Tirer un coup de fusil, de canon. Le coup vaut la balle, Targent. Devoir (325). -Je lui en dois, or il m'en doit. Fais ce que tu dois, advienne que pourra. II croit toujours qu'on lui en doit. Qui doit a tort. Diable, m. Tirer le diable par la queue. C'est la le diable. Un bon diable ; un pauvre diable. Ne faites pas le diuble plus noir qu'il est. II n'est pas si diable qu'il est noir. Dieu, m. S'il plait a Dieu. PlaiseaDieu! A Dieu ne plaice I [aide! Dieu vous benisse ! Dieu vous soit en On all sides. As to fortune ; with regard to fortune. Not to know which way to turn. To have the best of the discussion. To look down upon a person. To leave aside. To miss the mark. To avoid a difficulty, not to touch upon it. To miss the question. To lay ; to sleep. To strike one down, either dead or hurt The rain has laid the corn. To smooth s. th. ; to flatter s. b. To take aim at s. b. To put down in writing. To sleep in the open air. To lie down. Blow. To kill two birds with one stone. It is a useless attempt. To lend a helping hand. To miss one's blow. That speech had its effect. All that can not be done at once. With the first blow ; at one blow. For once; this time. At random ; with redoubled strokes. In vain. Most certainly ; to be sure. A surp?*ise ; a stroke of policy. A sunstroke ; a shot. To fire off a gun, a cannon. It is worth while. To owe. I have got an account to settle with him. Do your duty, no matter what may happen. He is never satisfied with what one dmsfor WJio owes is wrong. [him. Devil. To be pecuniarily embarrassed. That is the ugly part of it. A good fellow ; a poor fellow. Give the devil his due. The devil is not so black as he is painted. God. If it pleases God. May it please God ! God forbid ! May God blt.ss you ! May God help you > 330 IDIOMS AND PROVERBS. Ce que femme veut, Dieu veut. La voix da peuple est la voix de Dieu. Qui donne aux pauvres prcte a Dieu. I/homme propose, Dieu dispose. Chacun pour soi Dieu pour tous. Dire. On dit. Des on-dit. Que veut dire tout cela ? Cela ne dit rien. Y avoir a dire. II y a bien a dire la-dessus. II y a bien a dire que je n'aie mon compte. II n'y a pas a dire. Trouver a dire (trouver a redire). Ii ne trouve rien a dire a cela. En dire. Si le cceur vous en dit, faites-le. II lui en a dit. Se le faire dire. II ne se le fit pas dire deux fois. Dire la verite. A vrai dire. Pour ainsi dire. Pour mieux dire, or disons mieux. C^st tout dire. Cela va sans dire. Voila qui est dit. Soit dit en passant. Qui ne dit mot consent. Doigt, m. Montrer qqn. du doigt or au doigt. C'est une bague au doigt. Mon petit doigt me l'a dit. Donner sur les doigts a qqn. S'en mordre les doigts. Toucher du doigt or au doigt. Se mettre le doigt dans 1'ceil. Vous avez mis le doigt dessus. Avoir de Tesprit au bout des doigts. Toucher une chose du bout des doigts. Savoir une chose sur le bout des doigts. Donner. Se donner de la peine. — des airs, de grands airs. Donner a penser, a entendre. — un O'uf pour avoir un Ixvuf. Tel donne a pleines mains qui n'oblige personne. A woman's will is God's will. The will of the people is the will of God. Who gives to the poor lends to God. Man proposes and God disposes. Every one for himself, and God for us all. To say ; to tell. People say ; it is said. Reports. What does all that mean ? That does not signify any thing. To be wrong ; to be wanting. That is far from being right. That is far from being my account. Nothing to be said about it, all right. To find fault with. He finds no fault with that. To say so ; to feel like it ; to scold. If your heart says so, do it. He gave it to him {scolded him). To be slow in doing a thing. He was very prompt to do it. To speak the truth. If the truth must be spoken. So to say. Let us rather say. That is every thing. That is a matter of course. That is settled, agreed upon. It may be said by the way. Silence gives consent. Finger. To deride a person. That is a good thing ; that is an honor. My little finger told me of it. To give it to one. To regret a thing ; to be sorry for it. To see or understand a thing plainly. To do an injury to one's self. You hare hit the nail on the head. To be very skilful. [purpose. To have very nearly accomplished one's To know a thing perfectly. To give. To take trouble. To put on airs. To set one to thinking ; to throw out hints To throw a sprat to catch a whalt . Ill-bestowed kindness gets no thanks FRENCH INTO ENGLISH. 331 Je vous le donne en dix, en cent. En donner a qqn., en donner a garder. Tu ra'en as donne. S'en donner. S'en donner a coeur joie. Ne savoir ou donner de la tete. Donner tete baissee dans qq. ch. — dans un piege. — dans le luxe. Je ne donne pas la-dedans. Donner dans Poeil. — dans, sur. Mes croisees donnent sur le jardin. Qui donne tot donne deux fois. Dormir. Dormir en lievre, les yeux ouverts. Cet homrae ne dort pas. Dormir sur une affaire. Reveiller le chien qui dort. II n'y a pire eau que celle qui dort. 32corcher. Ecoreher une matidre. — une langue. — qqn. II crie avant qu'on Pecorche. Beau parler n'ecorche point la langue. II faut tondre les brebis et non pas les ecoreher. Scorcher Panguille par la queue. II ivy a rien de plus difficile a ecoreher que la queue. Entendre. Faites comme vous Pentendez. Cela s'entend. J'entends que cela se fasse. Faire entendre. II n'y entend rien. II s'y entend. £tre. II est tout a ce qu'il fait. En etre. II en est. Ou en etes-vous? Voila ou j'en suis. En etes-vous la? J'en suis pour ma peine. II en sera ce qu'il vous plaira. Y etre. You may guess ten lime*, a hundred times. To deceive one, to tell him falsehoods. You have imposed upon me. To indulge one's self. To indulge o's self to one's heart's content. Not to know which way to turn. To go headlong into a thing. To be caught in a snare. To indulge in luxury. I do not indulge in that. To dazzle ; to take one's eye. To open into ; to look into. My windows overlook the garden. Who gives promptly gives twice. To sleep. To sleep ivith one eye open. That man is very watchful. To go about a business sloivly. To come back to an unpleasant business. Still waters run deep. To skin. To treat a subject superficially. To speak a language badly. To skin a person alive, to cheat. He cries before he is hurt. Politeness does not hurt one. We should shear the sheep but not skin them. To begin at the wrong end. The winding up of a business is tlie most difficult part of it. To hear ; to understand. D%as you think proper, or fit. That is a matter of course. I mean that that shall be done. To give to understand. He understands nothing about it. He understands it. To be. He is w/iolly absorbed in hi* work. To be of the party ; to be with it. He is one of them. How far have you got with it/ This is a* far as I have got, Are you so far ? Do you believe that? I had my trouble for my pains. That business shall be settled as you wish. To be in ; to be at home. 332 IDIOMS AND PROVERBS. Je n'y suis pour personne. J 1 }' suis pour une petite somme. Vous n'y etes pas. J'y suis, m'y voici. On ne peut pas etre et avoir ete. Facon, /. Combien faites-vous la facon ? C'est une facon de parler avec lui. Telle est ma facon de penser. [theque. (Test un meuble en facon de biblio- J'y parviendrai de facon ou d'autre. Vivre a la facon des Anglais. [prie. Ne faites pas tant de facon, je vous en Point de facon ; sans facon. De la bonne facon ; de la belle facon. Ce trait-la est de votre facon. On Ta traite de facon qu'il ne revien- Faire (214, 215, 324). t dra P as - Faire le bien, le mal. — un voyage, une operation. — son chemin, du progres. — trois milles, a pied, etc. — les draps. — faillite, banqueroute. — la medecine. — une maladie. — la reine, Fenfant, etc. — diete. — un bon diner. — bonne mine, bon visage a qqn. — les yeux doux a qqn. I/argent fait tout en ce monde. Combien faites-vous cet habit ? m Combien font deux fois deux ? Faire de qqn., de qq. ch. Je ne sais que faire de lui. Que voulez-vous faire de ce cheval ? En faire a sa tete. Ne faire rien de la sorte, n'en rien faire. II n'en fera rien. Navoir que faire de. Je n'ai que faire de lui. Qu'est-ce que cela me fait ? Que voulez-vous que j'y fasse ? Qu'y faire ? Cela fait beaucoup. Cela n'y fait rien du tout. Jean fait tout et bon a rien. lam not at home to any body. lam in it for a small amoimt. You have not got it. I have got it. You cannot eat your cake and keep it. Make ; fashion ; shape. How much do you charge for the making? That is a form of -expression with him. Such is my way of thinking, [bookcase. It is a piece of furniture in the shape of a I shall accomplish it some way or other. To live in the English style. Do not use so much ceremony, pray. No ceremony ; without ceremony. Properly ; in fine style, at a fine rate. That is a trick after your oivn fashion. He was received in such a manner that To do ; to make. V* worC . 1 return " To do good, evil. To perform a journey, an operation. To go ahead, to get along ; to progress. To travel three miles, on foot, etc. To deal in cloths. To fail, to go into bankruptcy. To practice medicine. To go through a sickness. To act like a queen, like a child. To diet. To eat a good dinner. To be friendly to one. To look siveet upon one. Money is every thing in this world. How much do you ask for that coat? Haw many are twice two ? To dispose of s. b., ofs. th. I do not know what to put him to. What will you do with that horse? To do as one pleases. To do nothing of the kind. He will do nothing of the kind. To have no occasion for. [ I have nothing to do with him. \ J have no business with him. What is that to me? How can I help it? What is to be done? That makes a great difference. That is nothing to the matter. Jack of all trades and master of none- FRENCH INTO ENGLISH. 333 Ne fairc que ; ne faire que de. Elle ne fait que rire. II ne fait que d'entrer. Se faire soldat. Ce jeune homme se fait. Se faire a la fatigue. On se fait a tout. Oela ne se fait pas. Comment cela s'est-il fait ? II se fait tard. Faire d'une nioucne un elephant. — la mouche du coche. Ce qui est fait n'est pas a faire. I/occasion fait le larron. Qui bien fera bien trouvera. On ne peut faire qu'en faisant. Paris n'est pas fait en un jour. Faire et dire sont deux. Qui a fait Tune a fait Tautre. Rem.— The verb faire may take the repetition (113). Je voulais partir, mais je n'ai pu le faire. Fait, m. Un fait accompli. Venir au fait, passer au fait. Prendre qqn. sur le fait. Par voie de fait. Pour la beaute du fait. fitre au fait d'une chose. Question de fait ; point de fait. C'est justement votre fait. Dire, donner son fait a qqn. De fait, dans le fait. Si fait. La bonne volonte est reputee pour le fait. Feu, m. Prendre feu. Faire feu qui dure. Jeter son feu. II n'est feu que de bois vert. Fil, m. Du fil en aiguille. Avoir, donner du fil a retordre. Le fil de Tepee Passer au fil de Tepee. Fin. Fin courant. La fin couronne Toeuvre. Qui veut la fin, veut les moyens. To do nothing but ; to have but just. She does nothing but laugh. He has but just come in. To become a soldier. That young man is coming out. To get accustomed to toil. One gets accustomed to every thing. That cannot be done. How did that happen ? It is getting late. To exaggerate very much. [cess. To attribute to o. s. all the credit of a sue- Done is done. Opportunity makes the thief. As you sow so you reap. It takes time to do things properly. Home was not built in a day. Saying and doing are different things. They are cast in the same mould. place of any preceding verb to avoid its I wished to leave, but could not do it. Fact; deed. An accomplished fact. To come to the point. To catch a person in the act. Through or by violence. For the beauty of the thing. [ posted. To be acquainted with a thing, to be Question of fact ; point of fact. That is just what suits you. To give it to one. In reality ; really ; in fact. Oh ! yes. To take the will for the deed. Fire. To become excited. To live within one's means. To sow one's wild oats. Youth is the time for action. Thread. From one tiling to another. To have or to stir up difficulties. The edge of the sword. To put to the sword. End. The end of the month. All is well that ends well. The end justifies the means. 334 IDIOMS AND PROVERBS. Fond, m. Le fond de l 1 affaire. A fond. Couler une affaire a fond. Savoir une ehose a fond. X deux fonds ; a fond de paille. Faire fond sur qqn., sur qq. ch. Venir au fond des choses. De fond en comble. C'est une mer sans fond et sans rive. Fort, m. Crest un peu fort, ce que vous dites-la II est fort en mathematiques. Au fort de Thiver. C'est la son fort. II s'en fait fort. Le plus fort de Taffaire est passe. (Test plus fort que moi. Voila qui est fort Fortune, /. Attacher un clou a la roue de la fortune. Venez diner avec nous a la fortune du fitre en fortune. [pot. Contre mauvaise fortune bon coeur. Garde,/. En garde. A la garde de, or sous la garde de. 1. Prendre garde (indie.). Prenez garde a ce cheval. [tete. — qu'ils se font signe de la — qu'on ne vous dit pas la 2. Prendre garde (subj.). [verite. Prenez garde que vous entendiez ce qu'il — qu'il ne sorte. [dira. — a vous tenir cornme il faut. — a ne pas confondre les [choses. 3. Prendre garde de (with the infinitive). Prenez garde de tomber. Etre, se mettre, se tenir, en garde, or sur ses gardes (contre). N'avoir garde de faire. II n'a garde d'y aller. [faute. Je n'avais garde de connnettre cette La garde. A la garde ! Monter la garde. Etre de garde, de service. $tre ae garde, de bonne garde. Ce fruit est de bonne garde. Bottom. The bottom facts of the business. To the bottom ; thoroughly. To run a thing to the ground. To know a thing thoroughly. Double-bottomed ; straw-bottomed To rely upon s. b., upon s. th. To sift matters to the bottom. From top to bottom, to the ground. It is a matter beyond the reach of human Strong ; the strong point. [reason. That is rather hard what you say. He is good in mathematics. In the heart of winter. That is his forte. He boasts of it. The hardest part of the business is over. I cannot help it. That is too bad. Fortune. To fix the wheel of fortune. Come and take pot-luck with us. To be fortunate, to be in luck. We must bear up against bad fortune. Guard ; care ; heed. In custody. To or in the custody of. To notice ; to pay attention ; to mind. Mind that horse. Notice that they motion to another. Notice that they do not tell you the truth. To take care ; to be careful. [will say. Take care that you understand what he — that he does not go out. Be careful that you keep orderly. — not to confound matters. To beware of;to take care not. Take care that you do not fall. To be on one's guard ; to guard (against). To beware of doing. He takes good care not to go there. I was not fool enough to commit that The watch. Watch ' [mistake. To mount guard. To be on duty. To beep well (of fruit, etc.). That fruit keeps well. FRENCH INTO ENGLISH. 335 Garder. Garder le lit, la chambrc. — un malade. La garder bonne a qqn. En donner a garder a qqn. Garder le secret d'une chose. — une poire pour la soif. Se garder ; se garder de. Ces fruits se gardent. Gardez-vous d'en parler. Gener; se gener. Cet homme nous gene. II ne se gene pas. Ne vous genez pas. Si cela ne vous gene pas. Gre, m. Trouver qq. ch. a son gre. Au gre de ses desirs, de ses vceux. Bon gre, mal gre, de gre ou de force. Savoir gre or bon gre a qqn. de qq. ch. — mauvais gre a qqn. de qq. ch. Heure, /. - II est une heure, deux heures vingt. A Theure. Avoir Theure. Utre sujet a Theure. L'heure des classes. A toute heure. A Theure qu'il est. L'heure du berger. Un mauvais quart d'heure. Le quart d'heure de Rabelais. De bonne heure ; de meilleure heure. Arriver a la bonne heure. A la bonne heure ! fltre a Theure {of clocks). Mettre une montre a Theure. Fixer une heure. Retarder Theure. Rentrer a une heure indue. Jeu, m. Jeu de mots ; jeu d'esprit. Accuser son jeu. Avoir beau jeu. Donner or /aire beau jeu a qqn. Cacher or couvrir son jeu. Faire bonne mine a mauvais jeu. Se faire un jeu de qq. ch. To keep. To keep one's bed, one's room. To take care of a sick person. To have a rod in pickle for' one. To impose upon one. To keep a thing secret. To lay up something for a rainy day. To keep ; to beware of; to refrain from. That fruit keeps. Take care not to speak of it. To incommode ; to be under restraint. That man is in our way. He stands on no ceremonies. Make yourself at home. If it does not incommode you. Will ; liking. To find a thing to one's liking. At one's heart's content. Willing or' unwilling. To be pleased with s. o.for s. th. Not to thank a person for a thing. Hour. It is one o'clock, two o'clock and twenty m. By the hour ; on time. To have the right time. To be tied to time. Time for' recitation. At any time. At the present moment. The propitious hour. A disagreeable time. Settling lime ; trying time. Early, in good time ; earlier. To come in the right time. Well and good ! To be right. To set a watch. To appoint an hour. To appoint a later hour, to make it later To keep bad hours. Play; game. A play upon ivords ; witticism. To tell one's game. [o/)jx>rt unity. To have a good game; to have a good To play into t. b's hands. To conceal one's game. To put a good j ace on the matter, [in it. To make light of a thing ; to take pleasure 33(5 IDIOMS AXD PROVERBS. Jouer bien son jeu. Mettre en jeu. Prendre une chose en jeu. X beau jeu beau retour. Le jeu ne vaut pas la chandelle. Main, /. Coup de main. Tour de main. A la main droite, or a droite. — gauche, or a gauche. Un cheval a deux mains. Avoir une belle main. — la main faite, or rompue. — — crochue. — — legere. — les mains nettes. Donner la main a qqn. — un coup de main. Se donner la main. Faire main basse sur. Forcer la main a qqn. Graisser Ja main a qqn. En lever la main. Mettre la main au feu pour qq. ch. — — a Poeuvre, a la pate. Preter la main a qqn. Serrer la main a qqn. Toucher dans la main a qqn. Tenir de bonne main. Tomber sous les mains. En venir aux mains. Les mains m'en tombent 1 Mai, m. Les maux de la vie. Le mal de tete ; mal a la tete. — dents ; — aux dents. Mal aux yeux. — au bras, a la main. — au cceur, or' de coeur. Faire mal, or du mal a qqn. Mettre. Mettre fin, ordre, bon ordre a qq. ch. — qqn. a raise. — le couvert. — de cote. — qqn. au fait, au courant. — — a meme de faire qq. ch. /— — a la raison. To play one's cards well. To bring out, to call into play. To take a thing in jest. One good turn deserves another. It is not worth powder and shot. Hand. Sudden attack ; surprise ; bold stroke. ' Sleight of hand. To or at the right hand. — left hand. A horse fitted to drive and ride. To ivrile a good hand. To have one's hand in {trained). To be light-fingered (thievish). To be skilful. To have one's hands clean (uncorrupted). To give one's hand, to assist s. b. To lend a helping hand, [other's hands. To be hand in hand with ; to play into each To lay violent hands on. To compel one to do a thing. To bribe one ; to give him a sop. To take one's oath of it. To stake one's life upon a thing, [wheel. To set to ivork ; to put one's shoulder to the To assist s. b. ; to countenance s. b. To give one a friendly squeeze of the hand. To give one's hand in token of acquiescence. To have from good authority. To fall in one's way. To come to blows, lam very much surprises at it. Evil ; harm ; sore. The ills of life. [head. The headache ; headache ; pain in the The toothache ; toothache. Sore eyes. Pain in the arm ; sore hand. Sickness of the stomach. To hurt s. b. ; to injure. To put; to set. To put an end to, to put order in, a thine To set one at ease. To lay the cloth. To put aside. To make one ace/ u ainted ivith. To enable s. b. to do a thing. To bring one to reason. FRENCH INTO ENGLISH. 337 Mettre au jour. — dedans, dehors. — le tout pour le tout. — sous les yeux. — sa gloire a faire une chose. — de Teau dans son vin. — du foin dans ses bottes. Se mettre Se mettre a table, a son aise. — bien. — en colere. — en etat, a ineme de. — au fait, au courant. — bien avec qqn. — mal — S'y mettre. Monter. Monter a cheval, en croupe. — en voiture. — sur le trone, au trOne. — en grade. Le vin monte a la tete. La rougeur lui monta au visage. Le ble monte. [dollars. Les frais montent (or se montent; a mille Monter le ble au grenier. — un cheval. — un atelier. — une machine. — une horloge. — une affaire. — un diamant. — un chapeau. — un instrument de musique. — sa depense, son train. — la tete a qqn. Qui monte la mule la ferre. Moyen, m. Par le moyen de. Au moyen de. II n'y a pas moyen cle le faire. Je n'ai pas les moyens de le faire. Avoir des moyens. Nez, 7n. Au nez de qqn. Avoir bon nez. Donner sur le nez a qqn. Se trouvei nez a nez avec qqn. To publish ; to put forth. To trick, to take in ; to dismiss. To risk every thing. To bring to notice, to make known. To make it one s glory to do a thing. To lower one's pretensions. To feather one's nest. To put one's self ; to sit down ; to dress, To sit down to table ; to take one's ease. To dress well. To get angry. To put one's self in a condition to. To make one's self acquainted with. To get on good terms with one. To conciliate one's good-will. To get on bad terms with one. To set about it ; to turn to. To ascend ; to go or get up. To get, to ride on horseback ; to get behind To step into the carriage. To ascend the throne. To advance. Wine goes to the head. ■Her face turned red. Corn is rising. The cost comes to a thousand dollars. To carry the corn up to the granary. To ride a horse. To Jit up a workshop. To set up a machine. To wind up a clock. To get up an affair. To set a diamond. To trim a bonnet. To put a musical instrument together. To increase one's expense. To get another into excitement about s. th }V?io rides the mule pays the hostler. Means. By means of. In consequence of. There is no means of doing it. I cannot afford doing it. To have talents, to be clever. Nose. In a person's face. To be sagacious. To moi'tify s. b. To find o. 8. fact to face with s. b. 338 IDIOMS AJSTD PROVEKBS. Oreille, / Avoir Toreille au guet. Tirer Toreille ii qqn. Se faire tirer Toreille. Part, /. En bonne part. Avoir part a. ; prendre part a. Faire part a. — la part de. Mettre a part. Prendre en mauvaise part. Avoir de bonne part. Parti, m. Homme de parti. Esprit de parti. Epouser un bon parti. Prendre un parti. C'est un parti pris. Prendre parti pour. Tirer parti de. Partie,/. Etre de la partie. Avoir affaire a trop forte partie. Faire la seconde partie aupres de qqn. — le coup de partie. Prendre qqn. a partie. Quitter la partie. Passer. Passer chez qqn. En passer par la. II lui f aut passer par la ou par la f enetre. Se faire passer pour. Passer le temps a s'amuter. Je lui ai passe cela. Cela me passe. Se passer. Ces choses se passent tous les jours. Se passer de. II faut se passer de bien des choses. Porter. Porter temoignage. — sur soi. — du fruit. — de beaux habits. — les cheveux longs. — les armes. — un coup. — envie. Lo bienfait porte interet Ear. To be on tip-toe. To pi.il 8. o's ears ; to dunn s. b. To get o. ». dunned ; to be very reluctant. Share; part. In good ^tart ; in a good sense. To have a share in ; to participate in. To give a part to ; to impart to. To make alloivancefor. To set aside. To take amiss. To have from good authority* Party. Party man. Party spirit. To make a good match. To make tip one's mind. His mind is made up. To take part with. To derive advantage from. Party. To be one of them. To be overmatched. To play second fiddle to s. b. To strike the decisive blow. To sue s. b. ; to lay the blame on s. b. To throw up the game ; to relinquish one's To pass. [pursuit. To call on one. To submit to it. He must submit to that or worse. To pass one's self for. To trifle away one's time. I forgave him that ; I let that go. That is beyond my comprehension. To happen ; to take place. Those things happen every day. To do without ; to dispense with. [oin There are many things one has to do with To bear ; to carry ; to wear. To bear witness. To have about one's person. To bear fruit. To wear fine clothes. To wear long hair. To cany arms ; to be in the army. To strike a blow. To en vy. A good deed bears interest. FRENCH INTO ENGLISH. 339 Elle porte les culottes. Dire qq. ch. a boul portant. Le coup a porte juste. Se porter a des extremites, a Texces. — bien, mal. Prendre. Prendre des airs. — ie dessus. — 1'occasion aux cheveux. — le tison par ou il briile. — la mouche, or la chevre. — la clef des champs. — le mords aux dents. — sur sa nourriture, son sommeil. Le prendre sur un haut ton. — bien, mal. — pour bon, pour dit. [laisser. Dans ce qu'il dit, il faut en prendre et en Ne savoir par ou prendre qqn. Je vous y prends. Le feu a pris a, la maison. La fievre Pa pris. S'y prendre. II s'y prend mal. S'en prendre a. II s'en prend a vous. X tout prendre. Propos, m. Ce sont des propos en Fair. Tenir de sots propos. X propos. A. tout propos. X propos de rien. II est a propos que vous le voyiez. B-emettre. Remettre qqn. dans ses droits. — le bras a qqn. — bien ensemble. — au lendemain. — a fan quarante. — qq. ch. a qqn. — qqn. Se remettre. S'en remettre a. Je m'en remets a sa decision. Rendre. Rendre reponse. — justice, la justice — service, visite. — malade. She wears the breeches. [hearing. To make unpleasant remarks in a. o's The blow went home. To go to extremes, to excess. To be well, iU. To take. To put on airs. To gain the ascendency. To seize the opportunity. [tion. To take up the difficult side of the ques* To fly- into a passion for a trifle. To escape, to take to one's heels. To fly into a passion. [sleep. To retrench ; to take from one's food, one's To carry it high. To take it well, amiss. — for granted, [in what he says. There is not much confidence to be placed Not to know how to treat one. I have you there. The house has caught fire. He caught the fever. To set about it. lie sets about it in the wrong ivay, To throw the blame on. He throws the blame on you. Upon the whole. Talk. That is idle talk. To talk nonsense. Timely ; seasonably ; by the w ay. At every turn. For nothing at all. It is expedient that you should see him. To put back ; to replace. To reinstate a person in his rights. To set s. b's arm. To reconcile, to make friends again To put off, to defer till next day. — till doomsday. To deliver, to hand s. th. to s. b. To recognize s. b. To set to again, ; to recover ; to come to. To rely on. I rely on his decision. To render ; to give back. To relwii an answer. To do rigid; to administer justice. To render service ; to pay a visit. To make sick. 340 IDIOMS AND PROVERBS. Rend re la pareille. — conipte, raison de. — nne pensee, une idee. Cette fleur rend nne odenr agreable. Ce chemin rend a la ville. Se rendre. — a son poste, aupres de qqn. — a la raison. Rendez a Cesar ee qui est a Cesar. Tenir. Tenir boutique, pension. — equipage. En tenir. li en tient. Tenir qqn. le bee dans l'eau. — — a distance. — — dans sa mancbe. — — a quatre. Un principe qui tient dans tous les cas. A quoi tient-il que cela ne soit ? Qu'a cela ne tienne. S'il ne tient qu'a cela. C'est a. n'y pas tenir. II tient a ses opinions. Tiens, tiens, comme vous y allez. Tenez, j'aime encore mieux cela. Un tiens vaut mieux que deux tu Pauras. $e tenir pret. — a une decision. Je m'y tiens. S'en tenir. Je ui'en tiens a, ce qui a ete convenu. S'en tenir la. S'en tenir an gros de l'arbre. Vouloir. Je veux bien que cela soit ainsi. Je voudrais bien la voir. [cela. Veuillez me dire ce que vous pensez de Je ne veux pas de ces gens-la. Je ne veux pas de cela. Vouloir du bien (du mal) a qqn. En vouloir a qqn. Je lui en veux d' avoir parle de cela. A qui en veut il ? Dieu le veuille ! Faites ce que vous voudrez. «> Quand vous voudrez. Que voolez-vous ? Que voulez-vous ! Vouloir dire. To pay back in one's own coin. To account for. To express a thought, an idea. That flower exhales a fragrant odor. That road leads to the town. To yield ; to surrender. To go to one's duty, to s. b. To submit to reason . [ Censor's. Give unto Ccesar the things that are To keep; to hold. To keep a shop, a boarding-house. — a carriage. To have caught it • to be smitten with. He has caught it ; he is in for it, etc. To keep s. b. in expectation. — at a distance. To have a person at one's disposal. — one bound hand and foot. A pnnciple that holds good in every case. What is the reason that that is not so t Do not let that make any difference. If that is all. I cannot endure it any longer. He is tenacious of his opinions. Bless me, how you go about it. See here, Hike this still better. [bush. A bird in the hand is worth two in the To hold one's self in readiness To abide by a decision. I adhere to it. To rely on ; to abide by. J abide by what was agreed to. To stop there. To side with the strongest. To be willing ; to wish. / consent to it ; I am willing. I should like to see her. Please tell me what you think of that. 1 don't want those people. I don't wish that. To wish a person well {III). To bear s. b. ill-will. [of that. J am angry with him for having spoken Whom doc* he complain off God grant/ Do what you like ; do your best. When you like. All right. What do you wish t Who can help it. To mean. '■ '08 AText-Book on English Literature, With, copious extracts from the leading authors, English and Ameri- can. With full Instructions as to the ^Method in which these are to be studied. Adapted for use in Colleges, High Schools, Academies, etc. By Brainerd Kellogg, A.M., Professor of the English Language and Literature in the Brooklyn Collegiate and Polytechnic Institute, Author of a " Text-Book on Rhet- oric," and one of the Authors of Reed & Kellogg' s " Graded Lessons in English," and "Higher Lessons in English." Handsomely printed. 12mo, 478 pp. The Book is divided into the following PeH^° ■ Period I. — Before the Norman Conquest, o<0-1066. Period II. — From the Conquest to Chaucer's death, 1066-1400. Period III. — BVom Chaucer's death to Elizabeth, 1400-1558. Period IV. — Eliza- beth's reign, 1558-1603. Period V. — From Elizabeth's death to the Restoration, 1603-1*60. Period VI. —From the Restoration to Swift's death, 1660-1745. Period VII. -From Swift's death to the French Revolution, 1745-1789. Period VIII. —From the French Revolution, 1789, onwards. Each Period is preceded by a Lesson containing- a brief resume of the great historical events that have had somewhat to do in shaping* or in color- ing* the literature of that period. The author aims in this book to furnish the pupil that which he cannot help himself to. It groups the authors so that their places in the line and their relations to each other can be seen by the pupil; it throws light upon the authors' times and surroundings, and notes the great influences at work, helping to make their writings what they are ; it points out such of these as should be studied. Extracts, as many and as ample as the limits of a text-book would allow, have been made from the principal writers of each Period. Such are selected as contain the characteristic traits of their authors, both in thought and expression, and but few of these extracts have ever seen the light in books of selections— none of them have been worn threadbare by use, or have lost their freshness by the pupil's familiarity with them in the school readers. It teaches the pupil how the selections are to be studied, soliciting and exacting his judgment at every step of the way which leads from the author's diction up through his style and thought to the author himself, and in many other ways it places the pupil on the best possible footing with the authors whose acquaintance it is his business, as well as his pleasure, to make. Short estimates of the leading authors, made by the best English and American critics, have been inserted, most of them contemporary with us. The author has endeavored to make a practical, common-sense text- book: one that would so educate the student that he would know and enjoy good literature. " I find the book in its treatment of English literature superior to any other I have examined. Its main feature, which should be the leading one of all similar books, is that it is a means to an end, simply a guide-book to the study of English literature. Too many students in the past "have studied, not the literature of the English lansru'lfre, but some author's opinion of that literature. I know from ex- perience that your method of treatment will prove an eminently successful one." — James H. Skulls, I J ?i,n. of the West High School, Cleveland, 0. CLARK & MAYNARD, Publishers, New York, Anderson's Historical Series. / A Junior Class History of the United States. Illustrated with hundreds of portraits, yiews, maps, etc. 272 pages. i6mo. A Grammar School History of the United States. Annotated ; and illustrated with numerous portraits and views, and with more than forty maps, many of which are colored. 340 pp. i6ino. A Pictorial School History of the United States. Fully illus- trated with maps, portraits, vignettes, etc. 420 pp. i2mo. A Popular School History of the United States, in which are in- serted as a part of the narrative selections from the writings of eminent American historians and other American writers of note. Fully illustrated with maps, colored and plain; portraits, views, etc. 356pp. i2mo. A Manual of General History. Illustrated with numerous en- gravings and with beautifully colored maps showing the changes in the political divisions of the world, and giving the location of important places. 484 pp. l2mo. A New Manual of General History, with particular attention to Ancient and Modern Civilization. With numerous engravings and colored maps. 600pp. i2mo. Also, in two parts. Parti. Ancient History: 300 pp. Part II. Modern History : 300 pp. A School History of England. Illustrated with numerous engrav- ings and with colored maps showing the geographical changes in the coun- try at different periods. 332 pp. i2mo. A School History of France. Illustrated with numerous engravings, colored and uncolored maps. 373 pp. i2mo. A History of Rome. Amply illustrated with maps, plans, and engrav- ings. 543 pp. By R. F. Leighton, Ph. D. (Lips.). A School History of Greece. In preparation. Anderson's Bloss's Ancient History. Illustrated with engravings, colored maps, and a chart. 445 pp. i2mo. The Historical Reader, embracing selections in prose and verse, from standard writers of Ancient and Modern History ; with a Vocabulary of Difficult Words, and Biographical and Geographical Indexes. 544 pp. I2mo. The United States Reader, embracing selections from eminent Ameri- can historians, orators, statesmen, and poets, with explanatory observations, notes, etc. Arranged so as to form a Class-manual of United States His- tory. Illustrated with colored historical maps, 414 pp. l2mo. CLARK & MAYNARD, Publishers, 734 BROADWAY, NEW YORK. J